From: Micah Cowan Date: Thu, 18 Oct 2007 20:23:17 +0000 (-0700) Subject: Merging to reinstate autoreconf. X-Git-Tag: v1.13~497 X-Git-Url: http://sjero.net/git/?p=wget;a=commitdiff_plain;h=b7c6c35be5930695cc64ef2d54d6f421f8511553;hp=62b9d4c0075d457554445726045a41a71ec20489 Merging to reinstate autoreconf. --- diff --git a/.hgignore b/.hgignore index 204e3b2a..3922d274 100644 --- a/.hgignore +++ b/.hgignore @@ -3,21 +3,35 @@ syntax:glob .svn **.orig +aclocal.m4 configure config.log **Makefile +**Makefile.in config.status +config.status.lineno autom4te.cache -stamp-h +lib/.deps +lib/*.o +lib/libgnu.a +lib/unistd.h +lib/stdbool.h +lib/stdint.h +lib/wchar.h tests/WgetTest.pm tests/unit-tests tests/*.o src/*.o +src/.deps +src/stamp-h1 src/config.h src/config.h.in src/wget src/tags src/TAGS +src/libunittest.a +src/version.c +doc/stamp-vti doc/wget.1 doc/wget.pod doc/wget.info @@ -36,8 +50,13 @@ doc/wget.tp doc/wget.vr doc/wget_a4.ps doc/wget_us.ps -po/Makefile.in +doc/version.texi po/POTFILES po/*.gmo +po/wget.pot +po/remove-potcdate.sed +po/stamp-po +po/en@boldquot.insert-header +po/en@quot.insert-header **~ **.*.swp diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec20977e --- /dev/null +++ b/ABOUT-NLS @@ -0,0 +1,1101 @@ +1 Notes on the Free Translation Project +*************************************** + +Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is +a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all +together, so that free software will gradually become able to speak many +languages. A few packages already provide translations for their +messages. + + If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may +assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, +itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ +need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using +this package with messages translated. + + Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also +explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the +available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and +work on translations can contact the appropriate team. + + When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be +related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of +`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the +`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. + +1.1 Quick configuration advice +============================== + +If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you +should configure it using + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this +package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the +operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only +the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as +many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic +charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. +It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top +of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will +very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea +to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. + + So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or +you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the +included `libintl'. + +1.2 INSTALL Matters +=================== + +Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs +they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such +packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to +internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. + + By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of +messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already +provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the included GNU +`gettext' library will be used. This library is wholly contained +within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior +installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. +Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing +the default behaviour. The commands: + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + ./configure --disable-nls + +will, respectively, bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the +internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, +_totally_ disable translation of messages. + + When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run +configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will +probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and +will decide to use this. This might not be desirable. You should use +the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file +`intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is +more recent, you should use + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to prevent auto-detection. + + The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function +and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an +emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the +extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. + + Internationalized packages usually have many `po/LL.po' files, where +LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless +translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the +`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed +together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' +may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. +`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter +codes, stating which languages are allowed. + +1.3 Using This Package +====================== + +As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you +only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate +`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, +and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's +suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell +prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), +`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). +This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for +all. + + You might think that the country code specification is redundant. +But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For +example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The +country code serves to distinguish the dialects. + + The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the +language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based +on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are +used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of +locales supported by your system for your language by running the +command `locale -a | grep '^LL''. + + Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an +English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you +understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. +This is done through a different environment variable, called +`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' +for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' +set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the +system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather +read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not +available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. + + Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian +bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the +transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are +installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended +for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and +older translations are used. + + In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' +environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' +to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent +to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' +(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. + +1.4 Translating Teams +===================== + +For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested +people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also +able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. +Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of +teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams" +area. + + If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you +should become a member of the translating team for your own language. +The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has +`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a +message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: + + subscribe + + Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate +_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, +rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and +you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to +get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the +coordinator for all translator teams. + + The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing +the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skills are praised more than +programming skills, here. + +1.5 Available Packages +====================== + +Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of October +2006. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages +PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a +translation percentage of at least 50%. + + Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo + +----------------------------------------------------+ + GNUnet | [] | + a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () | + ant-phone | () | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | | + aspell | [] [] [] [] [] | + bash | [] [] [] | + batchelor | [] | + bfd | | + bibshelf | [] | + binutils | [] | + bison | [] [] | + bison-runtime | | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | + cflow | [] | + clisp | [] [] | + console-tools | [] [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] | + cpio | | + cpplib | [] [] [] | + cryptonit | [] | + darkstat | [] () [] | + dialog | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + doodle | [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] [] () [] | + fileutils | [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + fslint | [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] [] [] | + gip | [] | + gliv | [] | + glunarclock | [] | + gmult | [] [] | + gnubiff | () | + gnucash | () () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] () | + gnuedu | | + gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gnunet-gtk | | + gnutls | | + gpe-aerial | [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] | + gpe-calendar | | + gpe-clock | [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] | + gpe-contacts | | + gpe-edit | [] | + gpe-filemanager | | + gpe-go | [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-package | | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | | + gsasl | | + gss | | + gst-plugins | [] [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gstreamer | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gtick | () | + gtkam | [] [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] [] | + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] | + impost | | + indent | [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_4217 | [] | + iso_639 | [] [] | + jpilot | [] | + jtag | | + jwhois | | + kbd | [] [] [] [] | + keytouch | | + keytouch-editor | | + keytouch-keyboa... | | + latrine | () | + ld | [] | + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] | + libexif | [] | + libextractor | [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | + libgpg-error | [] | + libgphoto2 | [] [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] [] | + libgsasl | | + libiconv | [] [] | + libidn | [] [] | + lifelines | [] () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] | + make | [] [] | + man-db | [] () [] [] | + minicom | [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | | + pilot-qof | [] | + psmisc | [] | + pwdutils | | + python | | + qof | | + radius | [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shishi | | + silky | | + skencil | [] () | + sketch | [] () | + solfege | | + soundtracker | [] [] | + sp | [] | + stardict | [] | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] | + tin | () () | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | | + xpad | [] [] | + +----------------------------------------------------+ + af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo + 10 0 1 2 9 22 1 42 41 2 60 95 16 1 17 16 + + es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it + +--------------------------------------------------+ + GNUnet | | + a2ps | [] [] [] () | + aegis | | + ant-phone | [] | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | [] [] | + aspell | [] [] [] | + bash | [] [] [] | + batchelor | [] [] | + bfd | [] | + bibshelf | [] [] [] | + binutils | [] [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | + cflow | [] | + clisp | [] [] | + console-tools | | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + cpplib | [] [] | + cryptonit | [] | + darkstat | [] () [] [] [] | + dialog | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + doodle | [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + fslint | [] | + gas | [] [] | + gawk | [] [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] | + gip | [] [] [] | + gliv | () | + glunarclock | [] [] [] | + gmult | [] [] [] | + gnubiff | () () | + gnucash | () () () | + gnucash-glossary | [] [] | + gnuedu | [] | + gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gnunet-gtk | | + gnutls | | + gpe-aerial | [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] | + gpe-calendar | | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-filemanager | [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-package | [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () [] () | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] [] [] | + gsasl | [] [] | + gss | [] | + gst-plugins | [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] | + gstreamer | [] [] [] | + gtick | [] | + gtkam | [] [] [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] [] | + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] [] [] | + impost | [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | [] [] | + jtag | [] | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] [] | + keytouch | [] | + keytouch-editor | [] | + keytouch-keyboa... | [] | + latrine | [] [] [] | + ld | [] [] | + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] | + libexif | [] | + libextractor | [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpg-error | | + libgphoto2 | [] [] [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] [] | + libgsasl | [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] | + libidn | [] [] | + lifelines | () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | [] [] [] | + lynx | [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + man-db | () | + minicom | [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] [] | + pilot-qof | | + psmisc | [] [] [] | + pwdutils | | + python | | + qof | [] | + radius | [] [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shishi | | + silky | [] | + skencil | [] [] | + sketch | [] [] | + solfege | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | [] | + stardict | [] | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + tin | [] () | + tp-robot | [] [] [] [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | [] [] | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +--------------------------------------------------+ + es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it + 88 22 14 2 40 115 61 14 1 8 1 6 59 31 0 52 + + ja ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn no + +-------------------------------------------------+ + GNUnet | | + a2ps | () [] [] () | + aegis | () | + ant-phone | [] | + anubis | [] [] [] | + ap-utils | [] | + aspell | [] [] | + bash | [] | + batchelor | [] [] | + bfd | | + bibshelf | [] | + binutils | | + bison | [] [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | + cflow | | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | | + coreutils | [] | + cpio | | + cpplib | [] | + cryptonit | [] | + darkstat | [] [] | + dialog | [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] | + doodle | | + e2fsprogs | [] | + enscript | [] | + error | [] | + fetchmail | [] [] | + fileutils | [] [] | + findutils | [] | + flex | [] [] | + fslint | [] [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | | + gcc | | + gettext-examples | [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] | + gip | [] [] | + gliv | [] | + glunarclock | [] [] | + gmult | [] [] | + gnubiff | | + gnucash | () () | + gnucash-glossary | [] | + gnuedu | | + gnulib | [] [] [] [] | + gnunet-gtk | | + gnutls | | + gpe-aerial | [] | + gpe-beam | [] | + gpe-calendar | [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] | + gpe-filemanager | [] [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-package | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] | + gprof | | + gpsdrive | () () () | + gramadoir | () | + grep | [] [] [] [] | + gretl | | + gsasl | [] | + gss | | + gst-plugins | [] | + gst-plugins-base | | + gst-plugins-good | [] | + gstreamer | [] | + gtick | | + gtkam | [] | + gtkorphan | [] | + gtkspell | [] [] | + gutenprint | | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] | + impost | | + indent | [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] | + iso_3166_2 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] | + jpilot | () () () | + jtag | | + jwhois | [] | + kbd | [] | + keytouch | [] | + keytouch-editor | | + keytouch-keyboa... | | + latrine | [] | + ld | | + leafpad | [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] | + libexif | | + libextractor | | + libgpewidget | [] | + libgpg-error | | + libgphoto2 | [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] | + libgsasl | [] | + libiconv | | + libidn | [] [] | + lifelines | [] | + lilypond | | + lingoteach | [] | + lynx | [] [] | + m4 | [] [] | + mailutils | | + make | [] [] [] | + man-db | () | + minicom | [] | + mysecretdiary | [] | + nano | [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] | + pilot-qof | | + psmisc | [] [] [] | + pwdutils | | + python | | + qof | | + radius | | + recode | [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | [] | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] | + shishi | | + silky | [] | + skencil | | + sketch | | + solfege | | + soundtracker | | + sp | () | + stardict | [] [] | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] | + tin | | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] | + wastesedge | [] | + wdiff | [] [] | + wget | [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +-------------------------------------------------+ + ja ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn no + 52 24 2 2 1 3 0 2 3 21 0 15 1 97 5 1 + + nso or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta + +------------------------------------------------------+ + GNUnet | | + a2ps | () [] [] [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () () | + ant-phone | [] [] | + anubis | [] [] [] | + ap-utils | () | + aspell | [] [] | + bash | [] [] [] | + batchelor | [] [] | + bfd | | + bibshelf | [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + cflow | [] | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + cpplib | [] | + cryptonit | [] [] | + darkstat | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + dialog | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + doodle | [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] [] [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] [] | + fslint | [] [] [] [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] | + gip | [] [] [] [] | + gliv | [] [] [] [] | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gmult | [] [] [] [] | + gnubiff | () | + gnucash | () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | + gnuedu | | + gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] | + gnunet-gtk | [] | + gnutls | [] [] | + gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-filemanager | [] [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-package | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] [] | + gpsdrive | [] [] [] | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] | + gsasl | [] [] [] | + gss | [] [] [] | + gst-plugins | [] [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] | + gstreamer | [] [] [] | + gtick | [] | + gtkam | [] [] [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] | + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] [] | + impost | [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | | + jtag | [] | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] [] [] | + keytouch | [] | + keytouch-editor | [] | + keytouch-keyboa... | [] | + latrine | [] [] | + ld | [] | + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] | + libexif | [] | + libextractor | [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpg-error | [] [] | + libgphoto2 | [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | + libgsasl | [] [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] | + libidn | [] [] () | + lifelines | [] [] | + lilypond | | + lingoteach | [] | + lynx | [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] | + man-db | [] [] | + minicom | [] [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] | + parted | [] | + pilot-qof | [] | + psmisc | [] [] | + pwdutils | [] [] | + python | | + qof | [] [] | + radius | [] [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] | + shishi | [] | + silky | [] | + skencil | [] [] [] | + sketch | [] [] [] | + solfege | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] | + sp | | + stardict | [] [] [] | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] | + tin | () | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] | + wastesedge | | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +------------------------------------------------------+ + nso or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta + 0 2 3 58 30 54 5 73 72 4 40 46 11 50 128 2 + + tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu + +---------------------------------------------------+ + GNUnet | [] | 2 + a2ps | [] [] [] | 19 + aegis | | 0 + ant-phone | [] [] | 6 + anubis | [] [] [] | 11 + ap-utils | () [] | 4 + aspell | [] [] [] | 15 + bash | [] | 11 + batchelor | [] [] | 9 + bfd | | 1 + bibshelf | [] | 7 + binutils | [] [] [] | 9 + bison | [] [] [] | 19 + bison-runtime | [] [] [] | 15 + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28 + cflow | [] [] | 5 + clisp | | 6 + console-tools | [] [] | 5 + coreutils | [] [] | 16 + cpio | [] [] [] | 9 + cpplib | [] [] [] [] | 11 + cryptonit | | 5 + darkstat | [] () () | 15 + dialog | [] [] [] [] [] | 30 + diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 28 + doodle | [] | 6 + e2fsprogs | [] [] | 10 + enscript | [] [] [] | 16 + error | [] [] [] [] | 18 + fetchmail | [] [] | 12 + fileutils | [] [] [] | 18 + findutils | [] [] [] | 17 + flex | [] [] | 15 + fslint | [] | 9 + gas | [] | 3 + gawk | [] [] | 15 + gbiff | [] | 5 + gcal | [] | 5 + gcc | [] [] [] | 6 + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28 + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] | 19 + gimp-print | [] [] | 12 + gip | [] [] | 12 + gliv | [] [] | 8 + glunarclock | [] [] [] | 15 + gmult | [] [] [] [] | 15 + gnubiff | [] | 1 + gnucash | () | 2 + gnucash-glossary | [] [] | 9 + gnuedu | [] | 2 + gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] | 28 + gnunet-gtk | | 1 + gnutls | | 2 + gpe-aerial | [] [] | 14 + gpe-beam | [] [] | 14 + gpe-calendar | [] | 3 + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-conf | [] [] | 14 + gpe-contacts | [] [] | 10 + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | 20 + gpe-filemanager | [] | 6 + gpe-go | [] [] | 15 + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-package | [] | 6 + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 16 + gpe-su | [] [] [] | 20 + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 20 + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 18 + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-todo | [] | 7 + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | 20 + gprof | [] [] | 11 + gpsdrive | | 4 + gramadoir | [] | 7 + grep | [] [] [] [] | 34 + gretl | | 4 + gsasl | [] [] | 8 + gss | [] | 5 + gst-plugins | [] [] [] | 15 + gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] | 9 + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | 20 + gstreamer | [] [] [] | 17 + gtick | [] | 3 + gtkam | [] | 13 + gtkorphan | [] | 7 + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 26 + gutenprint | | 3 + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 37 + id-utils | [] [] | 14 + impost | [] | 4 + indent | [] [] [] [] | 25 + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] | 16 + iso_3166_2 | | 2 + iso_4217 | [] [] | 14 + iso_639 | [] | 14 + jpilot | [] [] [] [] | 7 + jtag | [] | 3 + jwhois | [] [] [] | 13 + kbd | [] [] | 12 + keytouch | [] | 4 + keytouch-editor | | 2 + keytouch-keyboa... | [] | 3 + latrine | [] [] | 8 + ld | [] [] [] [] | 8 + leafpad | [] [] [] [] | 23 + libc | [] [] [] | 23 + libexif | [] | 4 + libextractor | [] | 5 + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | 19 + libgpg-error | [] | 4 + libgphoto2 | [] | 8 + libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | 11 + libgsasl | [] | 8 + libiconv | [] | 7 + libidn | [] [] | 10 + lifelines | | 4 + lilypond | | 2 + lingoteach | [] | 6 + lynx | [] [] [] | 15 + m4 | [] [] [] | 18 + mailutils | [] | 8 + make | [] [] [] | 20 + man-db | [] | 6 + minicom | [] | 14 + mysecretdiary | [] [] | 12 + nano | [] [] | 17 + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 18 + opcodes | [] [] | 10 + parted | [] [] [] | 10 + pilot-qof | [] | 3 + psmisc | [] | 10 + pwdutils | [] | 3 + python | | 0 + qof | [] | 4 + radius | [] | 6 + recode | [] [] [] | 25 + rpm | [] [] [] [] | 14 + screem | [] | 2 + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | 26 + sed | [] [] [] | 22 + sh-utils | [] | 15 + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] | 24 + sharutils | [] [] [] | 23 + shishi | | 1 + silky | [] | 4 + skencil | [] | 7 + sketch | | 6 + solfege | | 2 + soundtracker | [] [] | 9 + sp | [] | 3 + stardict | [] [] [] [] | 11 + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 37 + tar | [] [] [] [] | 20 + texinfo | [] [] [] | 15 + textutils | [] [] [] | 17 + tin | | 1 + tp-robot | [] [] [] | 10 + tuxpaint | [] [] [] | 16 + unicode-han-tra... | | 0 + unicode-transla... | | 2 + util-linux | [] [] [] | 20 + vorbis-tools | [] [] | 11 + wastesedge | | 1 + wdiff | [] [] | 22 + wget | [] [] [] | 19 + xchat | [] [] [] [] | 29 + xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] | 11 + xpad | [] [] [] | 14 + +---------------------------------------------------+ + 77 teams tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu + 170 domains 0 1 1 77 39 0 136 10 1 48 5 54 0 2028 + + Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of +visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are +used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language +dialects. + + For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to +which it applies should also have been internationalized and +distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable +lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a +distribution. + + If October 2006 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of +this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date +matrix with full percentage details can be found at +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. + +1.6 Using `gettext' in new packages +=================================== + +If you are writing a freely available program and want to +internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your +package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public +License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means +in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared +library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static +library or use modified versions of `libintl'. + + Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle +the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The +Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not +developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above +applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact +`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to +the translation teams. + diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS index 49a48ca6..219877e9 100644 --- a/AUTHORS +++ b/AUTHORS @@ -42,3 +42,6 @@ Daniel Stenberg. NTLM authentication in http-ntlm.c and http-ntlm.h originally written for curl donated for use in GNU Wget. Micah Cowan. Current Wget maintainer, from mid-2007. + +Ralf Wildenhues. Contributed patches to convert Wget to use Automake as +part of its build process, and various bugfixes. diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index bad6a703..f4e01459 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,7 +1,79 @@ +2007-10-18 Micah Cowan + + * po/POTFILES.in: Removed no-longer-existing or generated files. + +2007-10-16 Micah Cowan + + * README: Draw attention to wiki:PatchGuidelines. + +2007-10-14 Micah Cowan + + * configure.ac: Let gnulib handle builtin MD5 functionality. + * NEWS: Mention gnulib. + +2007-10-13 Micah Cowan + + * GNUMakefile, maint.mk: Added as part of the gnulib-ization. + * Makefile.am: gnulib-ized. + * configure.ac: gnulib-ized. Removed built-in getopt checks. + +2007-10-12 Micah Cowan + + * PATCHES: Removed. + * NEWS: Updated info about source repositories, removal of + PATCHES file. + +2007-10-09 Micah Cowan + + * configure.in: Renamed to configure.ac + * configure.ac: Renamed from configure.in. Added invocations of + AM_GNU_GETTEXT, etc. Added en@quot and en@boldquot pseudo-LINGUA + support. + * ABOUT-NLS: Added back in (required by autoreconf :\). + * Makefile.am: Added ABOUT-NLS and msdos/Makefile.WC to EXTRA_DIST. + * m4/wget.m4: Removed no-longer-used NLS stuff. + * Makefile.in.in: Restore previous policy of not updating .po's + unless explicitly asked (via update-po). + +2007-10-09 gettextize + + * m4/gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/lib-ld.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/lib-link.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * m4/progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1. + * po/Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + * po/remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.16.1. + +2007-10-08 Micah Cowan + + * AUTHORS: Credit to Ralf Wildenhues for automakifying patches. + +2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues + + * po/Makefile.in.in: Since `distdir' is used now, adjust + DISTFILES to the missing ChangeLog file. + Add trivial targets ps, pdf, html. + * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am. + * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in. + * util/Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am. + * util/Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in. + * configure.in: Adjust for automake support. + 2007-10-05 Micah Cowan * config.guess, config.sub, install-sh: Update from versions found in /usr/share/automake/. + * autogen.sh: Removed, in favor of just running autoreconf. 2007-10-03 Micah Cowan diff --git a/GNUmakefile b/GNUmakefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35c8869d --- /dev/null +++ b/GNUmakefile @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically +# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself. +# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make. +# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest +# only to the maintainer. + +# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, +# or (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this. The $(shell) +# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells. +ifeq ($(wildcard /bin/s[h]),/bin/sh) +SHELL = /bin/sh +else +# will be used only with the next shell-test line, then overwritten +# by a configured-in value +SHELL = sh +endif + +# Make tar archive easier to reproduce. +export TAR_OPTIONS = --owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner + +# Ran autoreconf and configure or not? +have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes) +ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes) + +include Makefile +-include $(srcdir)/maint-cfg.mk +include $(srcdir)/maint.mk + +else + +.DEFAULT_GOAL := abort-due-to-no-makefile + +-include ./maint-cfg.mk +include ./maint.mk + +abort-due-to-no-makefile: + @echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory. 1>&2 + @echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'." 1>&2 + @exit 1 + +endif + +# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this +# directory in parallel. This is necessary in case someone tries to +# build multiple targets on one command line. +.NOTPARALLEL: diff --git a/MAILING-LIST b/MAILING-LIST index 1268cf8e..bab1629c 100644 --- a/MAILING-LIST +++ b/MAILING-LIST @@ -1,48 +1,33 @@ - -*- text -*- - - WGET-RELATED MAILING LISTS - -There are several mailing lists related to GNU Wget, all of them -hosted by dotsrc.org, previously known as SunSITE.dk. - -wget@sunsite.dk: - - The mailing list for users and developers. This is the preferred - place to post bug reports and suggestions, as well as discuss - development-related matters. - - To post to the list, send mail to . To - subscribe, send mail to . - - NOTE: The list allows posts from non-subscribers. This is - intentional; I hate having to subscribe to a list only to ask a - single question. However, to protect the list members from spam, - non-subscribers must confirm messages they send to the list. - - If you're not subscribed to the list and ask something, don't - forget to request that the responses be Cc'ed to you. - - The list is archived at: - - http://www.mail-archive.com/wget%40sunsite.dk/ - http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.general - -wget-patches@sunsite.dk: - - The mailing list for patch submission. Please see the PATCHES - file for a detailed description of how to send patches to this - list. - - This is list is also open to non-subscribers, but it is *not* a - discussion list. It only ever distribute patches and immediate - responses to a patch. If you wish to take very active part in - development, you might wish to subscribe to it anyway, and receive - the new patches. To do that, send mail to - . - - The list is archived at: - - http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.patches - -As of this writing, the mail alias is an alias for -. +Mailing List +================ + +There are several Wget-related mailing lists. The general discussion +list is at . It is the preferred place for support +requests and suggestions, as well as for discussion of development. +You are invited to subscribe. + + To subscribe, simply send mail to and +follow the instructions. Unsubscribe by mailing to +. The mailing list is archived at +`http://www.mail-archive.com/wget%40sunsite.dk/' and at +`http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.general'. + + Another mailing list is at , and is used to +submit patches for review by Wget developers. A "patch" is a textual +representation of change to source code, readable by both humans and +programs. The file `PATCHES' that comes with Wget covers the creation +and submitting of patches in detail. Please don't send general +suggestions or bug reports to `wget-patches'; use it only for patch +submissions. + + Subscription is the same as above for , except that +you send to , instead. The mailing +list is archived at `http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.patches'. + + Finally, there is the mailing list. +This is a non-discussion list that receives commit notifications from +the source repository, and also bug report-change notifications. This +is the highest-traffic list for Wget, and is recommended only for +people who are seriously interested in ongoing Wget development. +Subscription is through the `mailman' interface at +`http://addictivecode.org/mailman/listinfo/wget-notify'. diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98639ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# Makefile for `Wget' utility +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation +# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the +# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it +# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute +# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License +# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you +# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the +# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do +# so, delete this exception statement from your version. + +# +# Version: @VERSION@ +# + +# Search for macros in the m4 subdirectory: +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 + +# subdirectories in the distribution +SUBDIRS = lib src doc po tests util windows + +test: all + cd tests && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $@ + +EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.README configure.bat MAILING-LIST \ + msdos/ChangeLog msdos/config.h msdos/Makefile.DJ \ + msdos/Makefile.WC ABOUT-NLS + +CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index a680164e..00000000 --- a/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for `Wget' utility -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . - -# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -# so, delete this exception statement from your version. - -# -# Version: @VERSION@ -# - -SHELL = /bin/sh -@SET_MAKE@ - -top_builddir = . - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -# -# User configuration section -# - -# -# Install variables -# -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -bindir = @bindir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -manext = 1 -localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale - -CC = @CC@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ - -# -# End of user configuration section. There should be no need to change -# anything below this line. -# - -DISTNAME = wget-@VERSION@ -RM = rm -f - -# These are used for maintenance only, so they are safe without -# special autoconf cruft. -FIND = find -GZIP = gzip -TAR = tar - -# flags passed to recursive makes in subdirectories -MAKEDEFS = CC='$(CC)' CPPFLAGS='$(CPPFLAGS)' DEFS='$(DEFS)' \ -CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS)' LIBS='$(LIBS)' \ -DESTDIR='$(DESTDIR)' prefix='$(prefix)' exec_prefix='$(exec_prefix)' \ -bindir='$(bindir)' infodir='$(infodir)' mandir='$(mandir)' \ -manext='$(manext)' - -# subdirectories in the distribution -SUBDIRS = src doc po tests util windows - -# default target -all: src/config.h Makefile $(SUBDIRS) - -test: src/config.h Makefile src - cd tests && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@ - -check: all - -$(SUBDIRS): FORCE - cd $@ && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) - -# install everything -install: install.bin install.info install.wgetrc \ - install.mo @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man - -# install/uninstall the binary -install.bin uninstall.bin: - cd src && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@ - -# install/uninstall the info/man pages -install.info uninstall.info install.man uninstall.man install.wgetrc: - cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@ - -# Install `.mo' files -install.mo: - cd po && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@ - -# create tag files for Emacs -TAGS: - cd src && $(MAKE) $@ - -dist: $(srcdir)/configure DISTFILES - mkdir $(DISTNAME) - for d in `$(FIND) . -type d ! -regex '.*/\.svn\(/.*\)?' -print`; do \ - if [ "$$d" != "." -a "$$d" != "./$(DISTNAME)" ]; then \ - mkdir $(DISTNAME)/$$d; \ - fi; \ - done - for f in `cat DISTFILES`; do \ - ln $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f || \ - { echo copying $$f; cp -p $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f ; } \ - done - (cd $(DISTNAME); $(MAKE) distclean) - $(TAR) chvf - $(DISTNAME) | $(GZIP) -c --best >$(DISTNAME).tar.gz - $(RM) -r $(DISTNAME) - $(RM) DISTFILES - -DISTFILES: FORCE - rm -rf $(DISTNAME) - (cd $(srcdir); find . ! -type d -print) \ - | sed '/\/\.svn\//d; /$@/d; /\.tar.*/d; s/^.\///; /^\.$$/d;' \ - | sort | uniq > $@ - -# -# Cleanup dependencies -# - -clean: clean-recursive clean-top -distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-top -realclean: realclean-recursive realclean-top - -clean-top: - $(RM) *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz - -distclean-top: clean-top - $(RM) Makefile config.status config.log config.cache libtool stamp-h - $(RM) -r autom4te.cache - -realclean-top: distclean-top - $(RM) configure - -clean-recursive distclean-recursive realclean-recursive: - for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $$target) || exit 1; \ - done - -# -# Dependencies for maintenance -# - -$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in - cd $(srcdir) && autoconf - -# autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file. -$(srcdir)/src/config.h.in: stamp-h.in -$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.in - @true; # running autoheader here breaks: cd $(srcdir) && autoheader - echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in - -src/config.h: stamp-h -stamp-h: src/config.h.in config.status - ./config.status - -Makefile: Makefile.in config.status - ./config.status - -config.status: configure - ./config.status --recheck - -FORCE: diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS index 318840dc..a23ce4f8 100644 --- a/NEWS +++ b/NEWS @@ -6,8 +6,24 @@ See the end for copying conditions. Please send GNU Wget bug reports to . +* Changes in Wget (MAINLINE). + +** Gnulib is now used to provide code for certain portability aspects in +GNU Wget. + +** Wget uses Automake now as part of its build infrastructure. + * Changes in Wget 1.11. +** The source code has been migrated to Mercurial. The repositories are +available at http://hg.addictivecode.org/. Prior to this, the source +code was hosted on Subversion (migrated from the original CVS); you can +still get access to older tags and branches for Wget in the Subversion +repository at http://addictivecode.org/svn/wget/. + +** PATCH file removed; see http://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines +for current information about producing patches for GNU Wget. + ** TODO file removed: we use a bugtracker now; see http://wget.addictivecode.org/BugTracker. Also, http://wget.addictivecode.org/FeatureSpecifications. @@ -61,11 +77,6 @@ was only used by the passive_ftp .wgetrc setting. If you're running broken scripts or Perl modules that unconditionally specify `--passive-ftp' and your firewall disallows it, you can override them by replacing wget with a script that execs wget "$@" --no-passive-ftp. - -** The source code has migrated from CVS to Subversion. The -repository is available at http://svn.dotsrc.org/repo/wget/; to -checkout the trunk to a directory named `wget', use something like -`svn checkout http://svn.dotsrc.org/repo/wget/trunk/ wget'. * Changes in Wget 1.10. diff --git a/PATCHES b/PATCHES deleted file mode 100644 index b5bb1f61..00000000 --- a/PATCHES +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -* Guidelines for patch submissions. -=================================== - -** What is a patch? -------------------- - -A patch file, also known as a "diff", is a textual representation of -changes to source code. Patches are readable enough to be reviewed by -humans and at the same time regular enough to be processed by -programs. The `patch' utility is used to change the source code in -the manner that the patch describes, this being called "applying" the -patch. Patches work even on files that have been modified -independently of the modifications in the patch, as long as those -other changes do not conflict with the patch. - -Because of these properties, patches are the preferred means of -distributing the changes to a free software project. If you have made -a change to Wget and would like to contribute it, you will need to -create a patch and send it to the developers; please read on. - -** Where to send the patches. ------------------------------ - -Patches intended to be applied to Wget should be mailed to -. Each patch will be reviewed by the -developers, and will be acked and added to the distribution, or -rejected with an explanation. Unfortunately, the developers are often -busy with their day jobs, so the review process can take a while. - -If you want to discuss your patch with the community of Wget users and -developers, it is OK to send it to the main list at . -If the patch is really huge (more than 100K or so), you may want to -put it on the web and post the URL. - -EVERY patch should be accompanied by an explanation of what the patch -changes, and why the change is desirable or necessary. The -explanation need not be long, but please don't just send a patch -without any accompanying text. - -Normally, a patch can be just inserted into the message, after the -explanation and the ChangeLog entry. However, if your mail composer -or gateway is inclined to munge patches, e.g. by wrapping long lines, -please send them out as a MIME attachment. It is important that the -patch survives the travel unchanged so that we can feed it to the -`patch' utility after reviewing it. - -** How to create patches. -------------------------- - -First, please make sure that you are working with the latest version -of the source -- changing obsolete code is a waste of time. Working -on the latest release is acceptable in most cases, but it is better -yet to download the very latest sources from the public Subversionn -server and work on those. The web page at - explains how to get the source -code from the repository. - -Patches are created using the `diff' program. When making patches, -please use the `-u' option, or if your diff doesn't support it, `-c'. -Ordinary (context-free) diffs are notoriously prone to errors, since -line numbers tend to change when others make changes to the same -source file. - -In the general case, `diff' is used like this: - - diff -u ORIGFILE CHANGEDFILE > patch.txt - -Also, it is helpful if you create the patch in the top level of -the Wget source directory. For example: - - cp src/http.c src/http.c.orig - ... modify src/http.c .... - diff -u src/http.c.orig src/http.c > patch.txt - -If your patch changes more than one file, feel free to simply -concatenate the diffs of different files into a large diff: - - (diff -u foo.orig foo; diff -u bar.orig bar) > patch.txt - -The alternative is to leave the unchanged source lying around and use -the `-r' option to compare entire directories: - - diff -ru wget-1.9.orig wget-1.9 > patch.txt - -If you do that, please be careful not to include the differences to -automatically generated files, such as `.info*'. - -If you are using Subversion, generating diffs is even simpler -- after -changing the files, all you need to do is run the following command -from Wget's top-level directory: - - svn diff > patch.txt - -If you run on Windows and don't have `diff' handy, please obtain it. -It's extremely hard to review changes to files unless they're in the -form of a patch. If you really cannot use a variant of `diff', then -mail us the whole new file and indicate which version of Wget you -changed; that way we will be able to generate the diff ourselves. - -Finally, if your changes introduce new files, or if they change the -old files past all recognition (e.g. by completely reimplementing the -old stuff), sending a patch might not make sense. In that case, just -attach the files along with an explanation of what is being changed. - -** Standards and coding style. ------------------------------- - -Wget abides by the GNU coding standards, available at: - - http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards.html - -I consider perhaps the most important single point in that entire -document to be the "no arbitrary limits" rule. Even where Wget's -coding is less than exemplary, it respects that rule. There should be -no exceptions. - -Here is a short recap of the GNU formatting and naming conventions, -partly borrowed from XEmacs: - - * Put a space after every comma. - - * Put a space before the parenthesis that begins a function call, - macro call, function declaration or definition, or control - statement (if, while, switch, for). (DO NOT do this for macro - definitions; this is invalid preprocessor syntax.) - - * The brace that begins a control statement (if, while, for, switch, - do) or a function definition should go on a line by itself. - - * In function definitions, put the return type and all other - qualifiers on a line before the function name. Thus, the function - name is always at the beginning of a line. - - * Indentation level is two spaces. (However, the first and - following statements of a while/for/if/etc. block are indented - four spaces from the while/for/if keyword. The opening and - closing braces are indented two spaces.) - - * Variable and function names should be all lowercase, with - underscores separating words, except for a prefixing tag, which may - be in uppercase. Do not use the mixed-case convention (e.g. - SetVariableToValue ()) and *especially* do not use Microsoft - Hungarian notation (char **rgszRedundantTag). - - * Preprocessor constants and enumerations should be all uppercase, - and should be prefixed with a tag that groups related constants - together. - -** ChangeLog policy. --------------------- - -Each patch should be accompanied by an update to the appropriate -ChangeLog file. Please don't mail diffs of ChangeLog files because -they have an extremely high rate of failure; just mail us the new -entries you added to the ChangeLog. Patches without a ChangeLog entry -will be accepted, but this creates additional work for the -maintainers, so please do take the time to write one. - -Guidelines for writing ChangeLog entries are also governed by the GNU -coding standards, under the "Change Logs" section. diff --git a/README b/README index 3fea5d49..b062a49e 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -52,6 +52,9 @@ Please report bugs in Wget to . See the file `MAILING-LIST' for information about Wget mailing lists. Wget's home page is at . +If you would like to contribute code for Wget, please read +http://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines. + MAINTAINER: Micah Cowan Wget was originally written and mainained by Hrvoje Niksic. Please see diff --git a/README.checkout b/README.checkout index 1928b6fb..3f85767d 100644 --- a/README.checkout +++ b/README.checkout @@ -1,17 +1,18 @@ Important note: -To reduce bandwidth and needless updates, the Subversion tree does not +To reduce bandwidth and needless updates, the source repository does not contain automatically-generated files, even when those files are normally present in the distribution tarballs. -Therefore, if you're building from the sources obtained via -Subversion, you'll need to have at least GNU Autoconf (2.59 or newer) -installed on your system. To generate the Info documentation, you -will need the GNU Texinfo package. Those packages are available from -/> and its mirrors, listed at -. +Therefore, if you're building from the sources obtained from the source +repository, you'll need to have at least GNU Autoconf (2.61 or newer) +and GNU Automake (1.10 or newer) installed on your system. To generate +the Info documentation, you will need the GNU Texinfo package. Those +packages are available from /> and +its mirrors, listed at . Generating +the wget.1 manpage, and running some tests, requires Perl. -In case you aren't used to running autoconf manually to generate the +In case you aren't used to running autotools manually to generate the necessary configure script, a script called autogen.sh has been provided, and may be invoked using `./autogen.sh'. Once the script has completed, the configure script will reside in the current diff --git a/compile b/compile new file mode 100755 index 00000000..1b1d2321 --- /dev/null +++ b/compile @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. + +scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Tom Tromey . +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to or send patches to +# . + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] + +Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. +Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining +arguments, and rename the output as expected. + +If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the +right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. + +Report bugs to . +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "compile $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +ofile= +cfile= +eat= + +for arg +do + if test -n "$eat"; then + eat= + else + case $1 in + -o) + # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. + # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object. + eat=1 + case $2 in + *.o | *.obj) + ofile=$2 + ;; + *) + set x "$@" -o "$2" + shift + ;; + esac + ;; + *.c) + cfile=$1 + set x "$@" "$1" + shift + ;; + *) + set x "$@" "$1" + shift + ;; + esac + fi + shift +done + +if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then + # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a + # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a + # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no + # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also + # ok. + exec "$@" +fi + +# Name of file we expect compiler to create. +cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'` + +# Create the lock directory. +# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name +# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected +# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. +lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d +while true; do + if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + break + fi + sleep 1 +done +# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. +trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 + +# Run the compile. +"$@" +ret=$? + +if test -f "$cofile"; then + mv "$cofile" "$ofile" +elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then + mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" +fi + +rmdir "$lockdir" +exit $ret + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/config.rpath b/config.rpath index 3f1bef34..c492a93b 100755 --- a/config.rpath +++ b/config.rpath @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the # run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. # -# Copyright 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ # known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build # directory and/or the installation directory. -# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC, +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a shrext=.so @@ -35,7 +35,17 @@ host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` -cc_basename=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME. + +for cc_temp in $CC""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. @@ -48,7 +58,7 @@ else wl='-Wl,' ;; darwin*) - case "$cc_basename" in + case $cc_basename in xlc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; @@ -78,6 +88,13 @@ else como) wl='-lopt=' ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) @@ -120,6 +137,10 @@ case "$host_os" in with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; @@ -127,6 +148,12 @@ esac ld_shlibs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented + # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken @@ -162,9 +189,20 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; + interix3*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + linux*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; netbsd*) ;; - solaris* | sysv5*) + solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then @@ -173,16 +211,23 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; sunos4*) hardcode_direct=yes ;; - linux*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - : - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : @@ -191,10 +236,8 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then fi ;; esac - if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then - # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented - # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= fi else case "$host_os" in @@ -225,6 +268,7 @@ else break fi done + ;; esac fi hardcode_direct=yes @@ -244,6 +288,7 @@ else hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi + ;; esac fi # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. @@ -291,7 +336,7 @@ else if test "$GCC" = yes ; then : else - case "$cc_basename" in + case $cc_basename in xlc*) ;; *) @@ -326,24 +371,25 @@ else # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; - hpux10* | hpux11*) + hpux10*) if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case "$host_cpu" in - hppa*64*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - hardcode_direct=no - ;; - ia64*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + fi + ;; + hpux11*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_direct=no - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; *) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. @@ -397,8 +443,6 @@ else fi hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; - sco3.2v5*) - ;; solaris*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; @@ -427,14 +471,11 @@ else ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; - sysv4.2uw2*) - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_minus_L=no - ;; - sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*) + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*) ;; - sysv5*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' ;; uts4*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' @@ -471,12 +512,12 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; kfreebsd*-gnu) ;; - freebsd*) + freebsd* | dragonfly*) ;; gnu*) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - case "$host_cpu" in + case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext=.so ;; @@ -488,6 +529,8 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; esac ;; + interix3*) + ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) case "$host_os" in irix5* | nonstopux*) @@ -523,16 +566,16 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) ;; - sco3.2v5*) - ;; solaris*) ;; sunos4*) ;; - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + sysv4 | sysv4.3*) ;; sysv4*MP*) ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + ;; uts4*) ;; esac diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f61baa11 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure.ac @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ +dnl Template file for GNU Autoconf +dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +dnl (at your option) any later version. + +dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +dnl GNU General Public License for more details. + +dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +dnl along with this program. If not, see . + +dnl In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the +dnl OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it +dnl that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute +dnl the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License +dnl in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you +dnl modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the +dnl file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do +dnl so, delete this exception statement from your version. + +dnl +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. +dnl + +AC_INIT([wget], + [1.12-devel], + [bug-wget@gnu.org]) +AC_PREREQ(2.61) + +dnl +dnl What version of Wget are we building? +dnl +AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring for GNU Wget $PACKAGE_VERSION]) + +AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) +AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.]) + +dnl +dnl Automake setup +dnl +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(1.9) + +dnl +dnl Gettext +dnl +AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external],[need-ngettext]) +AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16.1]) + +dnl +dnl Get cannonical host +dnl +AC_CANONICAL_HOST +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([OS_TYPE], "$host_os", + [Define to be the name of the operating system.]) + +dnl +dnl Process features. +dnl + +AC_ARG_WITH(ssl, +[[ --without-ssl disable SSL autodetection]]) + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(opie, +[ --disable-opie disable support for opie or s/key FTP login], +ENABLE_OPIE=$enableval, ENABLE_OPIE=yes) +test x"${ENABLE_OPIE}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_OPIE], 1, + [Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in.]) + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(digest, +[ --disable-digest disable support for HTTP digest authorization], +ENABLE_DIGEST=$enableval, ENABLE_DIGEST=yes) +test x"${ENABLE_DIGEST}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DIGEST], 1, + [Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in.]) + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(ntlm, +[ --disable-ntlm disable support for NTLM authorization], +[ENABLE_NTLM=$enableval], [ENABLE_NTLM=auto]) + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, +[ --disable-debug disable support for debugging output], +ENABLE_DEBUG=$enableval, ENABLE_DEBUG=yes) +test x"${ENABLE_DEBUG}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DEBUG], 1, + [Define if you want the debug output support compiled in.]) + +wget_need_md5=no + +case "${ENABLE_OPIE}${ENABLE_DIGEST}" in +*yes*) + wget_need_md5=yes +esac + +dnl +dnl Find the compiler +dnl + +dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values. +test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1 +test -z "$CC" && cc_specified=yes + +AC_PROG_CC +AM_PROG_CC_C_O +AC_AIX +gl_EARLY + +AC_PROG_RANLIB + +dnl Turn on optimization by default. Specifically: +dnl +dnl if the user hasn't specified CFLAGS, then +dnl if compiler is gcc, then +dnl use -O2 and some warning flags +dnl else +dnl use os-specific flags or -O +if test -n "$auto_cflags"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O2 -Wall" + else + case "$host_os" in + *hpux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +O3" ;; + *ultrix* | *osf*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O -Olimit 2000" ;; + *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" ;; + esac + fi +fi + +dnl +dnl Checks for basic compiler characteristics. +dnl +AC_C_CONST +AC_C_INLINE +AC_C_VOLATILE + +dnl Check for basic headers, even though we expect them to exist and +dnl #include them unconditionally in the code. Their detection is +dnl still needed because test programs used by Autoconf macros check +dnl for STDC_HEADERS, HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, etc. before using them. +dnl Without the checks they will fail to be included in test programs, +dnl which will subsequently fail. +AC_HEADER_STDC + +dnl Check for large file support. This check needs to come fairly +dnl early because it could (in principle) affect whether functions and +dnl headers are available, whether they work, etc. +AC_SYS_LARGEFILE +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t) + +dnl +dnl Checks for system header files that might be missing. +dnl +AC_HEADER_STDBOOL +AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h sys/time.h) +AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/ioctl.h sys/select.h utime.h sys/utime.h) +AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h pwd.h) + +dnl +dnl Check sizes of integer types. These are used to find n-bit +dnl integral types on older systems that fail to provide intN_t and +dnl uintN_t typedefs. +dnl +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short) +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int) +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long) +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long) +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *) + +dnl +dnl Checks for non-universal or system-specific types. +dnl +AC_TYPE_SIZE_T +AC_TYPE_PID_T +AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint32_t, uintptr_t, intptr_t, int64_t]) +AC_CHECK_TYPES(sig_atomic_t, [], [], [ +#include +#include +#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include +#endif +#include +]) + +# gnulib +gl_INIT + +dnl +dnl Checks for library functions. +dnl +AC_FUNC_ALLOCA +AC_FUNC_MMAP +AC_FUNC_FSEEKO +AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strptime timegm snprintf vsnprintf vasprintf drand48) +AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strtoll usleep ftello sigblock sigsetjmp memrchr) + +if test x"$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes; then + AC_LIBOBJ([ftp-opie]) +fi + +dnl We expect to have these functions on Unix-like systems configure +dnl runs on. The defines are provided to get them in config.h.in so +dnl Wget can still be ported to non-Unix systems (such as Windows) +dnl that lack some of these functions. +AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function.]) +AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRNCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function.]) +AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRDUP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function.]) +AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ISATTY], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function.]) +AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYMLINK], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function.]) + +dnl +dnl Call Wget-specific macros defined in aclocal. +dnl +WGET_STRUCT_UTIMBUF +WGET_SOCKLEN_T +WGET_FNMATCH +WGET_NANOSLEEP +WGET_POSIX_CLOCK +WGET_NSL_SOCKET + +dnl +dnl Checks for libraries. +dnl + +AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" = xgnutls], [ + dnl Now actually check for -lssl + AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([gnutls], [], [ +#include + ], [gnutls_global_init()]) + if test x"$LIBGNUTLS" != x + then + AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via GnuTLS]) + AC_LIBOBJ([gnutls]) + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl=gnutls was given, but GNUTLS is not available.]) + fi +], [ + # --with-ssl is not gnutls: check if it's no + AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" != xno], [ + dnl As of this writing (OpenSSL 0.9.6), the libcrypto shared library + dnl doesn't record its dependency on libdl, so we need to make sure + dnl -ldl ends up in LIBS on systems that have it. Most OSes use + dnl dlopen(), but HP-UX uses shl_load(). + AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, [], [ + AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, shl_load) + ]) + + dnl Now actually check for -lssl + AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([ssl], [crypto], [ + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + ], [SSL_library_init ()]) + if test x"$LIBSSL" != x + then + AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via OpenSSL]) + AC_LIBOBJ([openssl]) + elif test x"$with_ssl" != x + then + AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl was given, but SSL is not available.]) + fi + ]) # endif: --with-ssl == no? +]) # endif: --with-ssl == gnutls? + + +dnl Enable NTLM if requested and if SSL is available. +if test x"$LIBSSL" != x +then + if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno + then + AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1, + [Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.]) + AC_LIBOBJ([http-ntlm]) + fi +else + dnl If SSL is unavailable and the user explicitly requested NTLM, + dnl abort. + if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" = xyes + then + AC_MSG_ERROR([NTLM authorization requested and OpenSSL not found; aborting]) + fi +fi + +dnl +dnl Find an MD5 implementation. Since Wget rarely needs MD5, we try +dnl to use an existing library implementation to save on code size. +dnl + +if test x"$wget_need_md5" = xyes +then + dnl This should be moved to an AC_DEFUN, but I'm not sure how to + dnl manipulate MD5_OBJ from the defun. + + AC_LIBOBJ([gen-md5]) + found_md5=no + + dnl Check for the system MD5 library on Solaris. We don't check for + dnl something simple like "MD5Update" because there are a number of + dnl MD5 implementations that use that name, but have an otherwise + dnl incompatible interface. md5_calc is, hopefully, specific to the + dnl Solaris MD5 library. + if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then + AC_CHECK_LIB(md5, md5_calc, [ + dnl Some installations have bogus in the compiler's + dnl include path, making the system md5 library useless. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working md5.h]) + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include + ], [ + AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5], 1, [Define when using Solaris MD5.]) + LIBS="-lmd5 $LIBS" + found_md5=yes + AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the Solaris MD5 implementation]) + ], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)]) + ]) + fi + + dnl Then see if we're linking OpenSSL anyway; if yes, use its md5 + dnl implementation. + if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then + if test x"$LIBSSL" != x; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5], 1, [Define when using OpenSSL MD5.]) + found_md5=yes + AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the OpenSSL MD5 implementation]) + fi + fi + + dnl If none of the above worked, use the one we ship with Wget. + if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5], 1, [Define when using built-in MD5.]) + found_md5=yes + AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the built-in (GNU) MD5 implementation]) + AC_C_BIGENDIAN + fi +fi +AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MD5], 1, [Define if we're compiling support for MD5.]) + +dnl ********************************************************************** +dnl Checks for IPv6 +dnl ********************************************************************** + +dnl +dnl We test for IPv6 by checking, in turn, for availability of +dnl getaddrinfo, presence of the INET6 address/protocol family, and +dnl the existence of struct sockaddr_in6. If any of them is missing, +dnl IPv6 is disabled, and the code reverts to old-style gethostbyname. +dnl +dnl If --enable-ipv6 is explicitly specified on the configure command +dnl line, we check for IPv6 and abort if not found. If --disable-ipv6 +dnl is specified, we disable IPv6 and don't check for it. The default +dnl is to autodetect IPv6 and use it where available. +dnl + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6, + AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[disable IPv6 support]), + [case "${enable_ipv6}" in + no) + AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IPv6 at user request]) + dnl Disable IPv6 checking + ipv6=no + ;; + yes) + dnl IPv6 explicitly enabled: force its use (abort if unavailable). + ipv6=yes + force_ipv6=yes + ;; + auto) + dnl Auto-detect IPv6, i.e. check for IPv6, but don't force it. + ipv6=yes + ;; + *) + AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-ipv6 argument \`$enable_ipv6']) + ;; + esac + ], [ + dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection. + ipv6=yes + ] +) + +if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, [], [ + AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support getaddrinfo(3)]) + ipv6=no + ]) +fi + +if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then + PROTO_INET6([], [ + AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support the PF_INET6 protocol family]) + ipv6=no + ]) +fi + +if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then + TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([],[ + AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support \`struct sockaddr_in6']) + ipv6=no + ]) + if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then + WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE + MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID + fi +fi + +if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then + AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IPV6], 1, [Define if IPv6 support is enabled.]) + AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for IPv6.]) +elif test "x$force_ipv6" = "xyes"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([IPv6 support requested but not found; aborting]) +fi + + +dnl +dnl Set of available languages. +dnl +dnl Originally this used to be static, looking like this: +dnl ALL_LINGUAS="cs de hr it ..." +dnl The downside was that configure needed to be rebuilt whenever a +dnl new language was added. +dnl +ALL_LINGUAS="en@quot en@boldquot $(cd ${srcdir}/po && ls *.po | sed -e 's/\.po$//' | tr '\012' ' ')" + +dnl +dnl Find makeinfo. We used to provide support for Emacs processing +dnl Texinfo using `emacs -batch -eval ...' where makeinfo is +dnl unavailable, but that broke with the addition of makeinfo-specific +dnl command-line options, such as `-I'. Now we depend on makeinfo to +dnl build the Info documentation. +dnl + +AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO, [makeinfo], [true]) + +dnl +dnl Find perl and pod2man +dnl + +AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, [perl5 perl], no) +AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no) + +if test "x${POD2MAN}" = xno; then + COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN="# " +else + COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN= +fi +AC_SUBST(COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN) + +dnl +dnl Create output +dnl +AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile util/Makefile + po/Makefile.in tests/Makefile tests/WgetTest.pm + lib/Makefile windows/Makefile]) +AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h]) +AH_BOTTOM([ +#include "config-post.h" +]) +AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in deleted file mode 100644 index 1e8fadfe..00000000 --- a/configure.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,479 +0,0 @@ -dnl Template file for GNU Autoconf -dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -dnl (at your option) any later version. - -dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -dnl GNU General Public License for more details. - -dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -dnl along with this program. If not, see . - -dnl In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -dnl gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -dnl OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -dnl that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -dnl the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -dnl in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -dnl modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -dnl file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -dnl so, delete this exception statement from your version. - -dnl -dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. -dnl - -AC_INIT([src/version.c]) -AC_PREREQ(2.61) - -dnl Include the M4 macros we use. -builtin(include, [m4/wget.m4])dnl -builtin(include, [m4/lib-ld.m4])dnl -builtin(include, [m4/lib-link.m4])dnl -builtin(include, [m4/lib-prefix.m4])dnl - -dnl -dnl What version of Wget are we building? -dnl -VERSION=`sed -e 's/^.*"\(.*\)";$/\1/' ${srcdir}/src/version.c` -AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring for GNU Wget $VERSION]) -AC_SUBST(VERSION) -PACKAGE=wget -AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) - -dnl -dnl Get cannonical host -dnl -AC_CANONICAL_HOST -AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([OS_TYPE], "$host_os", - [Define to be the name of the operating system.]) - -dnl -dnl Process features. -dnl - -AC_ARG_WITH(ssl, -[[ --without-ssl disable SSL autodetection]]) - -AC_ARG_ENABLE(opie, -[ --disable-opie disable support for opie or s/key FTP login], -ENABLE_OPIE=$enableval, ENABLE_OPIE=yes) -test x"${ENABLE_OPIE}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_OPIE], 1, - [Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in.]) - -AC_ARG_ENABLE(digest, -[ --disable-digest disable support for HTTP digest authorization], -ENABLE_DIGEST=$enableval, ENABLE_DIGEST=yes) -test x"${ENABLE_DIGEST}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DIGEST], 1, - [Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in.]) - -AC_ARG_ENABLE(ntlm, -[ --disable-ntlm disable support for NTLM authorization], -[ENABLE_NTLM=$enableval], [ENABLE_NTLM=auto]) - -AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, -[ --disable-debug disable support for debugging output], -ENABLE_DEBUG=$enableval, ENABLE_DEBUG=yes) -test x"${ENABLE_DEBUG}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DEBUG], 1, - [Define if you want the debug output support compiled in.]) - -wget_need_md5=no - -case "${ENABLE_OPIE}${ENABLE_DIGEST}" in -*yes*) - wget_need_md5=yes -esac -if test x"$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes; then - OPIE_OBJ='ftp-opie.o' -fi -AC_SUBST(OPIE_OBJ) - -dnl -dnl Whether make sets $(MAKE)... -dnl -AC_PROG_MAKE_SET - -dnl -dnl Find a good install -dnl -AC_PROG_INSTALL - -dnl -dnl Find the compiler -dnl - -dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values. -test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1 -test -z "$CC" && cc_specified=yes - -AC_PROG_CC -AC_AIX - -dnl Turn on optimization by default. Specifically: -dnl -dnl if the user hasn't specified CFLAGS, then -dnl if compiler is gcc, then -dnl use -O2 and some warning flags -dnl else -dnl use os-specific flags or -O -if test -n "$auto_cflags"; then - if test -n "$GCC"; then - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O2 -Wall" - else - case "$host_os" in - *hpux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +O3" ;; - *ultrix* | *osf*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O -Olimit 2000" ;; - *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" ;; - esac - fi -fi - -dnl -dnl Checks for basic compiler characteristics. -dnl -AC_C_CONST -AC_C_INLINE -AC_C_VOLATILE - -dnl Check for basic headers, even though we expect them to exist and -dnl #include them unconditionally in the code. Their detection is -dnl still needed because test programs used by Autoconf macros check -dnl for STDC_HEADERS, HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, etc. before using them. -dnl Without the checks they will fail to be included in test programs, -dnl which will subsequently fail. -AC_HEADER_STDC - -dnl Check for large file support. This check needs to come fairly -dnl early because it could (in principle) affect whether functions and -dnl headers are available, whether they work, etc. -AC_SYS_LARGEFILE -AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t) - -dnl -dnl Checks for system header files that might be missing. -dnl -AC_HEADER_STDBOOL -AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h sys/time.h) -AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/ioctl.h sys/select.h utime.h sys/utime.h) -AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h pwd.h) - -dnl -dnl Check sizes of integer types. These are used to find n-bit -dnl integral types on older systems that fail to provide intN_t and -dnl uintN_t typedefs. -dnl -AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short) -AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int) -AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long) -AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long) -AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *) - -dnl -dnl Checks for non-universal or system-specific types. -dnl -AC_TYPE_SIZE_T -AC_TYPE_PID_T -AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint32_t, uintptr_t, intptr_t, int64_t]) -AC_CHECK_TYPES(sig_atomic_t, [], [], [ -#include -#include -#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H -# include -#endif -#include -]) - -dnl -dnl Checks for library functions. -dnl -AC_FUNC_ALLOCA -AC_FUNC_MMAP -AC_FUNC_FSEEKO -AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strptime timegm snprintf vsnprintf vasprintf drand48) -AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strtoll usleep ftello sigblock sigsetjmp memrchr) - -dnl We expect to have these functions on Unix-like systems configure -dnl runs on. The defines are provided to get them in config.h.in so -dnl Wget can still be ported to non-Unix systems (such as Windows) -dnl that lack some of these functions. -AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function.]) -AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRNCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function.]) -AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRDUP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function.]) -AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ISATTY], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function.]) -AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYMLINK], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function.]) - -dnl -dnl Call Wget-specific macros defined in aclocal. -dnl -WGET_STRUCT_UTIMBUF -WGET_SOCKLEN_T -WGET_FNMATCH -WGET_NANOSLEEP -WGET_POSIX_CLOCK -WGET_NSL_SOCKET - -dnl -dnl Check if we need to compile in getopt.c. -dnl -AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, [], [ - GETOPT_OBJ='getopt.o' -]) -AC_SUBST(GETOPT_OBJ) - -dnl -dnl Checks for libraries. -dnl - -AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" = xgnutls], [ - dnl Now actually check for -lssl - AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([gnutls], [], [ -#include - ], [gnutls_global_init()]) - if test x"$LIBGNUTLS" != x - then - AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via GnuTLS]) - SSL_OBJ='gnutls.o' - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl=gnutls was given, but GNUTLS is not available.]) - fi -], [ - # --with-ssl is not gnutls: check if it's no - AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" != xno], [ - dnl As of this writing (OpenSSL 0.9.6), the libcrypto shared library - dnl doesn't record its dependency on libdl, so we need to make sure - dnl -ldl ends up in LIBS on systems that have it. Most OSes use - dnl dlopen(), but HP-UX uses shl_load(). - AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, [], [ - AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, shl_load) - ]) - - dnl Now actually check for -lssl - AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([ssl], [crypto], [ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - ], [SSL_library_init ()]) - if test x"$LIBSSL" != x - then - AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via OpenSSL]) - SSL_OBJ='openssl.o' - elif test x"$with_ssl" != x - then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl was given, but SSL is not available.]) - fi - ]) # endif: --with-ssl == no? -]) # endif: --with-ssl == gnutls? - -AC_SUBST(SSL_OBJ) - -dnl Enable NTLM if requested and if SSL is available. -NTLM_OBJ='' -if test x"$LIBSSL" != x -then - if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno - then - AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1, - [Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.]) - NTLM_OBJ='http-ntlm.o' - fi -else - dnl If SSL is unavailable and the user explicitly requested NTLM, - dnl abort. - if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" = xyes - then - AC_MSG_ERROR([NTLM authorization requested and OpenSSL not found; aborting]) - fi -fi -AC_SUBST(NTLM_OBJ) - -dnl -dnl Find an MD5 implementation. Since Wget rarely needs MD5, we try -dnl to use an existing library implementation to save on code size. -dnl - -if test x"$wget_need_md5" = xyes -then - dnl This should be moved to an AC_DEFUN, but I'm not sure how to - dnl manipulate MD5_OBJ from the defun. - - MD5_OBJ='gen-md5.o' - found_md5=no - - dnl Check for the system MD5 library on Solaris. We don't check for - dnl something simple like "MD5Update" because there are a number of - dnl MD5 implementations that use that name, but have an otherwise - dnl incompatible interface. md5_calc is, hopefully, specific to the - dnl Solaris MD5 library. - if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then - AC_CHECK_LIB(md5, md5_calc, [ - dnl Some installations have bogus in the compiler's - dnl include path, making the system md5 library useless. - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working md5.h]) - AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include - ], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5], 1, [Define when using Solaris MD5.]) - LIBS="-lmd5 $LIBS" - found_md5=yes - AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the Solaris MD5 implementation]) - ], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)]) - ]) - fi - - dnl Then see if we're linking OpenSSL anyway; if yes, use its md5 - dnl implementation. - if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then - if test x"$LIBSSL" != x; then - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5], 1, [Define when using OpenSSL MD5.]) - found_md5=yes - AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the OpenSSL MD5 implementation]) - fi - fi - - dnl If none of the above worked, use the one we ship with Wget. - if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5], 1, [Define when using built-in MD5.]) - MD5_OBJ="$MD5_OBJ gnu-md5.o" - found_md5=yes - AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the built-in (GNU) MD5 implementation]) - AC_C_BIGENDIAN - fi -fi -AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MD5], 1, [Define if we're compiling support for MD5.]) -AC_SUBST(MD5_OBJ) - -dnl ********************************************************************** -dnl Checks for IPv6 -dnl ********************************************************************** - -dnl -dnl We test for IPv6 by checking, in turn, for availability of -dnl getaddrinfo, presence of the INET6 address/protocol family, and -dnl the existence of struct sockaddr_in6. If any of them is missing, -dnl IPv6 is disabled, and the code reverts to old-style gethostbyname. -dnl -dnl If --enable-ipv6 is explicitly specified on the configure command -dnl line, we check for IPv6 and abort if not found. If --disable-ipv6 -dnl is specified, we disable IPv6 and don't check for it. The default -dnl is to autodetect IPv6 and use it where available. -dnl - -AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6, - AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[disable IPv6 support]), - [case "${enable_ipv6}" in - no) - AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IPv6 at user request]) - dnl Disable IPv6 checking - ipv6=no - ;; - yes) - dnl IPv6 explicitly enabled: force its use (abort if unavailable). - ipv6=yes - force_ipv6=yes - ;; - auto) - dnl Auto-detect IPv6, i.e. check for IPv6, but don't force it. - ipv6=yes - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-ipv6 argument \`$enable_ipv6']) - ;; - esac - ], [ - dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection. - ipv6=yes - ] -) - -if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, [], [ - AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support getaddrinfo(3)]) - ipv6=no - ]) -fi - -if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then - PROTO_INET6([], [ - AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support the PF_INET6 protocol family]) - ipv6=no - ]) -fi - -if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then - TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([],[ - AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support \`struct sockaddr_in6']) - ipv6=no - ]) - if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then - WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE - MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID - fi -fi - -if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then - AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IPV6], 1, [Define if IPv6 support is enabled.]) - AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for IPv6.]) -elif test "x$force_ipv6" = "xyes"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([IPv6 support requested but not found; aborting]) -fi - - -dnl -dnl Set of available languages. -dnl -dnl Originally this used to be static, looking like this: -dnl ALL_LINGUAS="cs de hr it ..." -dnl The downside was that configure needed to be rebuilt whenever a -dnl new language was added. -dnl -ALL_LINGUAS=`(cd ${srcdir}/po && ls *.po | sed -e 's/\.po$//' | tr '\012' ' ')` - -dnl internationalization macros -WGET_WITH_NLS - -dnl -dnl Find makeinfo. We used to provide support for Emacs processing -dnl Texinfo using `emacs -batch -eval ...' where makeinfo is -dnl unavailable, but that broke with the addition of makeinfo-specific -dnl command-line options, such as `-I'. Now we depend on makeinfo to -dnl build the Info documentation. -dnl - -AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO, [makeinfo], [true]) - -dnl -dnl Find perl and pod2man -dnl - -AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, [perl5 perl], no) -AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no) - -if test "x${POD2MAN}" = xno; then - COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN="# " -else - COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN= -fi -AC_SUBST(COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN) - -dnl -dnl Create output -dnl -AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile util/Makefile - po/Makefile.in tests/Makefile tests/WgetTest.pm - windows/Makefile]) -AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h]) -AH_BOTTOM([ -#include "config-post.h" -]) -AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h]) -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [WGET_PROCESS_PO]) -AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp new file mode 100755 index 00000000..ca5ea4e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/depcomp @@ -0,0 +1,584 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects + +scriptversion=2006-10-15.18 + +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] + +Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies +as side-effects. + +Environment variables: + depmode Dependency tracking mode. + source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. + depfile Dependency file to output. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. + libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). + +Report bugs to . +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "depcomp $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then + echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. +depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | + sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} +tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} + +rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + +# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We +# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, +# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case +# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. +if test "$depmode" = hp; then + # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. + gccflag=-M + depmode=gcc +fi + +if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then + # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. + dashmflag=-xM + depmode=dashmstdout +fi + +case "$depmode" in +gcc3) +## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what +## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like +## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. +## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon +## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they +## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here +## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. + for arg + do + case $arg in + -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; + *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; + esac + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + done + "$@" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" + ;; + +gcc) +## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's +## why we pick this rather obscure method: +## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end +## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. +## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) +## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like +## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). +## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse +## than renaming). + if test -z "$gccflag"; then + gccflag=-MD, + fi + "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. + sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ + -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" +## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. +## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file +## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is +## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding +## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do +## this for us directly. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory +## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as +## well. +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + +sgi) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" + else + "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + + # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be + # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle + # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in + # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; + # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the + # dependency line. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ + tr ' +' ' ' >> $depfile + echo >> $depfile + + # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ + >> $depfile + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +aix) + # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies + # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the + # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the + # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. + # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. + stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` + tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + "$@" -Wc,-M + else + "$@" -M + fi + stat=$? + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : + else + stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` + tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + fi + + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + outname="$stripped.o" + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just + # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile + # "include basename.Plo" scheme. + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +icc) + # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on + # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c + # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like + # foo.o: sub/foo.c + # foo.o: sub/foo.h + # which is wrong. We want: + # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c + # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h + # sub/foo.c: + # sub/foo.h: + # ICC 7.1 will output + # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h + # and will wrap long lines using \ : + # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ + # sub/foo.h ... \ + # ... + + "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', + # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. + sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | + sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +hp2) + # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 + # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option + # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named + # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that + # happens to be. + # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d + "$@" -Wc,+Maked + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + "$@" +Maked + fi + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Add `dependent.h:' lines. + sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" + ;; + +tru64) + # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side + # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. + # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put + # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # Subdirectories are respected. + dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` + test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a + # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to + # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. + # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. + # + # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now + # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two + # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and + # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because + # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer + # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is + # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring + # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. + tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 + "$@" -Wc,-MD + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d + "$@" -MD + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -eq 0; then : + else + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # That's a tab and a space in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + else + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + fi + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +#nosideeffect) + # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect + # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. + +dashmstdout) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove `-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M + # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' + # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: + # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. + "$@" $dashmflag | + sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + tr ' ' ' +' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +dashXmstdout) + # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually + # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. + exit 1 + ;; + +makedepend) + "$@" || exit $? + # Remove any Libtool call + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + # X makedepend + shift + cleared=no + for arg in "$@"; do + case $cleared in + no) + set ""; shift + cleared=yes ;; + esac + case "$arg" in + -D*|-I*) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove + # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. + -*|$object) + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; + esac + done + obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" + touch "$tmpdepfile" + ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" + rm -f "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' +' | \ +## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation +## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak + ;; + +cpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + + # Remove `-o $object'. + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case $arg in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift # fnord + shift # $arg + ;; + esac + done + + "$@" -E | + sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | + sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvisualcpp) + # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, + # because we must use -o when running libtool. + "$@" || exit $? + IFS=" " + for arg + do + case "$arg" in + "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") + set fnord "$@" + shift + shift + ;; + *) + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift + shift + ;; + esac + done + "$@" -E | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo " " >> "$depfile" + . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +none) + exec "$@" + ;; + +*) + echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/doc/ChangeLog b/doc/ChangeLog index 783eb880..19efd53c 100644 --- a/doc/ChangeLog +++ b/doc/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,22 @@ +2007-10-13 Micah Cowan + + * wget.texi : Replaced mention of no-longer + included PATCHES file with link to relevant Wgiki page. + * wget.texi : Added new section. + +2007-10-10 Micah Cowan + + * wget.texi : Fixed "doewnloads" typo. + +2007-10-08 Micah Cowan + + * wget.texi: Credit to Ralf Wildenhues for automakifying patches. + +2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues + + * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am. + * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in. + 2007-10-03 Micah Cowan * wget.texi : Cleaned up alphabetization, diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75d23b2f --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# Makefile for `wget' utility +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Version: @VERSION@ +# + +# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript +DVIPS = dvips -D 300 +# Program to convert texinfo files to html +TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter + +manext = 1 +RM = rm -f + +TEXI2POD = $(srcdir)/texi2pod.pl +POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@ +MAN = wget.$(manext) +WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc +SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion + +# +# Dependencies for building +# + +man_MANS = $(MAN) + +all: wget.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@$(MAN) + +everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html + +$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc + sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@ + +info_TEXINFOS = wget.texi +wget_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion + +EXTRA_DIST = README.maint sample.wgetrc $(SAMPLERCTEXI) \ + texi2pod.pl + +wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi + $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@ + +$(MAN): wget.pod + $(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" $? > $@ + +#wget.cat: $(MAN) +# nroff -man $? > $@ + +wget_us.ps: wget.dvi + $(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi + +wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi + $(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi + +wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi + $(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi + +# +# Dependencies for installing +# + +# install all the documentation +install-data-local: install.wgetrc @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man + +# uninstall all the documentation +uninstall-local: @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@uninstall.man + + +# install man page, creating install directory if necessary +install.man: $(MAN) + $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN) + +# install sample.wgetrc +install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc + $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir) + @if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \ + if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \ + else \ + echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \ + echo; \ + echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \ + echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \ + echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \ + echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \ + echo; \ + fi; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \ + fi + +# uninstall man page +uninstall.man: + $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN) + +# +# Dependencies for cleanup +# + +CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod +DISTCLEANFILES = $(MAN) diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 8330e939..00000000 --- a/doc/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for `wget' utility -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . - -# -# Version: @VERSION@ -# - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -# Program to format Texinfo source into Info files. -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -# Program to format Texinfo source into DVI files. -TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi -# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript -DVIPS = dvips -D 300 -# Program to convert texinfo files to html -TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter - -top_builddir = .. - -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -infodir = @infodir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -manext = 1 -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ - -DESTDIR = - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -RM = rm -f - -TEXI2POD = $(srcdir)/texi2pod.pl -POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@ -MAN = wget.$(manext) -WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc -SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion - -# -# Dependencies for building -# - -all: wget.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@$(MAN) - -everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html - -$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc - sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@ - -wget.info: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(SAMPLERCTEXI) $(srcdir)/version.texi - $(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $(srcdir)/wget.texi - -wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi - $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@ - -$(MAN): wget.pod - $(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" $? > $@ - -#wget.cat: $(MAN) -# nroff -man $? > $@ - -dvi: wget.dvi - -wget.dvi: $(srcdir)/wget.texi - $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/wget.texi - -wget_us.ps: wget.dvi - $(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi - -wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi - $(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi - -wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi - $(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi - -# -# Dependencies for installing -# - -# install all the documentation -install: install.info install.wgetrc @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man - -# uninstall all the documentation -uninstall: uninstall.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@uninstall.man - -# install info pages, creating install directory if necessary -# if the info pages are built in the build directory, they are used. -# otherwise, the ones from the distribution are installed. -install.info: wget.info - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) - -if test -f wget.info; then \ - for file in wget.info wget.info-*[0-9]; do \ - if test -f "$$file"; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file" ; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - else \ - for file in $(srcdir)/wget.info $(srcdir)/wget.info-*[0-9]; do \ - if test -f "$$file"; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/`basename $$file`" ; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - fi - -# install man page, creating install directory if necessary -install.man: $(MAN) - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext) - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN) - -# install sample.wgetrc -install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir) - @if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \ - if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \ - else \ - echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \ - echo; \ - echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \ - echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \ - echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \ - echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \ - echo; \ - fi; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \ - fi - -# uninstall info pages -uninstall.info: - $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/wget.info* - -# uninstall man page -uninstall.man: - $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN) - -# -# Dependencies for cleanup -# - -clean: - $(RM) *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod *.html - $(RM) *.dvi *.aux *.cp *.cps *.fn *.toc *.tp *.vr *.ps *.ky *.pg *.log - -distclean: clean - $(RM) Makefile - $(RM) $(MAN) - -realclean: distclean - $(RM) wget.info* - $(RM) $(SAMPLERCTEXI) - -# -# Dependencies for maintenance -# - -subdir = doc - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 14574939..00000000 --- a/doc/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7085 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% -% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi -% -\def\texinfoversion{2004-11-25.16} -% -% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, -% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software -% Foundation, Inc. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at -% your option) any later version. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -% General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this texinfo.tex file. If not, see -% . -% -% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing -% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) -% -% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug -% reports; you can get the latest version from: -% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). -% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out -% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a -% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the -% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. -% -% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple -% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: -% tex foo.texi -% texindex foo.?? -% tex foo.texi -% tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. -% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. -% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more -% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. -% -% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some -% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the -% full Texinfo distribution. -% -% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. - - -\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - -\message{Basics,} -\chardef\other=12 - -% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - -% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv=\equiv -\let\ptexexclam=\! -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote -\let\ptexgtr=> -\let\ptexhat=^ -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexindent=\indent -\let\ptexinsert=\insert -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexless=< -\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite -\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent -\let\ptexplus=+ -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexslash=\/ -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptext=\t - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi -\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi -\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi -\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi -\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi -\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi -\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi -\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi - -% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is -% in some cases the escape char. -\chardef\colonChar = `\: -\chardef\commaChar = `\, -\chardef\dotChar = `\. -\chardef\exclamChar= `\! -\chardef\questChar = `\? -\chardef\semiChar = `\; -\chardef\underChar = `\_ - -\chardef\spaceChar = `\ % -\chardef\spacecat = 10 -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat} - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -% The following is used inside several \edef's. -\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% Hyphenation fixes. -\hyphenation{ - Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script - ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps - data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script - man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm - par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces - spell-ing spell-ings - stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space - wide-spread wrap-around -} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make -% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log -% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{% - \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 - \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex - \tracingparagraphs1 - \tracingoutput1 - \tracingmacros2 - \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging - \tracingscantokens1 - \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 - \tracingnesting2 - \tracingassigns1 - \fi - \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex - \errorcontextlines16 -}% - -% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing -% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. -% -\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} -\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} -\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} - -% For @cropmarks command. -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. -% -\newif\ifcropmarks -\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue -% -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. -% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc -\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in - -% Main output routine. -\chardef\PAGE = 255 -\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} - -\newbox\headlinebox -\newbox\footlinebox - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. -\def\onepageout#1{% - \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - % - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% - \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% - % - {% - % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to - % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends - % before the \shipout runs. - % - \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. - \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if - % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. - \shipout\vbox{% - % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. - \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi - % - \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup - \hsize = \outerhsize - \vskip-\topandbottommargin - \vtop to0pt{% - \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% - \nointerlineskip - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% - }% - \vss}% - \vskip\topandbottommargin - \line\bgroup - \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. - \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox\bgroup - \fi - % - \unvbox\headlinebox - \pagebody{#1}% - \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt - % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. - % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) - % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. - \vskip 2\baselineskip - \unvbox\footlinebox - \fi - % - \ifcropmarks - \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup - \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup - \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% - }% - \nointerlineskip - \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% - }% - \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause - \fi - }% end of \shipout\vbox - }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% -\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} -\def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\next{#2}% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. -} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% - }% -} - -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run; - % thus we reuse \temp. - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} - -% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so -% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \next. -% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}} - -% \parseargdef\foo{...} -% is roughly equivalent to -% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} -% \def\Xfoo#1{...} -% -% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my -% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 - -\def\parseargdef#1{% - \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% -} -\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% - \def#2{\parsearg#1}% - \def#1##1% -} - -% Several utility definitions with active space: -{ - \obeyspaces - \gdef\obeyedspace{ } - - % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword - % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this - % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input - % should produce a line of output anyway. - % - \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} - - % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces - % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the - % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). - \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} -} - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: -% -% \envdef\foo{...} -% \def\Efoo{...} -% -% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the -% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also -% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks -% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be -% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. -% -% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The -% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this -% special case.) - - -% At runtime, environments start with this: -\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} -% initialize -\let\thisenv\empty - -% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': -\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} - -% Check whether we're in the right environment: -\def\checkenv#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \else - \badenverr - \fi -} - -% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: -\def\badenverr{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, - not \inenvironment\thisenv}% -} -\def\inenvironment#1{% - \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% - \else - in environment \expandafter\string#1% - \fi -} - -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv -% -\parseargdef\end{% - \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname - \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 - \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname - \csname E#1\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} - - -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux file. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @/ allows a line break. -\let\/=\allowbreak - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can -% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it -% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an -% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The -% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit -% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). -% -\newbox\groupbox -\def\vfilllimit{0.7} -% -\envdef\group{% - \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - \startsavinginserts - % - \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts -% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) -% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space -% above. But it's pretty close. -\def\Egroup{% - % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. - \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. - \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth - \egroup % End the \vtop. - % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. - \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox - % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal - % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big - % group, force a page break. - \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight - \page - \fi - \fi - \box\groupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts -} -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - -\parseargdef\need{% - % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. - \dimen0 = #1\mil - \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox - \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox - \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 - % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak - \fi -} - -% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). - -\let\br = \par - -% @page forces the start of a new page. -% -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount - \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current -% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. -% -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} -% -\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% - \nobreak - \kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{% - \baselineskip=\strutdepth - \vss - % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to - % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. - \ifx#1l% - \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% - \else - \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% - \fi - \null - }% -}} -\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} -\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} -% -% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} -% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; -% else use TEXT for both). -% -\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} -\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts - \def\righttext{#2}% - \else - \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text - \def\righttext{#1}% - \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno - \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin - \else - \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% - \fi - \temp -} - -% @include file insert text of that file as input. -% -\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} -\def\includezzz#1{% - \pushthisfilestack - \def\thisfile{#1}% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{\input #1 }% - \expandafter - }\temp - \popthisfilestack -} -\def\filenamecatcodes{% - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`~=\other - \catcode`^=\other - \catcode`_=\other - \catcode`|=\other - \catcode`<=\other - \catcode`>=\other - \catcode`+=\other - \catcode`-=\other -} - -\def\pushthisfilestack{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackX{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% - \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% -} - -\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} -\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: - the stack of filenames is empty.}} - -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line -% outputs that line, centered. -% -\parseargdef\center{% - \ifhmode - \let\next\centerH - \else - \let\next\centerV - \fi - \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% -} -\def\centerH#1{% - {% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break - }% -} -\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - -\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - -\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\commentxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} - -\let\c=\comment - -% @paragraphindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. -% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. -% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. -% -\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords -\def\noneword{none} -% -\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \defaultparindent = 0pt - \else - \defaultparindent = #1em - \fi - \fi - \parindent = \defaultparindent -} - -% @exampleindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. -% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but -% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. -\parseargdef\exampleindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \lispnarrowing = 0pt - \else - \lispnarrowing = #1em - \fi - \fi -} - -% @firstparagraphindent WORD -% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph -% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such -% paragraphs. -% -% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling -% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. -% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. -% By default, we suppress indentation. -% -\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} -\def\insertword{insert} -% -\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\noneword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent - \else\ifx\temp\insertword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to -% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. -% -% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next -% paragraph. -% -\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \indent - }% - \gdef\noindent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \noindent - }% - \global\everypar = {% - \kern -\parindent - \restorefirstparagraphindent - }% -} - -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global \let \indent = \ptexindent - \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global \everypar = {}% -} - - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode\underChar = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode\underChar=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - } -} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\minus{$-$} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter -% font as three actual period characters. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \hbox to 1.5em{% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil - .\hfil.\hfil.% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=3000 -} - -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi - \closein 1 - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - - -\message{pdf,} -% adobe `portable' document format -\newcount\tempnum -\newcount\lnkcount -\newtoks\filename -\newcount\filenamelength -\newcount\pgn -\newtoks\toksA -\newtoks\toksB -\newtoks\toksC -\newtoks\toksD -\newbox\boxA -\newcount\countA -\newif\ifpdf -\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest - -% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined -\else - \ifx\pdfoutput\relax - \else - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \pdftrue - \fi - \fi -\fi -% -\ifpdf - \input pdfcolor - \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% - \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\imagewidth{#2}% - \def\imageheight{#3}% - % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is - % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \immediate\pdfimage - \else - \immediate\pdfximage - \fi - \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi - \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - #1.pdf% - \else - {#1.pdf}% - \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else - \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage - \fi} - \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title - % aren't expanded. - \atdummies - \normalturnoffactive - \pdfdest name{#1} xyz% - }} - \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} - \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? - \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} - % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines - % come from Petr Olsak - \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% - \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} - \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} - % - % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number - % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node - % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no - % corresponding node. #4 is the page number. - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the - % page number. We could generate a destination for the section - % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't - % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % - % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \def\thischapnum{##2}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% - \def\thissecnum{##2}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% - \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% - }% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% - }% - \def\thischapnum{0}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - % - % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et - % al. a second time, below. - \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \input \jobname.toc - % - % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. - % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of - % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. - % - % We use the node names as the destinations. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero - \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% - % - % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of - % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, - % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from - % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from - % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. - % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - } - % - \def\makelinks #1,{% - \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% - \ifx\params\E - \let\nextmakelinks=\relax - \else - \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks - \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi - \picknum{#1}% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% - \linkcolor #1% - \advance\lnkcount by 1% - \endlink - \fi - \nextmakelinks - } - \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} - \def\pn#1{% - \def\p{#1}% - \ifx\p\lbrace - \let\nextpn=\ppn - \else - \let\nextpn=\ppnn - \def\first{#1} - \fi - \nextpn - } - \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} - \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} - \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \let \startlink \pdfannotlink - \else - \let \startlink \pdfstartlink - \fi - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% - \makevalueexpandable - \leavevmode\Red - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% - \endgroup} - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \linkcolor #1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -\else - \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble - \let\pdfurl = \gobble - \let\endlink = \relax - \let\linkcolor = \relax - \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax -\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput - - -\message{fonts,} - -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font -} - -% Select #1 fonts with the current style. -% -\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - -% Default leading. -\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -\def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). -\def\textnominalsize{11pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\def\secnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 - -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} -\font\reducedi=cmmi10 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except -% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and -% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy - \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf -} - -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the -% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire -% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. -% -% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in -% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. -% -% This all needs generalizing, badly. -% -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy - \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \def\curfontsize{text}% - \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} -\def\titlefonts{% - \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl - \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc - \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy - \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl - \def\curfontsize{title}% - \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy - \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl - \def\curfontsize{chap}% - \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy - \let\tenttsl=\secttsl - \def\curfontsize{sec}% - \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy - \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl - \def\curfontsize{ssec}% - \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts -\def\reducedfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl - \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc - \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy - \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl - \def\curfontsize{reduced}% - \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl - \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc - \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy - \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl - \def\curfontsize{small}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallerfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl - \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc - \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy - \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl - \def\curfontsize{smaller}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} - -% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. -\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts - -% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample -% can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 -% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 -% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth -% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. -% -% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): -% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% -% I wish the USA used A4 paper. -% --karl, 24jan03. - - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\textfonts \rm - -% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. -% @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\var=\smartslanted -\let\dfn=\smartslanted -\let\emph=\smartitalic - -% @b, explicit bold. -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% @sansserif, explicit sans. -\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and -% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. -% -\catcode`@=11 - \def\frenchspacing{% - \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m - \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m - } -\catcode`@=\other - -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% - \null -} -\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\keysy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -% @file, @option are the same as @samp. -\let\file=\samp -\let\option=\samp - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash - \frenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. -{ - \catcode`\-=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - % - \global\def\code{\begingroup - \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash - \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder - \codex - } -} - -\def\realdash{-} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{% - % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ - % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) - % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us - % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. - \ifusingtt{\ifmmode - \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. - \else\normalunderscore \fi - \discretionary{}{}{}}% - {\_}% -} -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\arg{#1}% - \ifx\arg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\arg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\arg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct.' -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} - -% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\indicateurl=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\command=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it - \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url - \fi - \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdf - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. -% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for -% all-uppercase. -% -\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} -\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. -% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% -\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} -\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\frenchspacing #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. -% -\def\pounds{{\it\$}} - -% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. -% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik -% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and -% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). -% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% -% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore -% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular -% font height. -% -% feymr - regular -% feymo - slanted -% feybr - bold -% feybo - bold slanted -% -% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. -% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. -% Hmm. -% -% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? -% Hope not. -% -% -\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} -\def\eurofont{% - % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in - % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that - % installations which never need the symbold don't have to have the - % font installed. - % - % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale - % that to the current nominal size. - % - % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but - % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % - \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else - % regular: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize - \fi - \thiseurofont -} - -% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really -% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. -% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. -% -\def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% - \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% - }$% -} - -% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: -% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 -% so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\undefined -\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} -\fi - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the -% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% -\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue - -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\envdef\titlepage{% - % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. - \begingroup - \parindent=0pt \textfonts - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \let\page = \oldpage - \page - \null - }% -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon - % - % If they want short, they certainly want long too. - \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \shortcontents - \contents - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \global\let\contents = \relax - \fi - % - \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \contents - \global\let\contents = \relax - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \fi -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: - -\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm -\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} - -\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines - \let\tt=\authortt} - -\parseargdef\title{% - \checkenv\titlepage - \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt -} - -\parseargdef\subtitle{% - \checkenv\titlepage - {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% -} - -% @author should come last, but may come many times. -% It can also be used inside @quotation. -% -\parseargdef\author{% - \def\temp{\quotation}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. - \else - \checkenv\titlepage - \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% - \fi -} - - -%%% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages -\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages -\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages -\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages - -% Now make TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - % - % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume - % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip - \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip -} - -\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} - - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% This produces Day Month Year style of output. -% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set -% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined -\def\today{% - \number\day\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\year} -\fi - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. -% It generates no output of its own. -\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} - - -\message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if - % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no - % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would - % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this - % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert - % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % - \penalty 10001 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. - \noindent - % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in - % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and - % eventually be printed. - \nobreak\kern-\tableindent - \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \unhbox0 - \nobreak\kern\dimen0 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} - -% @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\envdef\table{% - \let\itemindex\gobble - \tablecheck{table}% -} -\envdef\ftable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{ftable}% -} -\envdef\vtable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{vtable}% -} -\def\tablecheck#1{% - \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active - \endgroup - \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is - that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% - \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% - \else - \let\next\tablex - \fi - \next -} -\def\tablex#1{% - \def\itemindicate{#1}% - \parsearg\tabley -} -\def\tabley#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% - \expandafter - }\temp \endtablez -} -\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi - \itemmax=\tableindent - \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance \leftskip by \tableindent - \exdentamount=\tableindent - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = \smallskipamount - \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \let\item = \internalBitem - \let\itemx = \internalBitemx -} -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} -\let\Eftable\Etable -\let\Evtable\Etable -\let\Eitemize\Etable -\let\Eenumerate\Etable - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} - -\def\doitemize#1{% - \aboveenvbreak - \itemmax=\itemindent - \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance\leftskip by \itemindent - \exdentamount=\itemindent - \parindent=0pt - \parskip=\smallskipamount - \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \def\itemcontents{#1}% - % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. - \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi - \let\item=\itemizeitem -} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. -% -\def\itemizeitem{% - \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations - {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break - {% - % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a - % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have - % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero - % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the - % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there - % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much - % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least - % that's the theory. - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. - \flushcr -} - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a . - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr -} - -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - - -% @multitable macros -% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 -% -% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. -% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width -% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, -% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. - -% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. - -% To make preamble: -% -% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: -% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -% @item ... -% -% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total -% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many -% columns as desired. - - -% Or use a template: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item ... -% using the widest term desired in each column. - -% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column -% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's -% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, -% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. - -% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt -% if they are. - -% Sample multitable: - -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col -% @item -% first col stuff -% @tab -% second col stuff -% @tab -% third col -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff -% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. -% -% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. -% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. -% @end multitable - -% Default dimensions may be reset by user. -% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. -% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. -% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. -% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline -% to baseline. -% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. -% -\newskip\multitableparskip -\newskip\multitableparindent -\newdimen\multitablecolspace -\newskip\multitablelinespace -\multitableparskip=0pt -\multitableparindent=6pt -\multitablecolspace=12pt -\multitablelinespace=0pt - -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might -% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. -% -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% - \setuptable -} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{% - \def\firstarg{#1}% - \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable - \let\go = \relax - \else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions - \global\setpercenttrue - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction - \else - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a - % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi - \fi - \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction - % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so - % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. - \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% - \else - \let\go = \setuptable - \fi% - \fi - \go -} - -% multitable-only commands. -% -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. -% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group -% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. -\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% -% -% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template -% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until -% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. -% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. -\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% - -% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: -% -\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. -% -\envdef\multitable{% - \vskip\parskip - \startsavinginserts - % - % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. - % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries - % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka - % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. - \def\item{\crcr}% - % - \tolerance=9500 - \hbadness=9500 - \setmultitablespacing - \parskip=\multitableparskip - \parindent=\multitableparindent - \overfullrule=0pt - \global\colcount=0 - % - \everycr = {% - \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% - \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % Check for saved footnotes, etc. - \checkinserts - % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - %\filbreak - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the - % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the - % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. - }% - }% - % - \parsearg\domultitable -} -\def\domultitable#1{% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: - \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup &% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \multistrut - \vtop{% - % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: - \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % - % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will - % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip - % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at - % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % - % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. - \advance\hsize by\leftskip - \else - \ifsetpercent \else - % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: - \leftskip=\multitablecolspace - \fi - % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious - % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the - % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. - % For example: - % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 - % @item @code{#} - % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. - % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively - % marking characters. - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut - }\cr -} -\def\Emultitable{% - \crcr - \egroup % end the \halign - \global\setpercentfalse -} - -\def\setmultitablespacing{% - \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing - % - % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in - % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on - % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. - % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip -\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 -\fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} - - -\message{conditionals,} - -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, -% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't -% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we -% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't -% attempt to close an environment group. -% -\def\makecond#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax - \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 -} -\makecond{iftex} -\makecond{ifnotdocbook} -\makecond{ifnothtml} -\makecond{ifnotinfo} -\makecond{ifnotplaintext} -\makecond{ifnotxml} - -% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. -% -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} -\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} -\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} -\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. -% -% A count to remember the depth of nesting. -\newcount\doignorecount - -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: - \catcode`\@ = \other - \catcode`\{ = \other - \catcode`\} = \other - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \spaceisspace - % - % Count number of #1's that we've seen. - \doignorecount = 0 - % - % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. - \dodoignore{#1}% -} - -{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. - \obeylines % - % - \gdef\dodoignore#1{% - % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. - % - % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line - % by itself. - \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% - % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a - % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for - % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) - \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% - % - % And now expand that command. - \obeylines % - \doignoretext ^^M% - }% -} - -\def\doignoreyyy#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. - \let\next\doignoretextzzz - \else % Found a nested condition, ... - \advance\doignorecount by 1 - \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. - % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). - \fi - \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. -} - -% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". -% -\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% - \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. - \let\next\enddoignore - \else % Still inside a nested condition. - \advance\doignorecount by -1 - \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. - \fi - \next -} - -% Finish off ignored text. -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces} - - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. -% -\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{#2}% - \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% - \ifx\temp\empty - \next{}% - \else - \setzzz#2\endsetzzz - \fi - }% -} -% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. -\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\parseargdef\clear{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax - }% -} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -{ - \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active - % - \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% - \let\value = \expandablevalue - % We don't want these characters active, ... - \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other - % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. - % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore - } -} - -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). -% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since -% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the -% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain -% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work -% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. -% -\makecond{ifset} -\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} -\def\doifset#1#2{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not set, redefine \next. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the -% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, -% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. -% -\makecond{ifclear} -\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} -\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory=\comment - -% @defininfoenclose. -\let\definfoenclose=\comment - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. -\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. -% -\def\newindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index - \noexpand\doindex{#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} -% -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. -% -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} -% -\def\newcodeindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% -} - - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -% -\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} - -% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), -% #3 the target index (bar). -\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up - % closing the target index. - \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined - % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the - % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. - \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 - \fi - % redefine \fooindfile: - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp - % redefine \fooindex: - \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} - -% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. -% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, -% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. -% -\def\indexdummies{% - \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. - \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace - % - % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus - % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control - % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect - % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word - % from whatever follows. - % - % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the - % space. - % - % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and - % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then - % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). - % - \def\definedummyword##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% - }% - \def\definedummyletter##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% - }% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine -% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses -% @, this will be simpler. -% -\def\atdummies{% - \def\@{@@}% - \def\ {@ }% - \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd - \let\} = \rbraceatcmd - % - % (See comments in \indexdummies.) - \def\definedummyword##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% - }% - \def\definedummyletter##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% - }% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and -% \definedummyletter must be defined first. -% -\def\commondummies{% - % - \normalturnoffactive - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - \definedummyletter{_}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword{AA}% - \definedummyword{AE}% - \definedummyword{L}% - \definedummyword{OE}% - \definedummyword{O}% - \definedummyword{aa}% - \definedummyword{ae}% - \definedummyword{l}% - \definedummyword{oe}% - \definedummyword{o}% - \definedummyword{ss}% - \definedummyword{exclamdown}% - \definedummyword{questiondown}% - \definedummyword{ordf}% - \definedummyword{ordm}% - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword{bf}% - \definedummyword{gtr}% - \definedummyword{hat}% - \definedummyword{less}% - \definedummyword{sf}% - \definedummyword{sl}% - \definedummyword{tclose}% - \definedummyword{tt}% - % - \definedummyword{LaTeX}% - \definedummyword{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword{bullet}% - \definedummyword{comma}% - \definedummyword{copyright}% - \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}% - \definedummyword{dots}% - \definedummyword{enddots}% - \definedummyword{equiv}% - \definedummyword{error}% - \definedummyword{euro}% - \definedummyword{expansion}% - \definedummyword{minus}% - \definedummyword{pounds}% - \definedummyword{point}% - \definedummyword{print}% - \definedummyword{result}% - % - % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any - % (non-fully-expandable) commands. - \makevalueexpandable - % - % Normal spaces, not active ones. - \unsepspaces - % - % No macro expansion. - \turnoffmacros -} - -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. -% -% Better have this without active chars. -{ - \catcode`\~=\other - \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{% - % Control letters and accents. - \definedummyletter{!}% - \definedummyaccent{"}% - \definedummyaccent{'}% - \definedummyletter{*}% - \definedummyaccent{,}% - \definedummyletter{.}% - \definedummyletter{/}% - \definedummyletter{:}% - \definedummyaccent{=}% - \definedummyletter{?}% - \definedummyaccent{^}% - \definedummyaccent{`}% - \definedummyaccent{~}% - \definedummyword{u}% - \definedummyword{v}% - \definedummyword{H}% - \definedummyword{dotaccent}% - \definedummyword{ringaccent}% - \definedummyword{tieaccent}% - \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% - \definedummyword{udotaccent}% - \definedummyword{dotless}% - % - % Texinfo font commands. - \definedummyword{b}% - \definedummyword{i}% - \definedummyword{r}% - \definedummyword{sc}% - \definedummyword{t}% - % - % Commands that take arguments. - \definedummyword{acronym}% - \definedummyword{cite}% - \definedummyword{code}% - \definedummyword{command}% - \definedummyword{dfn}% - \definedummyword{emph}% - \definedummyword{env}% - \definedummyword{file}% - \definedummyword{kbd}% - \definedummyword{key}% - \definedummyword{math}% - \definedummyword{option}% - \definedummyword{samp}% - \definedummyword{strong}% - \definedummyword{tie}% - \definedummyword{uref}% - \definedummyword{url}% - \definedummyword{var}% - \definedummyword{verb}% - \definedummyword{w}% - } -} - -% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index -% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all -% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string -% would be for a given command (usually its argument). -% -\def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\definedummyaccent##1{% - \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis - }% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\definedummyletter##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{}% - }% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. - \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis - % - \def\ { }% - \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? - \def\_{\normalunderscore}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% - % - \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \def\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) - \def\bullet{bullet}% - \def\comma{,}% - \def\copyright{copyright}% - \def\registeredsymbol{R}% - \def\dots{...}% - \def\enddots{...}% - \def\equiv{==}% - \def\error{error}% - \def\euro{euro}% - \def\expansion{==>}% - \def\minus{-}% - \def\pounds{pounds}% - \def\point{.}% - \def\print{-|}% - \def\result{=>}% - % - % Don't write macro names. - \emptyusermacros -} - -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? - -% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} - -% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. -% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- -% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception -% is with most defuns, which call us directly). -% -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% - \iflinks - {% - % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). - \toks0 = {#2}% - % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else - \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% - \fi - % - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \ifvmode - \dosubindsanitize - \else - \dosubindwrite - \fi - }% - \fi -} - -% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: -% -\def\dosubindwrite{% - % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% - \fi - % - % Remember, we are within a group. - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \escapechar=`\\ - \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to - % get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts - \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion - \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% - }% - % - % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and - % the original text, including any font commands. We write - % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the - % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s - % sorted result. - \edef\temp{% - \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% Take care of unwanted page breaks: -% -% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it -% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting -% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences -% like this: -% @end defun -% @tindex whatever -% @defun ... -% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the -% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of -% the previous defun. -% -% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We -% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. -% -% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. -% -% But wait, there is a catch there: -% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not -% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts -% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual -% representation of the skip. -% -% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that -% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). -% -\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} -% -% ..., ready, GO: -% -\def\dosubindsanitize{% - % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \skip0 = \lastskip - \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \count255 = \lastpenalty - % - % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a - % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a - % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential - % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - \else - \vskip-\skip0 - \fi - % - \dosubindwrite - % - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and - % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want - % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various - % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any - % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % - % @deffn deffn-whatever - % @vindex index-whatever - % Description. - % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit - % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi - \else - % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, - % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item - % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\skip0 - \fi -} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. -% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). -% -\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \smallfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains - % \initial {@} - % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces - % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - \putwordIndexNonexistent - \else - % - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp - \ifeof 1 - \putwordIndexIsEmpty - \else - % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape - % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change - % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \escapechar = `\\ - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.#1s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 -\endgroup} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -\def\initial#1{{% - % Some minor font changes for the special characters. - \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt - % - % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. - \removelastskip - % - % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip - \penalty 0 - \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip - % - % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of - % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column - % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch - % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % - % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip - \leftline{\secbf #1}% - % Do our best not to break after the initial. - \nobreak - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip -}} - -% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and -% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index -% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -% A straightforward implementation would start like this: -% \def\entry#1#2{... -% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to -% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- -% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% -% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. -% --kasal, 21nov03 -\def\entry{% - \begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing - % columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt - % - % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): - \afterassignment\doentry - \let\temp = -} -\def\doentry{% - \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. - \noindent - \aftergroup\finishentry - % And now comes the text of the entry. -} -\def\finishentry#1{% - % #1 is the page number. - % - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \def\tempa{{\rm }}% - \def\tempb{#1}% - \edef\tempc{\tempa}% - \edef\tempd{\tempb}% - \ifx\tempc\tempd - \ % - \else - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \ \the\toksA - \else - \ #1% - \fi - \fi - \par - \endgroup -} - -% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm -\def\secondary#1#2{{% - \parfillskip=0in - \parskip=0in - \hangindent=1in - \hangafter=1 - \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. - \else - #2 - \fi - \par -}} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {% - % - % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a - % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output - % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is - % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal - % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this - % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. - \ifvoid\partialpage \else - \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% - \fi - % - \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox\PAGE - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }% - }% - \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage - % - % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. - \output = {\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) - % as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \dimen@ = \vsize - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage - % - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 - \penalty\outputpenalty -} -% -% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, -% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. -\def\pagesofar{% - \unvbox\partialpage - % - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} -% -% All done with double columns. -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the - % current page, no automatic page break. - \balancecolumns - % - % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, - % though, there will be another page break right after this \output - % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not - % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be - % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes - % the output somewhat more palatable.) - \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% - }% - \eject - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the - % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). - \pagegoal = \vsize -} -% -% Called at the end of the double column material. -\def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% - % - \pagesofar -} -\catcode`\@ = \other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Chapters, sections, etc. - -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered -% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf -% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter -% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 -% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) -\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 -\newcount\chapno -\newcount\secno \secno=0 -\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -% -% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} -% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple -% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual -% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. -% -\def\appendixletter{% - \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% - % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is - % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not - % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out - % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. - \else\char\the\appendixno - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. -% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. -% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. -\def\thischapter{} -\def\thissection{} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name - -% we only have subsub. -\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 -% -% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel -% -% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: -% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. -\def\chapheadtype{N} - -% Choose a heading macro -% #1 is heading type -% #2 is heading level -% #3 is text for heading -\def\genhead#1#2#3{% - % Compute the abs. sec. level: - \absseclevel=#2 - \advance\absseclevel by \secbase - % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: - \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 - \absseclevel = 0 - \else - \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 - \absseclevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % The heading type: - \def\headtype{#1}% - \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel - \fi - \else - % Check for appendix sections: - \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 - \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% - \else - \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% - \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% - \fi\fi - \fi - % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel - \def\headtype{U}% - \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % Now print the heading: - \if \headtype U% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \if \headtype A% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#3}% - \or \seczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% an interface: -\def\numhead{\genhead N} -\def\apphead{\genhead A} -\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} - -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset -% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. -% -% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers -% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. -\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty -% -\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz#1{% - % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such - % as an @include file. - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\chapno by 1 - % - % Used for \float. - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% - % - % Write the actual heading. - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% - % - % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. - \global\let\section = \numberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\appendixno by 1 - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% - \message{\appendixnum}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% - % - \global\let\section = \appendixsec - \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 - % - % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. - \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty - \resetallfloatnos - % - % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the - % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX - % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX - % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant - % to be executed, not expanded). - % - % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear - % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use - % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, - % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for - % the toc entries.) - \toks0 = {#1}% - \message{(\the\toks0)}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% - % - \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break - % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. - % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters - \unnmhead0{#1}% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -} - -% @top is like @unnumbered. -\let\top\unnumbered - -% Sections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% -} -\let\appendixsec\appendixsection - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% -} - -% Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% - {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\let\section = \numberedsec -\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - -\def\majorheading{% - {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% - \parsearg\chapheadingzzz -} - -\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% - \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} - -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -% Chapter opening. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, -% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. -% -% To test against our argument. -\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} -\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} -% -\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% - \pchapsepmacro - {% - \chapfonts \rm - % - % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the - % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called - % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix - % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \def\temptype{#2}% - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \def\thischapter{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry - \def\toctype{omit}% - \xdef\thischapter{}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter - % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't - % use \thissection because that changes with each section. - % - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{numchap}% - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the - % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc - % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. - \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% - % - % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make - % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has - % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the - % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not - % being visible, for instance under high magnification. - \donoderef{#2}% - % - % Typeset the actual heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerparameters{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt -} - - -% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not -% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. -% -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} -% -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} -\def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\CHAPFopen{% - \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen - \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} - - -% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and -% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. -% -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip\subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} -\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} - - -% Print any size, any type, section title. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is -% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the -% section number. -% -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% - {% - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % - % Insert space above the heading. - \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname - % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% - % - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \thissection. - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{omit}% - \let\sectionlevel=\empty - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain. - \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% - % - % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). - % Again, see comments in \chfplain. - \donoderef{#3}% - % - % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #1}% - }% - % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. - % Don't allow stretch, though. - \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname - % - % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it - % was followed by glue. - \nobreak - % - % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that - % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) - \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > - % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after - % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % - % @section sec-whatever - % @deffn def-whatever - \penalty 10001 -} - - -\message{toc,} -% Table of contents. -\newwrite\tocfile - -% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. -% -% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} -% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional -% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually -% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the -% destination to jump to. -% -% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or -% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. -% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the -% table of contents chapter openings themselves. -% -\newif\iftocfileopened -\def\omitkeyword{omit}% -% -\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% - \edef\writetoctype{#1}% - \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue - \fi - % - \iflinks - \toks0 = {#2}% - \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}% - \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}% - {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}% - \temp - \fi - \fi - % - % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're - % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't - % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered - % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first - % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named - % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi -} - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\newcount\savepageno -\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 - -% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. -% -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \def\thischapter{}% - \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - % - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 - % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section - % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. - %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi -} - - -% Normal (long) toc. -\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \input \jobname.toc - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \ifeof 1 \else - \pdfmakeoutlines - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} - -% And just the chapters. -\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\appentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf - \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} - \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \input \jobname.toc - \fi - \closein 1 - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - % - % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange - % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and - % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 - % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters - % there are before deciding ... - \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% -} - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -% -% Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% -} - -% Appendices, in the main contents. -% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. -% -\def\appendixbox#1{% - % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% - \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} -% -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} - -% Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} - -% Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -% Same as \defaultparindent. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} - - -\message{environments,} -% @foo ... @end foo. - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. - -\envdef\tex{% - \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 - \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie - \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode `\+=\other - \catcode `\"=\other - \catcode `\|=\other - \catcode `\<=\other - \catcode `\>=\other - \escapechar=`\\ - % - \let\b=\ptexb - \let\bullet=\ptexbullet - \let\c=\ptexc - \let\,=\ptexcomma - \let\.=\ptexdot - \let\dots=\ptexdots - \let\equiv=\ptexequiv - \let\!=\ptexexclam - \let\i=\ptexi - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \let\{=\ptexlbrace - \let\+=\tabalign - \let\}=\ptexrbrace - \let\/=\ptexslash - \let\*=\ptexstar - \let\t=\ptext - % - \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% - \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% - \def\@{@}% -} -% There is no need to define \Etex. - -% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. -% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak - % or better ... - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around -% environment contents. -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -\envdef\cartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. - \startsavinginserts - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing=\comment - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. -} -\def\Ecartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup - \checkinserts -} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing - % at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \fi - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent -} - -% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. -% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. -% This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp -% -\def\smallword{small} -\def\nosmallword{nosmall} -\let\SETdispenvsize\relax -\def\setnormaldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} -\def\setsmalldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword - \else - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} - -% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak - \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak -} - -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} -} - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. -% -% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. -% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% - \nonfillstart - \tt - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return -} - -% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. -% -\makedispenv {display}{% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\makedispenv{format}{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. -\envdef\flushleft{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak - -% @flushright. -% -\envdef\flushright{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak - - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since -% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and -% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. -% -\envdef\quotation{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \parsearg\quotationlabel -} - -% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're -% doing normal filling. -% -\def\Equotation{% - \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else - % indent a bit. - \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% - \fi - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} - -% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. -\def\quotationlabel#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - {\bf #1: }% - \fi -} - - -% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} -% If we want to allow any as delimiter, -% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: -% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org -% -% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. -% -% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets -% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a -% verbatim line. -\def\dospecials{% - \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% - \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% -} -% -% [Knuth] p. 380 -\def\uncatcodespecials{% - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} -% -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 -% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font -\begingroup - \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} -\endgroup -% -% Setup for the @verb command. -% -% Eight spaces for a tab -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} -\endgroup -% -\def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabeightspaces - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Setup for the @verbatim environment -% -% Real tab expansion -\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount -% -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabexpand{% - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox - }% - } -\endgroup -\def\setupverbatim{% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabexpand - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces - \everypar{\starttabbox}% -} - -% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique -% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a -% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: -% -% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} -% -% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} -\begingroup - \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other - \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] -\endgroup -% -\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} -% -% -% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that -% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: -% -% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} -% -% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, -% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': -% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. -% -% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\ =\active - \obeylines % - % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end - % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank - % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% - % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but - % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. -\endgroup -% -\envdef\verbatim{% - \setupverbatim\doverbatim -} -\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak - - -% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. -% -\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} -% -\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \setupverbatim - \input #1 - \afterenvbreak - }% -} - -% @copying ... @end copying. -% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. -% -% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. -% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the -% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done -% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source -% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is very desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} -% -\def\insertcopying{% - \begingroup - \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page - \scanexp\copyingtext - \endgroup -} - -\message{defuns,} -% @defun etc. - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt - -% Start the processing of @deffn: -\def\startdefun{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - \medbreak - \else - % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, - % which is there to keep the function description together with its - % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a - % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning - % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow - % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi - % - % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. - % But do insert the glue. - \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint - \fi - % - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent -} - -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} -% -\def\printdefunline#1#2{% - \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: - #1#2 \endheader - % common ending: - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil - \endgraf - \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx - % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, - % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. - \checkparencounts - \endgroup -} - -\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} - -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. -% -\def\makedefun#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun - \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun - \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% - \temp -} - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% -\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% - \envdef#1{% - \startdefun - \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% - }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% -} - -%%% Untyped functions: - -% @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed functions: - -% @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} - -% @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed variables: - -% @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Untyped variables: - -% @defvr category var args -\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } - -% @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } - -%%% Type: -% @deftp category name args -\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% - \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% -} - -% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: -\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } -\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } -\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } -\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} - -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). -% #1 is the category, such as "Function". -% #2 is the return type, if any. -% #3 is the function name. -% -% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. -% -\def\defname#1#2#3{% - % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps - % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line - % just below it. - \def\temp{#1}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} - % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. - % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, - % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip - % The continuations: - \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 - % - % Put the type name to the right margin. - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize - % \hsize has to be shortened this way: - \kern\leftskip - % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. - }% - % - % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: - \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - {% - % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: - % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. - % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's - % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in - % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. - % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. - % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no - % one has made identifiers using them :). - \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi - #3% output function name - }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm - % - \boldbrax - % arguments will be output next, if any. -} - -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% -\def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. - \let\var=\ttslanted - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 -} - -% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. -% -\def\activeparens{% - \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active - \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \catcode`\&=\active -} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -{ - \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& - - \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} -} - -\newcount\parencount - -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} - -\def\parenfont{% - \ifampseen - % At the first level, print parens in roman, - % otherwise use the default font. - \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi - \else - % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than - % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . - \sf - \fi -} -\def\infirstlevel#1{% - \ifampseen - \ifnum\parencount=1 - #1% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} - -\def\opnr{% - \global\advance\parencount by 1 - {\parenfont(}% - \infirstlevel \bfafterword -} -\def\clnr{% - {\parenfont)}% - \infirstlevel \sl - \global\advance\parencount by -1 -} - -\newcount\brackcount -\def\lbrb{% - \global\advance\brackcount by 1 - {\bf[}% -} -\def\rbrb{% - {\bf]}% - \global\advance\brackcount by -1 -} - -\def\checkparencounts{% - \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi - \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi -} -\def\badparencount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% - \global\parencount=0 -} -\def\badbrackcount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% - \global\brackcount=0 -} - - -\message{macros,} -% @macro. - -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, -% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scantokens#1{% - \toks0={#1}% - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \input \jobname.tmp - } -\fi - -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup -} - -\def\scanexp#1{% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% - \temp -} - -\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters -\newtoks\macname % Macro name -\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? -\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form - % \do\macro1\do\macro2... - -% Utility routines. -% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, -% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname -% (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% -\def\cslet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let - \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname -} - -% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. -% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} -\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} -\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} -\def\unbrace#1{#1} -\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} -} - -% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% -\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% -\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% -\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% -} - -% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where -% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro -% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\+=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\~=\other -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other -} - -\def\macrobodyctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other -} - -% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N -% where N is the macro parameter number. -% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so -% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - -{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active - @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} - @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} -} -\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} - -\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} -\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} - -\def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist - \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% - \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% - \fi - \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname - \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax - \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi - \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% - % Add the macroname to \macrolist - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% - \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% - \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt - \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody - \fi} - -\parseargdef\unmacro{% - \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname - \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% - % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\do\unmacrodo - \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% - \endgroup - \else - \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% - \fi -} - -% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any -% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. -% -\def\unmacrodo#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % remove this - \else - \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% - \fi -} - -% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a -% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. -\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} -\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} -\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} - -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). - -% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something -% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine -% it to # just before using the token list produced. -% -% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before -% the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} -\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% - \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% - \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% - \fi\next} - -% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. -% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) - -\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% -\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% - -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. -% Much magic with \expandafter here. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifrecursive - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \fi - \fi} - -\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} - -% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a -% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole -% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) -\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} -\def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg - \fi \next} - -% We want to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not -% expanded by \write. -\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% - \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} - -% For \indexnofonts, we need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the -% arguments (if present). Of course this is not nearly correct, but it -% is the best we can do for now. makeinfo does not expand macros in the -% argument to @deffn, which ends up writing an index entry, and texindex -% isn't prepared for an index sort entry that starts with \. -% -% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them -% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that -% goes to end-of-line is not handled. -% -\def\emptyusermacros{\begingroup - \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\noexpand\asis}% - \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} - - -% @alias. -% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. -\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} -\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} -\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% - {% - \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty - \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% - }% - \next -} - - -\message{cross references,} - -\newwrite\auxfile - -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is relatively simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in -% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and -% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: -% @node foo , bar , ... -% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. -% -\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} -% -% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: -% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs -\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} - -\let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\empty - -% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the -% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). -% -\def\donoderef#1{% - \ifx\lastnode\empty\else - \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% - \global\let\lastnode=\empty - \fi -} - -% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\newcount\savesfregister -% -\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} -\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} -\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} - -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an -% anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, -% or the anchor name. -% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or -% empty for anchors. -% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. -% -% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of -% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: -% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. -% -\def\setref#1#2{% - \pdfmkdest{#1}% - \iflinks - {% - \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them - \turnoffactive - \otherbackslash - \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% - \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef - ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef - }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% - \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% - \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout - }% - \fi -} - -% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is -% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed -% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed -% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. -% -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf - \leavevmode - \getfilename{#4}% - {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% - \else - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}% - \fi - }% - \linkcolor - \fi - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the - % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \otherbackslash - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for - % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - }% - % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref -% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, -% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly -% one that Bob is working on :). -% -\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} - -% Things referred to by \setref. -% -\def\Ynothing{} -\def\Yomitfromtoc{} -\def\Ynumbered{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\Yappendix{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie - @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} - -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. -% -\def\refx#1#2{% - {% - \indexnofonts - \otherbackslash - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX - \csname XR#1\endcsname - }% - \ifx\thisrefX\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright - \iflinks - \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \thisrefX - \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. -} - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's -% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid -% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. -% -\def\xrdef#1#2{% - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. - % - % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? - \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname - % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist - \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname - % - % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? - \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax - \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do - \else - % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. - \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% - \fi - % - % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, - % for later use in \listoffloats. - \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% - \fi -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. -% -\def\tryauxfile{% - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \readauxfile - \global\havexrefstrue - \fi - \closein 1 -} - -\def\readauxfile{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^@=\other - \catcode`\^^A=\other - \catcode`\^^B=\other - \catcode`\^^C=\other - \catcode`\^^D=\other - \catcode`\^^E=\other - \catcode`\^^F=\other - \catcode`\^^G=\other - \catcode`\^^H=\other - \catcode`\^^K=\other - \catcode`\^^L=\other - \catcode`\^^N=\other - \catcode`\^^P=\other - \catcode`\^^Q=\other - \catcode`\^^R=\other - \catcode`\^^S=\other - \catcode`\^^T=\other - \catcode`\^^U=\other - \catcode`\^^V=\other - \catcode`\^^W=\other - \catcode`\^^X=\other - \catcode`\^^Z=\other - \catcode`\^^[=\other - \catcode`\^^\=\other - \catcode`\^^]=\other - \catcode`\^^^=\other - \catcode`\^^_=\other - % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. - % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't - % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, - % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ - % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat - % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first - % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could - % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. - % - % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: - % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter - % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. - % - \catcode`\^=\other - % - % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\[=\other - \catcode`\]=\other - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % - % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ - % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than - % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ - % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* - % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that - % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for - % now. --karl, 15jan04. - \catcode`\\=\other - % - % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. - {% - \count 1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count 1=\other - \advance\count 1 by 1 - \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi - }% - }% - % - % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. - \catcode`\{=1 - \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\@=0 - % - \input \jobname.aux -\endgroup} - - -\message{insertions,} -% including footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \dofootnote -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses -% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when -% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. -% -\gdef\dofootnote{% - \insert\footins\bgroup - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\pagewidth - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - \smallfonts \rm - % - % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears - % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use - % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote - % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). - \let\noindent = \relax - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the - % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. - \everypar = {\hang}% - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - \futurelet\next\fo@t -} -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create -% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion -% would be lost. -% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote -% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. -% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. - -% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. -% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled -% out prematurely. -% -\def\startsavinginserts{% - \ifx \insert\ptexinsert - \let\insert\saveinsert - \else - \let\checkinserts\relax - \fi -} - -% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and -% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. -% -\def\saveinsert#1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% - \afterassignment\next - % swallow the left brace - \let\temp = -} -\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} -\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} - -\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} - -\def\placesaveins#1{% - \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname - {\box#1}% -} - -% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: -{ - \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) - \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} -} - -% initialization: -\def\newsaveins #1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% - \next -} -\def\newsaveinsX #1{% - \csname newbox\endcsname #1% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts - \checksaveins #1}% -} - -% initialize: -\let\checkinserts\empty -\newsaveins\footins -\newsaveins\margin - - -% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. -% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% -% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image -% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get -% undone and the next image would fail. -\openin 1 = epsf.tex -\ifeof 1 \else - % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in - % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). - \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% - \input epsf.tex -\fi -\closein 1 -% -% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. -\newif\ifwarnednoepsf -\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to - work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} -% -\def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish - \fi -} -% -% Arguments to @image: -% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. -% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. -% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. -\newif\ifimagevmode -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example - \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \imagevmodetrue - \nobreak\bigskip - % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert - % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space - % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak - \line\bgroup\hss - \fi - % - % Output the image. - \ifpdf - \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \else - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% - \fi - % - \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image -\endgroup} - - -% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, -% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the -% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. -% -\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} - -% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. -\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} - -% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically -% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, -% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. -% -% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to -% be referable. -% -% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It -% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). -% -% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each -% chapter-level command. -\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty -% -\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - \let\thiscaption=\empty - \let\thisshortcaption=\empty - % - % don't lose footnotes inside @float. - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \startsavinginserts - % - % We can't be used inside a paragraph. - \par - % - \vtop\bgroup - \def\floattype{#1}% - \def\floatlabel{#2}% - \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. - % - \ifx\floattype\empty - \let\safefloattype=\empty - \else - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - \fi - % - % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, - % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) - % - \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname - \global\advance\floatno by 1 - % - {% - % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the - % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float - % labels (which have a completely different output format) from - % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the - % lists of floats. - % - \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% - \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% - }% - \fi - % - % start with \parskip glue, I guess. - \vskip\parskip - % - % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. - \restorefirstparagraphindent -} - -% we have these possibilities: -% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap -% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 -% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap -% @float Foo & no caption: Foo -% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap -% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 -% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap -% @float & no caption: -% -\def\Efloat{% - \let\floatident = \empty - % - % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. - \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi - % - % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% - \fi - % the number. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - \fi - % - % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in - % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. - \let\captionline = \floatident - % - \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else - \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between - \fi - % - % caption text. - \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% - \fi - % - % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. - % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. - \ifx\captionline\empty \else - \vskip.5\parskip - \captionline - % - % Space below caption. - \vskip\parskip - \fi - % - % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this - % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as - % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short - % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. - {% - \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash - % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M - % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so - % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. - \scanexp{% - \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \thiscaption - \else - \thisshortcaption - \fi - }% - }% - \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% - }% - \fi - \egroup % end of \vtop - % - % place the captured inserts - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \checkinserts -} - -% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. -% -\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% -} - -% @caption, @shortcaption -% -\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} -\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} - -% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are -% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. -\def\getfloatno#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % Haven't seen this figure type before. - \csname newcount\endcsname #1% - % - % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. - \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos - \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% - \fi - \let\floatno#1% -} - -% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref -% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we -% first read the @float command. -% -\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - -% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can -% distinguish floats from other xref types. -\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} - -% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional -% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \thissection value which we \setref above. -% -\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} -% -% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the -% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. -% -\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \def\iffloattype{#2}% - \ifx\temp\floatmagic -} - -% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. -% -\parseargdef\listoffloats{% - \def\floattype{#1}% floattype - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - % - % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. - \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax - \ifhavexrefs - % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. - \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% - \fi - \else - \begingroup - \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc - \let\do=\listoffloatsdo - \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the -% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the -% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which -% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. -% -% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since -% they won't appear in the aux file). -% -\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} -\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% - % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just - % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the - % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link - % in pdf output. - \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% - % - % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. - \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% - \writeentry -}} - -\message{localization,} -% and i18n. - -% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after -% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything -% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. -% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. -% -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% - \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file if it exists. - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% - \else - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup -} -\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory -should work if nowhere else does.} - - -% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most -% likely, but for now just recognize it. -\let\documentencoding = \comment - - -% Page size parameters. -% -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness = 10000 - -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 - -% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. -% -\def\setemergencystretch{% - \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% - \else - \emergencystretch = .15\hsize - \fi -} - -% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; -% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) -% physical page width. -% -% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define -% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. -% -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \voffset = #3\relax - \topskip = #6\relax - \splittopskip = \topskip - % - \vsize = #1\relax - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \pageheight = \vsize - % - \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \pagewidth = \hsize - % - \normaloffset = #4\relax - \bindingoffset = #5\relax - % - \ifpdf - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - \fi - % - \setleading{\textleading} - % - \parindent = \defaultparindent - \setemergencystretch -} - -% @letterpaper (the default). -\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% - {11in}{8.5in}% -}} - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. -\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% - {9.25in}{7in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .5cm -}} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 - % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. - % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust - % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then - % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in - % your texinfo source file like this: - % @tex - % \global\normaloffset = -6mm - % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm - % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 5mm -}} - -% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. -% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. -% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. -\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt - \textleading = 12.5pt - % - \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% - {210mm}{148mm}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \tolerance = 800 - \hfuzz = 1.2pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 2mm - \tableindent = 12mm -}} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% - {\voffset}{4.6mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. -\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% - {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] -% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, -% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% -\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} -\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi - \globaldefs = 1 - % - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{\textleading}% - % - \dimen0 = #1 - \advance\dimen0 by \voffset - % - \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset - % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% - {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% -}} - -% Set default to letter. -% -\letterpaper - - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt\char126}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -% Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } - -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt\char124}} -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active -\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, -% as in \char`\\. -\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ -\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work - -% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. -% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} - @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} -} - -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} - -% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. -\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}} - -\catcode`\\=\active - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters -% even after parsing them. -@def@turnoffactive{% - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let\=@realbackslash - @let~=@normaltilde - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @unsepspaces -} - -% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of -% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in -% effect.) -% -@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active -} - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -@escapechar = `@@ - -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other - - -@c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" -@c End: - -@c vim:sw=2: - -@ignore - arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 -@end ignore diff --git a/doc/version.texi b/doc/version.texi deleted file mode 100644 index 2f580751..00000000 --- a/doc/version.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -@set VERSION 1.10 diff --git a/doc/wget.texi b/doc/wget.texi index a8ca8406..f405ef97 100644 --- a/doc/wget.texi +++ b/doc/wget.texi @@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@ This command used to be named @code{login} prior to Wget 1.10. Turn globbing on/off---the same as @samp{--glob} and @samp{--no-glob}. @item header = @var{string} -Define a header for HTTP doewnloads, like using +Define a header for HTTP downloads, like using @samp{--header=@var{string}}. @item html_extension = on/off @@ -3197,6 +3197,7 @@ This chapter contains all the stuff that could not fit anywhere else. * Distribution:: Getting the latest version. * Web Site:: GNU Wget's presence on the World Wide Web. * Mailing List:: Wget mailing list for announcements and discussion. +* Internet Relay Chat:: Wget's presence on IRC. * Reporting Bugs:: How and where to report bugs. * Portability:: The systems Wget works on. * Signals:: Signal-handling performed by Wget. @@ -3315,7 +3316,8 @@ and follow the instructions. Unsubscribe by mailing to Another mailing list is at @email{wget-patches@@sunsite.dk}, and is used to submit patches for review by Wget developers. A ``patch'' is a textual representation of change to source code, readable by both -humans and programs. The file @file{PATCHES} that comes with Wget +humans and programs. The +@url{http://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines} page covers the creation and submitting of patches in detail. Please don't send general suggestions or bug reports to @samp{wget-patches}; use it only for patch submissions. @@ -3333,6 +3335,16 @@ people who are seriously interested in ongoing Wget development. Subscription is through the @code{mailman} interface at @url{http://addictivecode.org/mailman/listinfo/wget-notify}. +@node Internet Relay Chat +@section Internet Relay Chat +@cindex Internet Relay Chat +@cindex IRC +@cindex #wget + +While, at the time of this writing, there is very low activity, we do +have a support channel set up via IRC at @code{irc.freenode.org}, +@code{#wget}. Come check it out! + @node Reporting Bugs @section Reporting Bugs @cindex bugs @@ -3674,6 +3686,10 @@ Christopher G.@: Lewis---Maintenance of the Windows version of GNU WGet. Gisle Vanem---Many helpful patches and improvements, especially for Windows and MS-DOS support. +@item +Ralf Wildenhues---Contributed patches to convert Wget to use Automake as +part of its build process, and various bugfixes. + @item People who provided donations for development---including Brian Gough. @end itemize diff --git a/lib/Makefile.am b/lib/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91eb71da --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! +## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. +# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +# +# Generated by gnulib-tool. +# Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=. --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl c-ctype crypto/md5 getopt maintainer-makefile md5 + +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 gnits + +noinst_HEADERS = +noinst_LIBRARIES = +noinst_LTLIBRARIES = +EXTRA_DIST = +BUILT_SOURCES = +SUFFIXES = +MOSTLYCLEANFILES = core *.stackdump +MOSTLYCLEANDIRS = +CLEANFILES = +DISTCLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = + +AM_CPPFLAGS = + +noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a + +libgnu_a_SOURCES = +libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS) +libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS) +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES = + +## begin gnulib module c-ctype + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += c-ctype.h c-ctype.c + +## end gnulib module c-ctype + +## begin gnulib module crypto/md5 + + +EXTRA_DIST += md5.c md5.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += md5.c + +## end gnulib module crypto/md5 + +## begin gnulib module getopt + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H) + +# We need the following in order to create when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +getopt.h: getopt.in.h + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + cat $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h; \ + } > $@-t + mv -f $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += getopt.c getopt.in.h getopt1.c getopt_int.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c + +## end gnulib module getopt + +## begin gnulib module gettext-h + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h + +## end gnulib module gettext-h + +## begin gnulib module link-warning + +LINK_WARNING_H=$(top_srcdir)/./link-warning.h + +EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/./link-warning.h + +## end gnulib module link-warning + +## begin gnulib module maintainer-makefile + +EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/./GNUmakefile $(top_srcdir)/./maint.mk + +## end gnulib module maintainer-makefile + +## begin gnulib module stdbool + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H) + +# We need the following in order to create when the system +# doesn't have one that works. +stdbool.h: stdbool.in.h + rm -f $@-t $@ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' < $(srcdir)/stdbool.in.h; \ + } > $@-t + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdbool.h stdbool.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdbool.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdbool + +## begin gnulib module stdint + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H) + +# We need the following in order to create when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +stdint.h: stdint.in.h + rm -f $@-t $@ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STDINT_H''@|$(NEXT_STDINT_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/stdint.in.h; \ + } > $@-t + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdint.h stdint.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdint.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdint + +## begin gnulib module unistd + +BUILT_SOURCES += unistd.h + +# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for +# when the system doesn't have one. +unistd.h: unistd.in.h + rm -f $@-t $@ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_CHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_DUP2''@|$(GNULIB_DUP2)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@|$(GNULIB_FCHDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@|$(GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@|$(GNULIB_GETCWD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_LCHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@|$(GNULIB_LSEEK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_READLINK''@|$(GNULIB_READLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@|$(GNULIB_SLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP2''@|$(HAVE_DUP2)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FCHDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h; \ + } > $@-t + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += unistd.in.h + +## end gnulib module unistd + +## begin gnulib module wchar + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(WCHAR_H) + +# We need the following in order to create when the system +# version does not work standalone. +wchar.h: wchar.in.h + rm -f $@-t $@ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_WCHAR_H''@|$(NEXT_WCHAR_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@/$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)/g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_WCWIDTH''@|$(GNULIB_WCWIDTH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCWIDTH)|g' \ + -e '/definition of GL_LINK_WARNING/r $(LINK_WARNING_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/wchar.in.h; \ + } > $@-t + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wchar.h wchar.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += wchar.in.h + +## end gnulib module wchar + + +mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic + @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \ + if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \ + echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + : diff --git a/lib/c-ctype.c b/lib/c-ctype.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36569b81 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/c-ctype.c @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ +/* Character handling in C locale. + + Copyright 2000-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#include + +/* Specification. */ +#define NO_C_CTYPE_MACROS +#include "c-ctype.h" + +/* The function isascii is not locale dependent. Its use in EBCDIC is + questionable. */ +bool +c_isascii (int c) +{ + return (c >= 0x00 && c <= 0x7f); +} + +bool +c_isalnum (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \ + && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') + || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z')); +#else + return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') + || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')); +#endif +#else + switch (c) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isalpha (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'); +#else + return ((c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')); +#endif +#else + switch (c) + { + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isblank (int c) +{ + return (c == ' ' || c == '\t'); +} + +bool +c_iscntrl (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return ((c & ~0x1f) == 0 || c == 0x7f); +#else + switch (c) + { + case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': + case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': + case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/': + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?': + case '@': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~': + return 0; + default: + return 1; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isdigit (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS + return (c >= '0' && c <= '9'); +#else + switch (c) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_islower (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE + return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'); +#else + switch (c) + { + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isgraph (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return (c >= '!' && c <= '~'); +#else + switch (c) + { + case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&': + case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': + case '-': case '.': case '/': + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?': + case '@': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isprint (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return (c >= ' ' && c <= '~'); +#else + switch (c) + { + case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': + case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': + case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/': + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?': + case '@': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_ispunct (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return ((c >= '!' && c <= '~') + && !((c >= '0' && c <= '9') + || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'))); +#else + switch (c) + { + case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&': + case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': + case '-': case '.': case '/': + case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?': + case '@': + case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': + case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isspace (int c) +{ + return (c == ' ' || c == '\t' + || c == '\n' || c == '\v' || c == '\f' || c == '\r'); +} + +bool +c_isupper (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE + return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z'); +#else + switch (c) + { + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +bool +c_isxdigit (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \ + && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII + return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') + || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'F')); +#else + return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') + || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') + || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')); +#endif +#else + switch (c) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +#endif +} + +int +c_tolower (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE + return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' ? c - 'A' + 'a' : c); +#else + switch (c) + { + case 'A': return 'a'; + case 'B': return 'b'; + case 'C': return 'c'; + case 'D': return 'd'; + case 'E': return 'e'; + case 'F': return 'f'; + case 'G': return 'g'; + case 'H': return 'h'; + case 'I': return 'i'; + case 'J': return 'j'; + case 'K': return 'k'; + case 'L': return 'l'; + case 'M': return 'm'; + case 'N': return 'n'; + case 'O': return 'o'; + case 'P': return 'p'; + case 'Q': return 'q'; + case 'R': return 'r'; + case 'S': return 's'; + case 'T': return 't'; + case 'U': return 'u'; + case 'V': return 'v'; + case 'W': return 'w'; + case 'X': return 'x'; + case 'Y': return 'y'; + case 'Z': return 'z'; + default: return c; + } +#endif +} + +int +c_toupper (int c) +{ +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE + return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ? c - 'a' + 'A' : c); +#else + switch (c) + { + case 'a': return 'A'; + case 'b': return 'B'; + case 'c': return 'C'; + case 'd': return 'D'; + case 'e': return 'E'; + case 'f': return 'F'; + case 'g': return 'G'; + case 'h': return 'H'; + case 'i': return 'I'; + case 'j': return 'J'; + case 'k': return 'K'; + case 'l': return 'L'; + case 'm': return 'M'; + case 'n': return 'N'; + case 'o': return 'O'; + case 'p': return 'P'; + case 'q': return 'Q'; + case 'r': return 'R'; + case 's': return 'S'; + case 't': return 'T'; + case 'u': return 'U'; + case 'v': return 'V'; + case 'w': return 'W'; + case 'x': return 'X'; + case 'y': return 'Y'; + case 'z': return 'Z'; + default: return c; + } +#endif +} diff --git a/lib/c-ctype.h b/lib/c-ctype.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b26eccfb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/c-ctype.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/* Character handling in C locale. + + These functions work like the corresponding functions in , + except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the + functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via + setlocale. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef C_CTYPE_H +#define C_CTYPE_H + +#include + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character + set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that). + Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII + character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it + is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII + characters. */ + + +/* Check whether the ASCII optimizations apply. */ + +/* ANSI C89 (and ISO C99 5.2.1.3 too) already guarantees that + '0', '1', ..., '9' have consecutive integer values. */ +#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS 1 + +#if ('A' <= 'Z') \ + && ('A' + 1 == 'B') && ('B' + 1 == 'C') && ('C' + 1 == 'D') \ + && ('D' + 1 == 'E') && ('E' + 1 == 'F') && ('F' + 1 == 'G') \ + && ('G' + 1 == 'H') && ('H' + 1 == 'I') && ('I' + 1 == 'J') \ + && ('J' + 1 == 'K') && ('K' + 1 == 'L') && ('L' + 1 == 'M') \ + && ('M' + 1 == 'N') && ('N' + 1 == 'O') && ('O' + 1 == 'P') \ + && ('P' + 1 == 'Q') && ('Q' + 1 == 'R') && ('R' + 1 == 'S') \ + && ('S' + 1 == 'T') && ('T' + 1 == 'U') && ('U' + 1 == 'V') \ + && ('V' + 1 == 'W') && ('W' + 1 == 'X') && ('X' + 1 == 'Y') \ + && ('Y' + 1 == 'Z') +#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE 1 +#endif + +#if ('a' <= 'z') \ + && ('a' + 1 == 'b') && ('b' + 1 == 'c') && ('c' + 1 == 'd') \ + && ('d' + 1 == 'e') && ('e' + 1 == 'f') && ('f' + 1 == 'g') \ + && ('g' + 1 == 'h') && ('h' + 1 == 'i') && ('i' + 1 == 'j') \ + && ('j' + 1 == 'k') && ('k' + 1 == 'l') && ('l' + 1 == 'm') \ + && ('m' + 1 == 'n') && ('n' + 1 == 'o') && ('o' + 1 == 'p') \ + && ('p' + 1 == 'q') && ('q' + 1 == 'r') && ('r' + 1 == 's') \ + && ('s' + 1 == 't') && ('t' + 1 == 'u') && ('u' + 1 == 'v') \ + && ('v' + 1 == 'w') && ('w' + 1 == 'x') && ('x' + 1 == 'y') \ + && ('y' + 1 == 'z') +#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE 1 +#endif + +#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \ + && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \ + && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \ + && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \ + && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \ + && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \ + && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \ + && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \ + && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \ + && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \ + && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \ + && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \ + && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \ + && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \ + && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \ + && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \ + && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \ + && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \ + && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \ + && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \ + && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \ + && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \ + && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126) +/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC. + Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */ +#define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1 +#endif + + +/* Function declarations. */ + +extern bool c_isascii (int c); /* not locale dependent */ + +extern bool c_isalnum (int c); +extern bool c_isalpha (int c); +extern bool c_isblank (int c); +extern bool c_iscntrl (int c); +extern bool c_isdigit (int c); +extern bool c_islower (int c); +extern bool c_isgraph (int c); +extern bool c_isprint (int c); +extern bool c_ispunct (int c); +extern bool c_isspace (int c); +extern bool c_isupper (int c); +extern bool c_isxdigit (int c); + +extern int c_tolower (int c); +extern int c_toupper (int c); + + +#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __OPTIMIZE__ && !defined __OPTIMIZE_SIZE__ && !defined NO_C_CTYPE_MACROS + +/* ASCII optimizations. */ + +#undef c_isascii +#define c_isascii(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= 0x00 && __c <= 0x7f); \ + }) + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \ + && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_isalnum +#define c_isalnum(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \ + || ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'Z')); \ + }) +#else +#undef c_isalnum +#define c_isalnum(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \ + || (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z') \ + || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z')); \ + }) +#endif +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_isalpha +#define c_isalpha(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'); \ + }) +#else +#undef c_isalpha +#define c_isalpha(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z') || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z')); \ + }) +#endif +#endif + +#undef c_isblank +#define c_isblank(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c == ' ' || __c == '\t'); \ + }) + +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_iscntrl +#define c_iscntrl(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c & ~0x1f) == 0 || __c == 0x7f); \ + }) +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS +#undef c_isdigit +#define c_isdigit(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= '0' && __c <= '9'); \ + }) +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#undef c_islower +#define c_islower(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z'); \ + }) +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_isgraph +#define c_isgraph(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= '!' && __c <= '~'); \ + }) +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_isprint +#define c_isprint(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= ' ' && __c <= '~'); \ + }) +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_ispunct +#define c_ispunct(c) \ + ({ int _c = (c); \ + (c_isgraph (_c) && ! c_isalnum (_c)); \ + }) +#endif + +#undef c_isspace +#define c_isspace(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c == ' ' || __c == '\t' \ + || __c == '\n' || __c == '\v' || __c == '\f' || __c == '\r'); \ + }) + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE +#undef c_isupper +#define c_isupper(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z'); \ + }) +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \ + && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#if C_CTYPE_ASCII +#undef c_isxdigit +#define c_isxdigit(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \ + || ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'F')); \ + }) +#else +#undef c_isxdigit +#define c_isxdigit(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \ + || (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'F') \ + || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'f')); \ + }) +#endif +#endif + +#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE +#undef c_tolower +#define c_tolower(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z' ? __c - 'A' + 'a' : __c); \ + }) +#undef c_toupper +#define c_toupper(c) \ + ({ int __c = (c); \ + (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z' ? __c - 'a' + 'A' : __c); \ + }) +#endif + +#endif /* optimizing for speed */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */ diff --git a/lib/getopt.c b/lib/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c236019 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,1190 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org + before changing it! + Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __VMS +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "gettext.h" +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO +# include +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +/* Unlike standard Unix `getopt', functions like `getopt_long' + let the user intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Using `getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT + disables permutation. + Then the application's behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt_int.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 1; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data. */ + +static struct _getopt_data getopt_data; + + +#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV +extern char *getenv (); +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Stored original parameters. + XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so + that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ +extern int __libc_argc; +extern char **__libc_argv; + +/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags + indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ + +# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS +/* Defined in getopt_init.c */ +extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; +# endif + +# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ + if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ + { \ + char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ + __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ + __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ + } +# else +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) +# endif +#else /* !_LIBC */ +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) +#endif /* _LIBC */ + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +static void +exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + int bottom = d->__first_nonopt; + int middle = d->__last_nonopt; + int top = d->optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS + /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' + string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range + of the string. */ + if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len) + { + /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and + presents new arguments. */ + char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); + if (new_str == NULL) + d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; + else + { + memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, + d->__nonoption_flags_max_len), + '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len); + d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; + __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; + } + } +#endif + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt); + d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, + int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; + + d->__nextchar = NULL; + + d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (d->__posixly_correct) + d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + d->__ordering = PERMUTE; + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS + if (!d->__posixly_correct + && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv) + { + if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) + { + if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL + || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') + d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; + else + { + const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; + int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); + if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) + d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; + __getopt_nonoption_flags = + (char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len); + if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) + d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; + else + memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), + '\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len); + } + } + d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len; + } + else + d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0; +#endif + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. + + If POSIXLY_CORRECT is nonzero, behave as if the POSIXLY_CORRECT + environment variable were set. */ + +int +_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only, int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + int print_errors = d->opterr; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + print_errors = 0; + + if (argc < 1) + return -1; + + d->optarg = NULL; + + if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized) + { + if (d->optind == 0) + d->optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ + optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, + posixly_correct, d); + d->__initialized = 1; + } + + /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. + Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag + from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information + is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS +# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \ + || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len \ + && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1')) +#else +# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0') +#endif + + if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been + moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ + if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind) + d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; + if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind) + d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; + + if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt + && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) + exchange ((char **) argv, d); + else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) + d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) + d->optind++; + d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--")) + { + d->optind++; + + if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt + && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) + exchange ((char **) argv, d); + else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt) + d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; + d->__last_nonopt = argc; + + d->optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (d->optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt) + d->optind = d->__first_nonopt; + return -1; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if (NONOPTION_P) + { + if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return -1; + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2] + || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound = -1; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar)) + { + if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) + == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else if (long_only + || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg + || pfound->flag != p->flag + || pfound->val != p->val) + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind]); +#endif + } + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + d->optind++; + d->optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + d->optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + d->optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + int n; +#endif + + if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-') + { + /* --option */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\ +%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("\ +%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); +#endif + } + else + { + /* +option or -option */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\ +%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0], + pfound->name); +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("\ +%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0], + pfound->name); +#endif + } + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + if (n >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 + |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#endif + } + + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + + d->optopt = pfound->val; + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (d->optind < argc) + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + else + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ +%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 + |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]); +#endif + } + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + d->optopt = pfound->val; + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-' + || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + int n; +#endif + + if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-') + { + /* --option */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], d->__nextchar); +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], d->__nextchar); +#endif + } + else + { + /* +option or -option */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar); +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar); +#endif + } + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + if (n >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#endif + } + d->__nextchar = (char *) ""; + d->optind++; + d->optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *d->__nextchar++; + char *temp = strchr (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*d->__nextchar == '\0') + ++d->optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + int n; +#endif + + if (d->__posixly_correct) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); +#endif + } + else + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); +#endif + } + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + if (n >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#endif + } + d->optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ + if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound = 0; + int option_index; + + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') + { + d->optarg = d->__nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + d->optind++; + } + else if (d->optind == argc) + { + if (print_errors) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); +#endif + } + d->optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + return c; + } + else + /* We already incremented `d->optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + + /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the + table of longopts. */ + + for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; + nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar)) + { + if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind]); +#endif + } + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + d->optind++; + return '?'; + } + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + d->optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ +%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 + |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, _("\ +%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); +#endif + } + + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (d->optind < argc) + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + else + { + if (print_errors) + { +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ +%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 + |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]); +#endif + } + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + d->__nextchar = NULL; + return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') + { + d->optarg = d->__nextchar; + d->optind++; + } + else + d->optarg = NULL; + d->__nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') + { + d->optarg = d->__nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + d->optind++; + } + else if (d->optind == argc) + { + if (print_errors) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO + char *buf; + + if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\ +%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c) >= 0) + { + _IO_flockfile (stderr); + + int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2; + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL; + + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf); + + ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2; + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); + + free (buf); + } +#else + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); +#endif + } + d->optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + d->__nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only, int posixly_correct) +{ + int result; + + getopt_data.optind = optind; + getopt_data.opterr = opterr; + + result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, + long_only, posixly_correct, &getopt_data); + + optind = getopt_data.optind; + optarg = getopt_data.optarg; + optopt = getopt_data.optopt; + + return result; +} + +/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt. + Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt. */ +#if _LIBC +enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 }; +#else +enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 }; +#endif + +int +getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring, NULL, NULL, 0, + POSIXLY_CORRECT); +} + + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/lib/getopt.in.h b/lib/getopt.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2d3e6e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H + +#ifndef __need_getopt +# define _GETOPT_H 1 +#endif + +/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an + identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables + defined in this header. When this happens, include the + headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause + confusion if included after this file. Then systematically rename + identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions + and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and + linkers. */ +#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt +# include +# include +# include +# undef __need_getopt +# undef getopt +# undef getopt_long +# undef getopt_long_only +# undef optarg +# undef opterr +# undef optind +# undef optopt +# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y +# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y) +# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y) +# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt) +# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long) +# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only) +# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg) +# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr) +# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind) +# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt) +#endif + +/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and + getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes + with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and + getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward + compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1). + + This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt', + but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were + included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined + __need_getopt. + + The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions + of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible + only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite + the conditional as follows: +*/ +#if !defined __need_getopt +# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX +# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */ +# else +# define __getopt_argv_const const +# endif +#endif + +/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used + standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file. + If we are being used with glibc, we need to include , but + that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is + not defined, include , which will pull in for us + if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it + doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */ +#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ +# include +#endif + +#ifndef __THROW +# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0) +# endif +# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) +# define __THROW throw () +# else +# define __THROW +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +#ifndef __need_getopt +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ + const char *name; + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +# define no_argument 0 +# define required_argument 1 +# define optional_argument 2 +#endif /* need getopt */ + + +/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the + arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for + options given in OPTS. + + Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when + there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options + missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is + returned. + + The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option + letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter + takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'. + + If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is + optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'. + + The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument + scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more + options. + + If OPTS begins with `-', then non-option arguments are treated as + arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU + `getopt'. If OPTS begins with `+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in + the environment, then do not permute arguments. */ + +extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts) + __THROW; + +#ifndef __need_getopt +extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind) + __THROW; +extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind) + __THROW; + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */ +#undef __need_getopt + +#endif /* getopt.h */ diff --git a/lib/getopt1.c b/lib/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6a3ecf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include +# include "getopt.h" +#endif +#include "getopt_int.h" + +#include + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options, + opt_index, 0, 0); +} + +int +_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index, + struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, + 0, 0, d); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, + const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options, + opt_index, 1, 0); +} + +int +_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index, + struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, + 1, 0, d); +} + + +#ifdef TEST + +#include + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/lib/getopt_int.h b/lib/getopt_int.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c6628bb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/getopt_int.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* Internal declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H +#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1 + +extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, + int __long_only, int __posixly_correct); + + +/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument + vectors at the same time. */ + +/* Data type for reentrant functions. */ +struct _getopt_data +{ + /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global + variables, except that they are used for the reentrant + versions of getopt. */ + int optind; + int opterr; + int optopt; + char *optarg; + + /* Internal members. */ + + /* True if the internal members have been initialized. */ + int __initialized; + + /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + char *__nextchar; + + /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we + scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. + This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs + that were not written to expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were + written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order + and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each + non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option + with character code 1. Using `-' as the first character of the + list of option characters selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ + + enum + { + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER + } __ordering; + + /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set + or getopt was called. */ + int __posixly_correct; + + + /* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + + /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first + of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + + int __first_nonopt; + int __last_nonopt; + +#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS + int __nonoption_flags_max_len; + int __nonoption_flags_len; +# endif +}; + +/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their + default values and to clear the initialization flag. */ +#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 } + +extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, + int __long_only, int __posixly_correct, + struct _getopt_data *__data); + +extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, + struct _getopt_data *__data); + +extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, + int *__longind, + struct _getopt_data *__data); + +#endif /* getopt_int.h */ diff --git a/lib/gettext.h b/lib/gettext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d76ec9a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/gettext.h @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H +#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 + +/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ +#if ENABLE_NLS + +/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ +# include + +/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by + the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling + textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */ +# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# undef gettext +# define gettext(Msgid) \ + dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid) +# undef ngettext +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) +# endif + +#else + +/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which + chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make + later inclusions of a NOP. We don't include + as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include , + and also including would fail on SunOS 4, whereas + is OK. */ +#if defined(__sun) +# include +#endif + +/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include + , which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include + it now, to make later inclusions of a NOP. */ +#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3) +# include +# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include +# endif +#endif + +/* Disabled NLS. + The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings + for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions. + On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to + contain "#define const". */ +# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid)) +# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid)) +# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \ + ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid)) +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((N) == 1 \ + ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \ + : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2))) +# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N)) +# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ + ((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)) +# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname)) +# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \ + ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname)) +# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \ + ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset)) + +#endif + +/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated + extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time + translation is done at a different place in the code. + The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings + and other string expressions won't work. + The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as + initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */ +#define gettext_noop(String) String + +/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */ +#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004" + +/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a + MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be + short and rarely need to change. + The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */ +#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#endif +#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \ + pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category) +#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#endif +#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \ + npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +pgettext_aux (const char *domain, + const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, + int category) +{ + const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); + if (translation == msg_ctxt_id) + return msgid; + else + return translation; +} + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +npgettext_aux (const char *domain, + const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, + const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + const char *translation = + dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); + if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural) + return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); + else + return translation; +} + +/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID + can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are + less efficient than those above. */ + +#include + +#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \ + (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \ + /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ ) + +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS +#include +#endif + +#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain, + const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, + int category) +{ + size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; + size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; + const char *translation; +#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; +#else + char buf[1024]; + char *msg_ctxt_id = + (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) + ? buf + : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); + if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); + msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); + translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) + free (msg_ctxt_id); +#endif + if (translation != msg_ctxt_id) + return translation; + } + return msgid; +} + +#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain, + const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, + const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; + size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; + const char *translation; +#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; +#else + char buf[1024]; + char *msg_ctxt_id = + (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) + ? buf + : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); + if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); + msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); + translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) + free (msg_ctxt_id); +#endif + if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)) + return translation; + } + return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); +} + +#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/lib/md5.c b/lib/md5.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..917a899a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/md5.c @@ -0,0 +1,451 @@ +/* Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks. + according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992. + Copyright (C) 1995,1996,1997,1999,2000,2001,2005,2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. */ + +#include + +#include "md5.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO +# include "unlocked-io.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN +# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 +# endif +/* We need to keep the namespace clean so define the MD5 function + protected using leading __ . */ +# define md5_init_ctx __md5_init_ctx +# define md5_process_block __md5_process_block +# define md5_process_bytes __md5_process_bytes +# define md5_finish_ctx __md5_finish_ctx +# define md5_read_ctx __md5_read_ctx +# define md5_stream __md5_stream +# define md5_buffer __md5_buffer +#endif + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define SWAP(n) \ + (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24)) +#else +# define SWAP(n) (n) +#endif + +#define BLOCKSIZE 4096 +#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0 +# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE" +#endif + +/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next + 64-byte boundary. (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1) */ +static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ... */ }; + + +/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. + (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */ +void +md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + ctx->A = 0x67452301; + ctx->B = 0xefcdab89; + ctx->C = 0x98badcfe; + ctx->D = 0x10325476; + + ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0; + ctx->buflen = 0; +} + +/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result + must be in little endian byte order. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly + aligned for a 32-bit value. */ +void * +md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) +{ + ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[0] = SWAP (ctx->A); + ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[1] = SWAP (ctx->B); + ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[2] = SWAP (ctx->C); + ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[3] = SWAP (ctx->D); + + return resbuf; +} + +/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual + prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly + aligned for a 32-bit value. */ +void * +md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) +{ + /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account. */ + uint32_t bytes = ctx->buflen; + size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4; + + /* Now count remaining bytes. */ + ctx->total[0] += bytes; + if (ctx->total[0] < bytes) + ++ctx->total[1]; + + /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer. */ + ctx->buffer[size - 2] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3); + ctx->buffer[size - 1] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29)); + + memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes); + + /* Process last bytes. */ + md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx); + + return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf); +} + +/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The + resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes + beginning at RESBLOCK. */ +int +md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock) +{ + struct md5_ctx ctx; + char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72]; + size_t sum; + + /* Initialize the computation context. */ + md5_init_ctx (&ctx); + + /* Iterate over full file contents. */ + while (1) + { + /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes. One call of the + computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the + next round of the loop another block can be read. */ + size_t n; + sum = 0; + + /* Read block. Take care for partial reads. */ + while (1) + { + n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream); + + sum += n; + + if (sum == BLOCKSIZE) + break; + + if (n == 0) + { + /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't + exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN + or EWOULDBLOCK. */ + if (ferror (stream)) + return 1; + goto process_partial_block; + } + + /* We've read at least one byte, so ignore errors. But always + check for EOF, since feof may be true even though N > 0. + Otherwise, we could end up calling fread after EOF. */ + if (feof (stream)) + goto process_partial_block; + } + + /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes. Note that + BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0 + */ + md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx); + } + +process_partial_block: + + /* Process any remaining bytes. */ + if (sum > 0) + md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx); + + /* Construct result in desired memory. */ + md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock); + return 0; +} + +/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The + result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise + output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message + digest. */ +void * +md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock) +{ + struct md5_ctx ctx; + + /* Initialize the computation context. */ + md5_init_ctx (&ctx); + + /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes. */ + md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx); + + /* Put result in desired memory area. */ + return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock); +} + + +void +md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate + both inputs first. */ + if (ctx->buflen != 0) + { + size_t left_over = ctx->buflen; + size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over; + + memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add); + ctx->buflen += add; + + if (ctx->buflen > 64) + { + md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx); + + ctx->buflen &= 63; + /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap. */ + memcpy (ctx->buffer, + &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63], + ctx->buflen); + } + + buffer = (const char *) buffer + add; + len -= add; + } + + /* Process available complete blocks. */ + if (len >= 64) + { +#if !_STRING_ARCH_unaligned +# define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x) +# define UNALIGNED_P(p) (((size_t) p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0) + if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer)) + while (len > 64) + { + md5_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx); + buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64; + len -= 64; + } + else +#endif + { + md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx); + buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63); + len &= 63; + } + } + + /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer. */ + if (len > 0) + { + size_t left_over = ctx->buflen; + + memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len); + left_over += len; + if (left_over >= 64) + { + md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx); + left_over -= 64; + memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over); + } + ctx->buflen = left_over; + } +} + + +/* These are the four functions used in the four steps of the MD5 algorithm + and defined in the RFC 1321. The first function is a little bit optimized + (as found in Colin Plumbs public domain implementation). */ +/* #define FF(b, c, d) ((b & c) | (~b & d)) */ +#define FF(b, c, d) (d ^ (b & (c ^ d))) +#define FG(b, c, d) FF (d, b, c) +#define FH(b, c, d) (b ^ c ^ d) +#define FI(b, c, d) (c ^ (b | ~d)) + +/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX. + It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0. */ + +void +md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + uint32_t correct_words[16]; + const uint32_t *words = buffer; + size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t); + const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords; + uint32_t A = ctx->A; + uint32_t B = ctx->B; + uint32_t C = ctx->C; + uint32_t D = ctx->D; + + /* First increment the byte count. RFC 1321 specifies the possible + length of the file up to 2^64 bits. Here we only compute the + number of bytes. Do a double word increment. */ + ctx->total[0] += len; + if (ctx->total[0] < len) + ++ctx->total[1]; + + /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of + the loop. */ + while (words < endp) + { + uint32_t *cwp = correct_words; + uint32_t A_save = A; + uint32_t B_save = B; + uint32_t C_save = C; + uint32_t D_save = D; + + /* First round: using the given function, the context and a constant + the next context is computed. Because the algorithms processing + unit is a 32-bit word and it is determined to work on words in + little endian byte order we perhaps have to change the byte order + before the computation. To reduce the work for the next steps + we store the swapped words in the array CORRECT_WORDS. */ + +#define OP(a, b, c, d, s, T) \ + do \ + { \ + a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T; \ + ++words; \ + CYCLIC (a, s); \ + a += b; \ + } \ + while (0) + + /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for + cyclic rotation. Hope the C compiler is smart enough. */ +#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s))) + + /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants. + They are defined in RFC 1321 as + + T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64 + + Here is an equivalent invocation using Perl: + + perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}' + */ + + /* Round 1. */ + OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xd76aa478); + OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xe8c7b756); + OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0x242070db); + OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xc1bdceee); + OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xf57c0faf); + OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x4787c62a); + OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa8304613); + OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xfd469501); + OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x698098d8); + OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x8b44f7af); + OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xffff5bb1); + OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x895cd7be); + OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x6b901122); + OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xfd987193); + OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa679438e); + OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x49b40821); + + /* For the second to fourth round we have the possibly swapped words + in CORRECT_WORDS. Redefine the macro to take an additional first + argument specifying the function to use. */ +#undef OP +#define OP(f, a, b, c, d, k, s, T) \ + do \ + { \ + a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T; \ + CYCLIC (a, s); \ + a += b; \ + } \ + while (0) + + /* Round 2. */ + OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xf61e2562); + OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xc040b340); + OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265e5a51); + OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xe9b6c7aa); + OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xd62f105d); + OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453); + OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xd8a1e681); + OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xe7d3fbc8); + OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21e1cde6); + OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xc33707d6); + OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xf4d50d87); + OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455a14ed); + OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xa9e3e905); + OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xfcefa3f8); + OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676f02d9); + OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8d2a4c8a); + + /* Round 3. */ + OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xfffa3942); + OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771f681); + OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6d9d6122); + OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xfde5380c); + OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xa4beea44); + OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4bdecfa9); + OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xf6bb4b60); + OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xbebfbc70); + OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289b7ec6); + OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xeaa127fa); + OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xd4ef3085); + OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881d05); + OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xd9d4d039); + OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xe6db99e5); + OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1fa27cf8); + OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xc4ac5665); + + /* Round 4. */ + OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xf4292244); + OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432aff97); + OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xab9423a7); + OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xfc93a039); + OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655b59c3); + OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8f0ccc92); + OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xffeff47d); + OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845dd1); + OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6fa87e4f); + OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xfe2ce6e0); + OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xa3014314); + OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4e0811a1); + OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xf7537e82); + OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xbd3af235); + OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2ad7d2bb); + OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xeb86d391); + + /* Add the starting values of the context. */ + A += A_save; + B += B_save; + C += C_save; + D += D_save; + } + + /* Put checksum in context given as argument. */ + ctx->A = A; + ctx->B = B; + ctx->C = C; + ctx->D = D; +} diff --git a/lib/md5.h b/lib/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c737040e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum computing + library functions. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997,1999,2000,2001,2004,2005,2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _MD5_H +#define _MD5_H 1 + +#include +#include + +#define MD5_DIGEST_SIZE 16 +#define MD5_BLOCK_SIZE 64 + +#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ +# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__ +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \ + ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min)) +# else +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __THROW +# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) +# define __THROW throw () +# else +# define __THROW +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __md5_buffer md5_buffer +# define __md5_finish_ctx md5_finish_ctx +# define __md5_init_ctx md5_init_ctx +# define __md5_process_block md5_process_block +# define __md5_process_bytes md5_process_bytes +# define __md5_read_ctx md5_read_ctx +# define __md5_stream md5_stream +#endif + +/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps. */ +struct md5_ctx +{ + uint32_t A; + uint32_t B; + uint32_t C; + uint32_t D; + + uint32_t total[2]; + uint32_t buflen; + uint32_t buffer[32]; +}; + +/* + * The following three functions are build up the low level used in + * the functions `md5_stream' and `md5_buffer'. + */ + +/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. + (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */ +extern void __md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW; + +/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the + initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes + starting at BUFFER. + It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */ +extern void __md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, + struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW; + +/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the + initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes + starting at BUFFER. + It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64. */ +extern void __md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, + struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW; + +/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX + in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is always in little + endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted + ASCII representation of the message digest. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems, RESBUF must be aligned to a 32-bit + boundary. */ +extern void *__md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) __THROW; + + +/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is + always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields + to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest. + + IMPORTANT: On some systems, RESBUF must be aligned to a 32-bit + boundary. */ +extern void *__md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) __THROW; + + +/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The + resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes + beginning at RESBLOCK. */ +extern int __md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock) __THROW; + +/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The + result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise + output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message + digest. */ +extern void *__md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, + void *resblock) __THROW; + +#endif /* md5.h */ diff --git a/lib/stdbool.in.h b/lib/stdbool.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..150a0102 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/stdbool.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible , 2001. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H +#define _GL_STDBOOL_H + +/* ISO C 99 for platforms that lack it. */ + +/* Usage suggestions: + + Programs that use should be aware of some limitations + and standards compliance issues. + + Standards compliance: + + - must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true' + can be used. + + - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1. + + - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false, + as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature". + + Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment: + + - must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used. + + - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro. + + - Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported. Portable code + should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'. + + - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are + performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted + to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'. This doesn't work + with this substitute. With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1 + give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'. + + Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool'; + this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common. */ + + +/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */ + +/* BeOS already #defines false 0, true 1. We use the same + definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them. */ +#ifdef __BEOS__ +# include /* defines bool but not _Bool */ +# undef false +# undef true +#endif + +/* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, we define true and false as + enum constants, not only as macros. + It is tempting to write + typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool; + so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But if we do + this, values of type '_Bool' may promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int' + (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int' + (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)). So we add a negative value to the + enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'. */ +#if defined __cplusplus || defined __BEOS__ + /* A compiler known to have 'bool'. */ + /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they + are the same types. */ +# if !@HAVE__BOOL@ +typedef bool _Bool; +# endif +#else +# if !defined __GNUC__ + /* If @HAVE__BOOL@: + Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when + the built-in _Bool type is used. See + http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html + Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file + wouldn't be used if was working. + So we override the _Bool type. + If !@HAVE__BOOL@: + Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type? + Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid + "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99". + Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid + "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type". + The only benefit of the enum type, debuggability, is not important + with these compilers. So use 'signed char' and no typedef. */ +# define _Bool signed char +enum { false = 0, true = 1 }; +# else + /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it. */ +# if !@HAVE__BOOL@ +typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool; +# endif +# endif +#endif +#define bool _Bool + +/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives. */ +#define false 0 +#define true 1 +#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1 + +#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */ diff --git a/lib/stdint.in.h b/lib/stdint.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..121118cf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/stdint.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,508 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood. + This file is part of gnulib. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* + * ISO C 99 for platforms that lack it. + * + */ + +#ifndef _GL_STDINT_H + +/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include + files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without + worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef + signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro. Our + macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except + for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using + in public interfaces due to compiler differences. */ + +#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@ +# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99 + /* Bypass IRIX's if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users + with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations" + diagnostics. */ +# define __STDINT_H__ +# endif + /* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy . + Include it before , since any "#include " + in would reinclude us, skipping our contents because + _GL_STDINT_H is defined. + The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@ +#endif + +#if ! defined _GL_STDINT_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H +#define _GL_STDINT_H + +/* defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc, + IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via ). + AIX 5.2 isn't needed and causes troubles. + MacOS X 10.4.6 includes (which is us), but + relies on the system definitions, so include + after @NEXT_STDINT_H@. */ +#if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX +# include +#endif + +/* Get LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX. */ +#include + +#if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@ + /* In OpenBSD 3.8, includes , which defines + int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. + also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t. */ +# define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H +# include +# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H +#elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@ + /* Solaris 7 has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and + the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX. */ +# include +#endif + +#if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__ + /* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a that defines + int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is + included by . */ +# include +#endif + +#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + +/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX. */ +# if ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX) +# include +# endif + +#endif + +/* Minimum and maximum values for a integer type under the usual assumption. + Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify + picky compilers. */ + +#define _STDINT_MIN(signed, bits, zero) \ + ((signed) ? (- ((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) : (zero)) + +#define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \ + ((signed) \ + ? ~ _STDINT_MIN (signed, bits, zero) \ + : ((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1) + +/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */ + +#undef int8_t +#undef uint8_t +#define int8_t signed char +#define uint8_t unsigned char + +#undef int16_t +#undef uint16_t +#define int16_t short int +#define uint16_t unsigned short int + +#undef int32_t +#undef uint32_t +#define int32_t int +#define uint32_t unsigned int + +/* Do not undefine int64_t if gnulib is not being used with 64-bit + types, since otherwise it breaks platforms like Tandem/NSK. */ +#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1 +# undef int64_t +# define int64_t long int +# define GL_INT64_T +#elif defined _MSC_VER +# undef int64_t +# define int64_t __int64 +# define GL_INT64_T +#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# undef int64_t +# define int64_t long long int +# define GL_INT64_T +#endif + +#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1 +# undef uint64_t +# define uint64_t unsigned long int +# define GL_UINT64_T +#elif defined _MSC_VER +# undef uint64_t +# define uint64_t unsigned __int64 +# define GL_UINT64_T +#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# undef uint64_t +# define uint64_t unsigned long long int +# define GL_UINT64_T +#endif + +/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 etc. */ +#define _UINT8_T +#define _UINT32_T +#define _UINT64_T + + +/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types + are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */ + +#undef int_least8_t +#undef uint_least8_t +#undef int_least16_t +#undef uint_least16_t +#undef int_least32_t +#undef uint_least32_t +#undef int_least64_t +#undef uint_least64_t +#define int_least8_t int8_t +#define uint_least8_t uint8_t +#define int_least16_t int16_t +#define uint_least16_t uint16_t +#define int_least32_t int32_t +#define uint_least32_t uint32_t +#ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define int_least64_t int64_t +#endif +#ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define uint_least64_t uint64_t +#endif + +/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Note: Other substitutes may define these types differently. + It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types + are taken from the same list of types. Assume that 'long int' + is fast enough for all narrower integers. */ + +#undef int_fast8_t +#undef uint_fast8_t +#undef int_fast16_t +#undef uint_fast16_t +#undef int_fast32_t +#undef uint_fast32_t +#undef int_fast64_t +#undef uint_fast64_t +#define int_fast8_t long int +#define uint_fast8_t unsigned int_fast8_t +#define int_fast16_t long int +#define uint_fast16_t unsigned int_fast16_t +#define int_fast32_t long int +#define uint_fast32_t unsigned int_fast32_t +#ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define int_fast64_t int64_t +#endif +#ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define uint_fast64_t uint64_t +#endif + +/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */ + +#undef intptr_t +#undef uintptr_t +#define intptr_t long int +#define uintptr_t unsigned long int + +/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */ + +/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in + public header files. */ + +#undef intmax_t +#if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1 +# define intmax_t long long int +#elif defined GL_INT64_T +# define intmax_t int64_t +#else +# define intmax_t long int +#endif + +#undef uintmax_t +#if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1 +# define uintmax_t unsigned long long int +#elif defined GL_UINT64_T +# define uintmax_t uint64_t +#else +# define uintmax_t unsigned long int +#endif + +/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */ + +#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS + +/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */ + +#undef INT8_MIN +#undef INT8_MAX +#undef UINT8_MAX +#define INT8_MIN (~ INT8_MAX) +#define INT8_MAX 127 +#define UINT8_MAX 255 + +#undef INT16_MIN +#undef INT16_MAX +#undef UINT16_MAX +#define INT16_MIN (~ INT16_MAX) +#define INT16_MAX 32767 +#define UINT16_MAX 65535 + +#undef INT32_MIN +#undef INT32_MAX +#undef UINT32_MAX +#define INT32_MIN (~ INT32_MAX) +#define INT32_MAX 2147483647 +#define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U + +#undef INT64_MIN +#undef INT64_MAX +#ifdef GL_INT64_T +/* Prefer (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) over (~ INT64_MAX) because SunPRO C 5.0 + evaluates the latter incorrectly in preprocessor expressions. */ +# define INT64_MIN (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) +# define INT64_MAX INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807) +#endif + +#undef UINT64_MAX +#ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define UINT64_MAX UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615) +#endif + +/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types + are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */ + +#undef INT_LEAST8_MIN +#undef INT_LEAST8_MAX +#undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX +#define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN +#define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX + +#undef INT_LEAST16_MIN +#undef INT_LEAST16_MAX +#undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX +#define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN +#define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX + +#undef INT_LEAST32_MIN +#undef INT_LEAST32_MAX +#undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX +#define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN +#define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX +#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX + +#undef INT_LEAST64_MIN +#undef INT_LEAST64_MAX +#ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +#endif + +#undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX +#ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX +#endif + +/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types + are taken from the same list of types. */ + +#undef INT_FAST8_MIN +#undef INT_FAST8_MAX +#undef UINT_FAST8_MAX +#define INT_FAST8_MIN LONG_MIN +#define INT_FAST8_MAX LONG_MAX +#define UINT_FAST8_MAX ULONG_MAX + +#undef INT_FAST16_MIN +#undef INT_FAST16_MAX +#undef UINT_FAST16_MAX +#define INT_FAST16_MIN LONG_MIN +#define INT_FAST16_MAX LONG_MAX +#define UINT_FAST16_MAX ULONG_MAX + +#undef INT_FAST32_MIN +#undef INT_FAST32_MAX +#undef UINT_FAST32_MAX +#define INT_FAST32_MIN LONG_MIN +#define INT_FAST32_MAX LONG_MAX +#define UINT_FAST32_MAX ULONG_MAX + +#undef INT_FAST64_MIN +#undef INT_FAST64_MAX +#ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +#endif + +#undef UINT_FAST64_MAX +#ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX +#endif + +/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */ + +#undef INTPTR_MIN +#undef INTPTR_MAX +#undef UINTPTR_MAX +#define INTPTR_MIN LONG_MIN +#define INTPTR_MAX LONG_MAX +#define UINTPTR_MAX ULONG_MAX + +/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */ + +#undef INTMAX_MIN +#undef INTMAX_MAX +#ifdef INT64_MAX +# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX +#else +# define INTMAX_MIN INT32_MIN +# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX +#endif + +#undef UINTMAX_MAX +#ifdef UINT64_MAX +# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX +#else +# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX +#endif + +/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */ + +/* ptrdiff_t limits */ +#undef PTRDIFF_MIN +#undef PTRDIFF_MAX +#define PTRDIFF_MIN \ + _STDINT_MIN (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@) +#define PTRDIFF_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@) + +/* sig_atomic_t limits */ +#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN +#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX +#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN \ + _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \ + 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@) +#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \ + 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@) + + +/* size_t limit */ +#undef SIZE_MAX +#define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@) + +/* wchar_t limits */ +#undef WCHAR_MIN +#undef WCHAR_MAX +#define WCHAR_MIN \ + _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@) +#define WCHAR_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@) + +/* wint_t limits */ +#undef WINT_MIN +#undef WINT_MAX +#define WINT_MIN \ + _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@) +#define WINT_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@) + +#endif /* !defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS */ + +/* 7.18.4. Macros for integer constants */ + +#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + +/* 7.18.4.1. Macros for minimum-width integer constants */ +/* According to ISO C 99 Technical Corrigendum 1 */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits, and int is 32 bits. */ + +#undef INT8_C +#undef UINT8_C +#define INT8_C(x) x +#define UINT8_C(x) x + +#undef INT16_C +#undef UINT16_C +#define INT16_C(x) x +#define UINT16_C(x) x + +#undef INT32_C +#undef UINT32_C +#define INT32_C(x) x +#define UINT32_C(x) x ## U + +#undef INT64_C +#undef UINT64_C +#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1 +# define INT64_C(x) x##L +#elif defined _MSC_VER +# define INT64_C(x) x##i64 +#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# define INT64_C(x) x##LL +#endif +#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1 +# define UINT64_C(x) x##UL +#elif defined _MSC_VER +# define UINT64_C(x) x##ui64 +#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL +#endif + +/* 7.18.4.2. Macros for greatest-width integer constants */ + +#undef INTMAX_C +#if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1 +# define INTMAX_C(x) x##LL +#elif defined GL_INT64_T +# define INTMAX_C(x) INT64_C(x) +#else +# define INTMAX_C(x) x##L +#endif + +#undef UINTMAX_C +#if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1 +# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##ULL +#elif defined GL_UINT64_T +# define UINTMAX_C(x) UINT64_C(x) +#else +# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##UL +#endif + +#endif /* !defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS */ + +#endif /* _GL_STDINT_H */ +#endif /* !defined _GL_STDINT_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H */ diff --git a/lib/unistd.in.h b/lib/unistd.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07c48778 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/unistd.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +/* Substitute for and wrapper around . + Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H +#define _GL_UNISTD_H + +/* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* macros in . */ +#if !(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET) +# include +#endif + +/* mingw fails to declare _exit in . */ +#include + +/* The definition of GL_LINK_WARNING is copied here. */ + + +/* Declare overridden functions. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_CHOWN@ +# if @REPLACE_CHOWN@ +# ifndef REPLACE_CHOWN +# define REPLACE_CHOWN 1 +# endif +# if REPLACE_CHOWN +/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE + to GID (if GID is not -1). Follow symbolic links. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +# define chown rpl_chown +extern int chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid); +# endif +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef chown +# define chown(f,u,g) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and " \ + "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - " \ + "use gnulib module chown for portability"), \ + chown (f, u, g)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_DUP2@ +# if !@HAVE_DUP2@ +/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD. Do nothing if + NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +extern int dup2 (int oldfd, int newfd); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef dup2 +# define dup2(o,n) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("dup2 is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module dup2 for portability"), \ + dup2 (o, n)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ +# if @REPLACE_FCHDIR@ + +/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which + the given file descriptor is open. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +extern int fchdir (int /*fd*/); + +# define close rpl_close +extern int close (int); +# define dup rpl_dup +extern int dup (int); +# define dup2 rpl_dup2 +extern int dup2 (int, int); + +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fchdir +# define fchdir(f) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("fchdir is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module fchdir for portability"), \ + fchdir (f)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ +# if !@HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ +/* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +extern int ftruncate (int fd, off_t length); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ftruncate +# define ftruncate(f,l) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("ftruncate is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability"), \ + ftruncate (f, l)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETCWD@ +/* Include the headers that might declare getcwd so that they will not + cause confusion if included after this file. */ +# include +# if @REPLACE_GETCWD@ +/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes + of BUF. + Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined + or SIZE was too small. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . + Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU + extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array + is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as + necessary. */ +# define getcwd rpl_getcwd +extern char * getcwd (char *buf, size_t size); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getcwd +# define getcwd(b,s) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getcwd is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module getcwd for portability"), \ + getcwd (b, s)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ +/* Copies the user's login name to NAME. + The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes. + + Returns 0 if successful. Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in + the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is + provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec). + + See . + */ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ +# include +extern int getlogin_r (char *name, size_t size); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getlogin_r +# define getlogin_r(n,s) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getlogin_r is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability"), \ + getlogin_r (n, s)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ +# if @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ +/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE + to GID (if GID is not -1). Do not follow symbolic links. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +# define lchown rpl_lchown +extern int lchown (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef lchown +# define lchown(f,u,g) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 " \ + "systems - use gnulib module lchown for portability"), \ + lchown (f, u, g)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LSEEK@ +# if @REPLACE_LSEEK@ +/* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END. + Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +# define lseek rpl_lseek + extern off_t lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef lseek +# define lseek(f,o,w) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some " \ + "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability"), \ + lseek (f, o, w)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_READLINK@ +/* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE + bytes of it into BUF. Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if + successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +# if !@HAVE_READLINK@ +# include +extern int readlink (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef readlink +# define readlink(f,b,s) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("readlink is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module readlink for portability"), \ + readlink (f, b, s)) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SLEEP@ +/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds. + Returns the number of seconds left to sleep. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + . */ +# if !@HAVE_SLEEP@ +extern unsigned int sleep (unsigned int n); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef sleep +# define sleep(n) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("sleep is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module sleep for portability"), \ + sleep (n)) +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */ +#endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */ diff --git a/lib/wchar.in.h b/lib/wchar.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..924a3382 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/wchar.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* A substitute for ISO C99 , for platforms that have issues. + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +/* + * ISO C 99 for platforms that have issues. + * + * + * For now, this just ensures proper prerequisite inclusion order and + * the declaration of wcwidth(). + */ + +#ifndef _GL_WCHAR_H + +/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: must be included before + . + BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: , and must be + included before . */ +#include +#include +#include + +/* Include the original if it exists. + Some builds of uClibc lack it. */ +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCHAR_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _GL_WCHAR_H +#define _GL_WCHAR_H + +/* The definition of GL_LINK_WARNING is copied here. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Return the number of screen columns needed for WC. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCWIDTH@ +# if @REPLACE_WCWIDTH@ +# undef wcwidth +# define wcwidth rpl_wcwidth +extern int wcwidth (wchar_t); +# else +# if !defined wcwidth && !@HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH@ +/* wcwidth exists but is not declared. */ +extern int wcwidth (int /* actually wchar_t */); +# endif +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcwidth +# define wcwidth(w) \ + (GL_LINK_WARNING ("wcwidth is unportable - " \ + "use gnulib module wcwidth for portability"), \ + wcwidth (w)) +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _GL_WCHAR_H */ +#endif /* _GL_WCHAR_H */ diff --git a/link-warning.h b/link-warning.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fda01941 --- /dev/null +++ b/link-warning.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* GL_LINK_WARNING("literal string") arranges to emit the literal string as + a linker warning on most glibc systems. + We use a linker warning rather than a preprocessor warning, because + #warning cannot be used inside macros. */ +#ifndef GL_LINK_WARNING + /* This works on platforms with GNU ld and ELF object format. + Testing __GLIBC__ is sufficient for asserting that GNU ld is in use. + Testing __ELF__ guarantees the ELF object format. + Testing __GNUC__ is necessary for the compound expression syntax. */ +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined __ELF__ && defined __GNUC__ +# define GL_LINK_WARNING(message) \ + GL_LINK_WARNING1 (__FILE__, __LINE__, message) +# define GL_LINK_WARNING1(file, line, message) \ + GL_LINK_WARNING2 (file, line, message) /* macroexpand file and line */ +# define GL_LINK_WARNING2(file, line, message) \ + GL_LINK_WARNING3 (file ":" #line ": warning: " message) +# define GL_LINK_WARNING3(message) \ + ({ static const char warning[sizeof (message)] \ + __attribute__ ((__unused__, \ + __section__ (".gnu.warning"), \ + __aligned__ (1))) \ + = message "\n"; \ + (void)0; \ + }) +# else +# define GL_LINK_WARNING(message) ((void) 0) +# endif +#endif diff --git a/m4/getopt.m4 b/m4/getopt.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0a73b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/getopt.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# getopt.m4 serial 13 +dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# The getopt module assume you want GNU getopt, with getopt_long etc, +# rather than vanilla POSIX getopt. This means your code should +# always include for the getopt prototypes. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE], +[ + AC_LIBOBJ([getopt]) + AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1]) + gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER + gl_PREREQ_GETOPT +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER], +[ + GETOPT_H=getopt.h + AC_DEFINE([__GETOPT_PREFIX], [[rpl_]], + [Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables + should be used.]) + AC_SUBST([GETOPT_H]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS], +[ + if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then + AC_CHECK_HEADERS([getopt.h], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h]) + fi + + if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then + AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getopt_long_only], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h]) + fi + + dnl BSD getopt_long uses an incompatible method to reset option processing, + dnl and (as of 2004-10-15) mishandles optional option-arguments. + if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then + AC_CHECK_DECL([optreset], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h], [], [#include ]) + fi + + dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an + dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05). + if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working GNU getopt function], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt], + [AC_RUN_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include ], + [[ + char *myargv[3]; + myargv[0] = "conftest"; + myargv[1] = "-+"; + myargv[2] = 0; + return getopt (2, myargv, "+a") != '?'; + ]])], + [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes], + [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no], + [dnl cross compiling - pessimistically guess based on decls + dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an + dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05). + AC_CHECK_DECL([getopt_clip], + [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes], + [#include ])])]) + if test "$gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" = "no"; then + GETOPT_H=getopt.h + fi + fi +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_IFELSE], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS]) + AS_IF([test -n "$GETOPT_H"], [$1], [$2]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT], [gl_GETOPT_IFELSE([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE])]) + +# Prerequisites of lib/getopt*. +AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETOPT], +[ + AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getenv]) +]) diff --git a/m4/gettext.m4 b/m4/gettext.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91c345e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gettext.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +# gettext.m4 serial 59 (gettext-0.16.1) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2006. + +dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext. + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]). +dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The +dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'. +dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory, +dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory. +dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, +dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of +dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. +dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext +dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function +dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is +dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't +dnl support the ISO C 99 formatstring macros will be ignored. +dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, +dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. +dnl +dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: +dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled +dnl and used. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. +dnl Catalog format: none +dnl Catalog extension: none +dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur. +dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the +dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), +dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the +dnl maintainers. +dnl +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], +[ + dnl Argument checking. + ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], , + [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT +])])])])]) + ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], , + [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT +])])])]) + define([gt_included_intl], + ifelse([$1], [external], + ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]), + [yes])) + define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], [])) + gt_NEEDS_INIT + AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2]) + + AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl + ]) + + dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + + dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. + dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the + dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + dnl if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then + dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT + dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code + dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions: + dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'. + dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE. + dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not + dnl documented, we avoid it. + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) + ]) + + dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation. + gt_INTL_MACOSX + + dnl Set USE_NLS. + AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS]) + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + ]) + LIBINTL= + LTLIBINTL= + POSUB= + + dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. + case " $gt_needs " in + *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;; + *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;; + *) gt_api_version=1 ;; + esac + gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc" + gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl" + + dnl If we use NLS figure out what method + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) + AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, + [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) + AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) + + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" + if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then + ]) + dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what + dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have + dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. + + if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then + gt_revision_test_code=' +#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +' + else + gt_revision_test_code= + fi + if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then + gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)' + else + gt_expression_test_code= + fi + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc], + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include +$gt_revision_test_code +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings], + [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"], + [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])]) + + if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then + dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ + AM_ICONV_LINK + ]) + dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL + dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv]) + dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL + dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], + [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl], + [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" + gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" + dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv. + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +$gt_revision_test_code +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")], + [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"], + [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"]) + dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv. + if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +$gt_revision_test_code +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")], + [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" + LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" + eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes" + ]) + fi + CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) + fi + + dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, + dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU + dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this + dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) + if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ + || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then + gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes + else + dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl. + LIBINTL= + LTLIBINTL= + INCINTL= + fi + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then + dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. + dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library. + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes + fi + fi + + if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD" + LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD" + LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` + fi + + CATOBJEXT= + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools. + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + fi + ]) + + if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking. + LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" + LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" + fi + fi + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, + [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language + is requested.]) + else + USE_NLS=no + fi + fi + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from]) + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then + if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then + gt_source="external libintl" + else + gt_source="libc" + fi + else + gt_source="included intl directory" + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source]) + fi + + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then + if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL]) + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL]) + fi + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this. + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + fi + + dnl We need to process the po/ directory. + POSUB=po + fi + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL + dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. + if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + fi + + dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. + nls_cv_header_intl= + nls_cv_header_libgt= + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + DATADIRNAME=share + AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + GENCAT=gencat + AC_SUBST(GENCAT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INTLOBJS= + if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then + INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" + fi + AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) + + dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. + INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix + AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) + ]) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" + AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) + + dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(POSUB) +]) + + +dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X. +dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS. +AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX], +[ + dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2. + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue], + gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue, + [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], + [CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)], + [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes], + [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no]) + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) + if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], 1, + [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.]) + fi + dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3. + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent, + [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();], + [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes], + [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no]) + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) + if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], 1, + [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.]) + fi + INTL_MACOSX_LIBS= + if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then + INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" + fi + AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS]) +]) + + +dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized. +m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], +[ + m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=]) + m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], []) +]) + + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED], +[ + m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"]) +]) + + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) diff --git a/m4/gnulib-cache.m4 b/m4/gnulib-cache.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f9d8379 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gnulib-cache.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +# +# Generated by gnulib-tool. +# +# This file represents the specification of how gnulib-tool is used. +# It acts as a cache: It is written and read by gnulib-tool. +# In projects using CVS, this file is meant to be stored in CVS, +# like the configure.ac and various Makefile.am files. + + +# Specification in the form of a command-line invocation: +# gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=. --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl c-ctype crypto/md5 getopt maintainer-makefile md5 + +# Specification in the form of a few gnulib-tool.m4 macro invocations: +gl_LOCAL_DIR([]) +gl_MODULES([c-ctype crypto/md5 getopt maintainer-makefile]) +gl_AVOID([]) +gl_SOURCE_BASE([lib]) +gl_M4_BASE([m4]) +gl_PO_BASE([]) +gl_DOC_BASE([doc]) +gl_TESTS_BASE([tests]) +gl_LIB([libgnu]) +gl_MAKEFILE_NAME([]) +gl_MACRO_PREFIX([gl]) +gl_PO_DOMAIN([]) diff --git a/m4/gnulib-common.m4 b/m4/gnulib-common.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53980108 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gnulib-common.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# gnulib-common.m4 serial 2 +dnl Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([modulename]) +# defines a C macro indicating the presence of the given module. +AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR], +[ + AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_]translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___]), [1], + [Define to 1 when using the gnulib module ]$1[.]) +]) + +# AC_PROG_MKDIR_P +# is a backport of autoconf-2.60's AC_PROG_MKDIR_P. +# Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.60. +m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], [], [ + AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], + [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake + MKDIR_P='$(mkdir_p)' + AC_SUBST([MKDIR_P])])]) diff --git a/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 b/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b73f6ec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +# DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! +# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +# +# Generated by gnulib-tool. +# +# This file represents the compiled summary of the specification in +# gnulib-cache.m4. It lists the computed macro invocations that need +# to be invoked from configure.ac. +# In projects using CVS, this file can be treated like other built files. + + +# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section +# "Checks for programs", right after AC_PROG_CC, and certainly before +# any checks for libraries, header files, types and library functions. +AC_DEFUN([gl_EARLY], +[ + m4_pattern_forbid([^gl_[A-Z]])dnl the gnulib macro namespace + m4_pattern_allow([^gl_ES$])dnl a valid locale name + m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LIBOBJS$])dnl a variable + m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LTLIBOBJS$])dnl a variable + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB]) +]) + +# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section +# "Check for header files, types and library functions". +AC_DEFUN([gl_INIT], +[ + m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gl_LIBOBJ])) + m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS])) + m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES])) + AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_COND_LIBTOOL], [false]) + gl_cond_libtool=false + gl_libdeps= + gl_ltlibdeps= + gl_source_base='lib' + gl_MD5 + gl_GETOPT + AC_SUBST([LIBINTL]) + AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL]) + AM_STDBOOL_H + gl_STDINT_H + gl_UNISTD_H + gl_WCHAR_H + LIBGNU_LIBDEPS="$gl_libdeps" + AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LIBDEPS]) + LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS="$gl_ltlibdeps" + AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS]) + m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) + m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS]) + m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ]) + AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([ + gl_libobjs= + gl_ltlibobjs= + if test -n "$gl_LIBOBJS"; then + # Remove the extension. + sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' + for i in `for i in $gl_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do + gl_libobjs="$gl_libobjs $i.$ac_objext" + gl_ltlibobjs="$gl_ltlibobjs $i.lo" + done + fi + AC_SUBST([gl_LIBOBJS], [$gl_libobjs]) + AC_SUBST([gl_LTLIBOBJS], [$gl_ltlibobjs]) + ]) +]) + +# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes +# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS. +AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBOBJ], [ + AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [gl_LIBSOURCES([$1.c])])dnl + gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext" +]) + +# Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes +# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS. +AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS], [ + m4_foreach_w([gl_NAME], [$1], [AC_LIBSOURCES(gl_NAME[.c])])dnl + AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gl_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) +]) + +# Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except the directory where the source file is +# expected is derived from the gnulib-tool parametrization, +# and alloca is special cased (for the alloca-opt module). +# We could also entirely rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES. +AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBSOURCES], [ + m4_foreach([_gl_NAME], [$1], [ + m4_if(_gl_NAME, [alloca.c], [], [ + m4_syscmd([test -r lib/]_gl_NAME[ || test ! -d lib])dnl + m4_if(m4_sysval, [0], [], + [AC_FATAL([missing lib/]_gl_NAME)]) + ]) + ]) +]) + +# This macro records the list of files which have been installed by +# gnulib-tool and may be removed by future gnulib-tool invocations. +AC_DEFUN([gl_FILE_LIST], [ + build-aux/GNUmakefile + build-aux/link-warning.h + build-aux/maint.mk + lib/c-ctype.c + lib/c-ctype.h + lib/getopt.c + lib/getopt.in.h + lib/getopt1.c + lib/getopt_int.h + lib/gettext.h + lib/md5.c + lib/md5.h + lib/stdbool.in.h + lib/stdint.in.h + lib/unistd.in.h + lib/wchar.in.h + m4/getopt.m4 + m4/gnulib-common.m4 + m4/include_next.m4 + m4/longlong.m4 + m4/md5.m4 + m4/stdbool.m4 + m4/stdint.m4 + m4/ulonglong.m4 + m4/unistd_h.m4 + m4/wchar.m4 +]) diff --git a/m4/gnulib-tool.m4 b/m4/gnulib-tool.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef593203 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gnulib-tool.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# gnulib-tool.m4 serial 1 +dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl The following macros need not be invoked explicitly. +dnl Invoking them does nothing except to declare default arguments +dnl for "gnulib-tool --import". + +dnl Usage: gl_MODULES([module1 module2 ...]) +AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULES], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_AVOID([module1 module2 ...]) +AC_DEFUN([gl_AVOID], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_SOURCE_BASE([DIR]) +AC_DEFUN([gl_SOURCE_BASE], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_M4_BASE([DIR]) +AC_DEFUN([gl_M4_BASE], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_LIB([LIBNAME]) +AC_DEFUN([gl_LIB], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_LGPL +AC_DEFUN([gl_LGPL], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_LIBTOOL +AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBTOOL], []) + +dnl Usage: gl_MACRO_PREFIX([PREFIX]) +AC_DEFUN([gl_MACRO_PREFIX], []) diff --git a/m4/iconv.m4 b/m4/iconv.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..654c4158 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/iconv.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY], +[ + dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + + dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV + dnl accordingly. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK], +[ + dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and + dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). + + dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV + dnl accordingly. + AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) + + dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, + dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use + dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first + dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed. + am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [ + am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" + am_cv_lib_iconv=no + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +#include ], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then + am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +#include ], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_lib_iconv=yes + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" + fi + ]) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.]) + fi + if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV]) + else + dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV + dnl either. + CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIBICONV= + LTLIBICONV= + fi + AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) + AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], +[ + AM_ICONV_LINK + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include +#include +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) +size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); +#else +size_t iconv(); +#endif +], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") + am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) + am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- + }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, + [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/include_next.m4 b/m4/include_next.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ce472bc --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/include_next.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# include_next.m4 serial 4 +dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl From Paul Eggert and Derek Price. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT], +[ + AC_LANG_PREPROC_REQUIRE() + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the preprocessor supports include_next], + [gl_cv_have_include_next], + [rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2 + mkdir conftestd1 conftestd2 + cat < conftestd1/conftest.h +#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1 +#include_next +#ifdef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2 +int foo; +#else +#error "include_next doesn't work" +#endif +EOF + cat < conftestd2/conftest.h +#ifndef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1 +#error "include_next test doesn't work" +#endif +#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2 +EOF + save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -Iconftestd1 -Iconftestd2" + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include ], + [gl_cv_have_include_next=yes], + [gl_cv_have_include_next=no]) + CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" + rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2 + ]) + if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then + + dnl FIXME: Remove HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT and update everything that uses it + dnl to use @INCLUDE_NEXT@ instead. + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT], 1, + [Define if your compiler supports the #include_next directive.]) + + INCLUDE_NEXT=include_next + else + INCLUDE_NEXT=include + fi + AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_NEXT]) +]) + +# gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...) +# ------------------------------------------ +# For each arg foo.h, if #include_next works, define NEXT_FOO_H to be +# ''; otherwise define it to be +# '"///usr/include/foo.h"', or whatever other absolute file name is suitable. +# That way, a header file with the following line: +# #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FOO_H@ +# behaves (after sed substitution) as if it contained +# #include_next +# even if the compiler does not support include_next. +# The three "///" are to pacify Sun C 5.8, which otherwise would say +# "warning: #include of /usr/include/... may be non-portable". +# Use `""', not `<>', so that the /// cannot be confused with a C99 comment. +AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT]) + AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([$1]) + + AC_FOREACH([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1], + [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_next_header], + [gl_cv_next_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))) + if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then + AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>']) + else + AC_CACHE_CHECK( + [absolute name of <]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[>], + m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_next_header])), + [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_header_exists], + [ac_cv_header_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))) + if test AS_VAR_GET(gl_header_exists) = yes; then + AC_LANG_CONFTEST( + [AC_LANG_SOURCE( + [[#include <]]m4_dquote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[[>]] + )]) + dnl eval is necessary to expand ac_cpp. + dnl Ultrix and Pyramid sh refuse to redirect output of eval, + dnl so use subshell. + AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], + ['"'`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD | + sed -n '\#/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[#{ + s#.*"\(.*/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[\)".*#\1# + s#^/[^/]#//&# + p + q + }'`'"']) + else + AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>']) + fi + AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_header_exists])]) + fi + AC_SUBST( + AS_TR_CPP([NEXT_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))), + [AS_VAR_GET([gl_next_header])]) + AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_next_header])]) +]) diff --git a/m4/lib-ld.m4 b/m4/lib-ld.m4 index 8d995251..96c4e2c3 100644 --- a/m4/lib-ld.m4 +++ b/m4/lib-ld.m4 @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ # lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) -dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, -dnl 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. diff --git a/m4/lib-link.m4 b/m4/lib-link.m4 index d4450fce..f95b7ba8 100644 --- a/m4/lib-link.m4 +++ b/m4/lib-link.m4 @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -# lib-link.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.14.3) -dnl Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software -dnl Foundation, Inc. +# lib-link.m4 serial 9 (gettext-0.16) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -127,6 +126,7 @@ dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], [ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], ]) else additional_includedir="$withval/include" - additional_libdir="$withval/lib" + additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi ]) @@ -198,9 +198,16 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], found_so= found_a= if test $use_additional = yes; then - if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + if test -n "$shlibext" \ + && { test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" \ + || { test "$shlibext" = dll \ + && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then found_dir="$additional_libdir" - found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" + else + found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a" + fi if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" fi @@ -220,9 +227,16 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], case "$x" in -L*) dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` - if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + if test -n "$shlibext" \ + && { test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" \ + || { test "$shlibext" = dll \ + && test -f "$dir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then found_dir="$dir" - found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" + else + found_so="$dir/lib$name.dll.a" + fi if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" fi @@ -249,7 +263,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the dnl standard /usr/lib. - if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then + if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then dnl No hardcoding is needed. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else @@ -335,8 +349,8 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], dnl Assume the include files are nearby. additional_includedir= case "$found_dir" in - */lib | */lib/) - basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'` + */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/) + basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'` additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ;; esac @@ -397,9 +411,9 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already dnl constructed $LIBNAME, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. - if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then + if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= - if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then + if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; @@ -552,3 +566,79 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR], fi done ]) + +dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options +dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the +dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path. +dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL]) +dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE. +dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed, +dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) + $1= + if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then + dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting + dnl binary. + rpathdirs= + next= + for opt in $2; do + if test -n "$next"; then + dir="$next" + dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib. + if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then + rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" + fi + next= + else + case $opt in + -L) next=yes ;; + -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'` + dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib. + if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then + rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" + fi + next= ;; + *) next= ;; + esac + fi + done + if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then + if test -n ""$3""; then + dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options. + for dir in $rpathdirs; do + $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir" + done + else + dnl The linker is used for linking directly. + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user + dnl must pass all path elements in one option. + alldirs= + for dir in $rpathdirs; do + alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir" + done + acl_save_libdir="$libdir" + libdir="$alldirs" + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + libdir="$acl_save_libdir" + $1="$flag" + else + dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. + for dir in $rpathdirs; do + acl_save_libdir="$libdir" + libdir="$dir" + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + libdir="$acl_save_libdir" + $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag" + done + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi + AC_SUBST([$1]) +]) diff --git a/m4/lib-prefix.m4 b/m4/lib-prefix.m4 index a3d482d3..a8684e17 100644 --- a/m4/lib-prefix.m4 +++ b/m4/lib-prefix.m4 @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -# lib-prefix.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2) -dnl Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software -dnl Foundation, Inc. +# lib-prefix.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.15) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. @@ -25,6 +24,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. use_additional=yes @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], ]) else additional_includedir="$withval/include" - additional_libdir="$withval/lib" + additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi ]) @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS, dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. - if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then + if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then - if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then + if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux*) haveit=yes;; @@ -152,3 +152,34 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX], exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ]) + +dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates a variable acl_libdirstem, containing +dnl the basename of the libdir, either "lib" or "lib64". +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB], +[ + dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. The current + dnl practice is that on a system supporting 32-bit and 64-bit instruction + dnl sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit + dnl libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine the compiler's default + dnl mode by looking at the compiler's library search path. If at least + dnl of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a directory whose absolute + dnl pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. Otherwise we use the + dnl default, namely "lib". + acl_libdirstem=lib + searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'` + if test -n "$searchpath"; then + acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":" + for searchdir in $searchpath; do + if test -d "$searchdir"; then + case "$searchdir" in + */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; + *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd` + case "$searchdir" in + */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; + esac ;; + esac + fi + done + IFS="$acl_save_IFS" + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/longlong.m4 b/m4/longlong.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f9e862e --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/longlong.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# longlong.m4 serial 10 +dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works. +# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we +# assume 2.61 everywhere. + +# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large +# (as on some very old compilers), HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be +# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'. + +AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int], + [AC_LINK_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( + [[long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll; + long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL; + typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0 + && 0 < 9223372036854775807ll) + ? 1 : -1)]; + int i = 63;]], + [[long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll; + return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i) + | (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll));]])], + [dnl This catches a bug in Tandem NonStop Kernel (OSS) cc -O circa 2004. + dnl If cross compiling, assume the bug isn't important, since + dnl nobody cross compiles for this platform as far as we know. + AC_RUN_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( + [[@%:@include + @%:@ifndef LLONG_MAX + @%:@ define HALF \ + (1LL << (sizeof (long long int) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) + @%:@ define LLONG_MAX (HALF - 1 + HALF) + @%:@endif]], + [[long long int n = 1; + int i; + for (i = 0; ; i++) + { + long long int m = n << i; + if (m >> i != n) + return 1; + if (LLONG_MAX / 2 < m) + break; + } + return 0;]])], + [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes], + [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no], + [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes])], + [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no])]) + if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], 1, + [Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'.]) + fi +]) + +# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon. +AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT]) + ac_cv_type_long_long=$ac_cv_type_long_long_int + if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1, + [Define if you have the 'long long' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/md5.m4 b/m4/md5.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a1f8755 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/md5.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# md5.m4 serial 9 +dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_MD5], +[ + AC_LIBOBJ([md5]) + + dnl Prerequisites of lib/md5.c. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_BIGENDIAN]) + : +]) diff --git a/m4/nls.m4 b/m4/nls.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7967cc2f --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/nls.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. + +AC_PREREQ(2.50) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], +[ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) + dnl Default is enabled NLS + AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, + [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], + USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) + AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) + AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) +]) diff --git a/m4/po.m4 b/m4/po.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00133ef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/po.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,428 @@ +# po.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.15) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. + +AC_PREREQ(2.50) + +dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake + AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl + + dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given, + dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work. + + dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. + dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions. + dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 && + (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], + :) + AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) + + dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15. +changequote(,)dnl + case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in + '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;; + *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;; + esac +changequote([,])dnl + AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015]) +changequote(,)dnl + case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in + '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;; + *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;; + esac +changequote([,])dnl + AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015]) + + dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH. + dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions. + dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 && + (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], + :) + dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. + rm -f messages.po + + dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15. +changequote(,)dnl + case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in + '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;; + *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;; + esac +changequote([,])dnl + AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015]) + + dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :) + + dnl Installation directories. + dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we + dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile. + test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale' + AC_SUBST([localedir]) + + AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[ + for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + esac + # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. + case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a + # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO + # directories under different names or in different locations. + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then + rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" + cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" + # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend + # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration + # parameters. + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then + # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. + if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" + fi + ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` + # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' + POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" + else + # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. + # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' + fi + # Compute POFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) + # Compute UPDATEPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) + # Compute DUMMYPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) + # Compute GMOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdirpre= ;; + *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; + esac + POFILES= + UPDATEPOFILES= + DUMMYPOFILES= + GMOFILES= + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" + UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" + DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" + done + # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS + # environment variable. + INST_LINGUAS= + if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then + desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" + else + desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" + fi + for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + fi + CATALOGS= + if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do + CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" + done + fi + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" + sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" + for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do + if test -f "$f"; then + case "$f" in + *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; + *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; + esac + fi + done + fi + ;; + esac + done]], + [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute + # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it + # from automake < 1.5. + eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' + # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. + LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" + ]) +]) + +dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files. +AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE], +[ + # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been + # set: + # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in, + # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure + # time. + +changequote(,)dnl + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash. + if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + gt_echo='echo' + else + if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + gt_echo='printf %s\n' + else + echo_func () { + cat < "$ac_file.tmp" + if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then + # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" < /dev/null; then + # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'` + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <> "$ac_file.tmp" <, 1996. + +AC_PREREQ(2.50) + +# Search path for a program which passes the given test. + +dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, +dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], +[ +# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + +# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, +# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. +cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF +#! /bin/sh +exit 0 +_ASEOF +chmod +x conf$$.file +if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_executable_p="test -x" +else + ac_executable_p="test -f" +fi +rm -f conf$$.file + +# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, +[case "[$]$1" in + [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) + ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD + if [$3]; then + ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" +dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, +dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. +ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" +])dnl + ;; +esac])dnl +$1="$ac_cv_path_$1" +if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +AC_SUBST($1)dnl +]) diff --git a/m4/stdbool.m4 b/m4/stdbool.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2204ecd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/stdbool.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# Check for stdbool.h that conforms to C99. + +dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +# Prepare for substituting if it is not supported. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_STDBOOL_H], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDBOOL]) + + # Define two additional variables used in the Makefile substitution. + + if test "$ac_cv_header_stdbool_h" = yes; then + STDBOOL_H='' + else + STDBOOL_H='stdbool.h' + fi + AC_SUBST([STDBOOL_H]) + + if test "$ac_cv_type__Bool" = yes; then + HAVE__BOOL=1 + else + HAVE__BOOL=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE__BOOL]) +]) + +# AM_STDBOOL_H will be renamed to gl_STDBOOL_H in the future. +AC_DEFUN([gl_STDBOOL_H], [AM_STDBOOL_H]) + +# This macro is only needed in autoconf <= 2.59. Newer versions of autoconf +# have this macro built-in. + +AC_DEFUN([AC_HEADER_STDBOOL], + [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdbool.h that conforms to C99], + [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h], + [AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [ + #include + #ifndef bool + "error: bool is not defined" + #endif + #ifndef false + "error: false is not defined" + #endif + #if false + "error: false is not 0" + #endif + #ifndef true + "error: true is not defined" + #endif + #if true != 1 + "error: true is not 1" + #endif + #ifndef __bool_true_false_are_defined + "error: __bool_true_false_are_defined is not defined" + #endif + + struct s { _Bool s: 1; _Bool t; } s; + + char a[true == 1 ? 1 : -1]; + char b[false == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + char c[__bool_true_false_are_defined == 1 ? 1 : -1]; + char d[(bool) 0.5 == true ? 1 : -1]; + bool e = &s; + char f[(_Bool) 0.0 == false ? 1 : -1]; + char g[true]; + char h[sizeof (_Bool)]; + char i[sizeof s.t]; + enum { j = false, k = true, l = false * true, m = true * 256 }; + _Bool n[m]; + char o[sizeof n == m * sizeof n[0] ? 1 : -1]; + char p[-1 - (_Bool) 0 < 0 && -1 - (bool) 0 < 0 ? 1 : -1]; + #if defined __xlc__ || defined __GNUC__ + /* Catch a bug in IBM AIX xlc compiler version 6.0.0.0 + reported by James Lemley on 2005-10-05; see + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html + This test is not quite right, since xlc is allowed to + reject this program, as the initializer for xlcbug is + not one of the forms that C requires support for. + However, doing the test right would require a run-time + test, and that would make cross-compilation harder. + Let us hope that IBM fixes the xlc bug, and also adds + support for this kind of constant expression. In the + meantime, this test will reject xlc, which is OK, since + our stdbool.h substitute should suffice. We also test + this with GCC, where it should work, to detect more + quickly whether someone messes up the test in the + future. */ + char digs[] = "0123456789"; + int xlcbug = 1 / (&(digs + 5)[-2 + (bool) 1] == &digs[4] ? 1 : -1); + #endif + /* Catch a bug in an HP-UX C compiler. See + http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html + */ + _Bool q = true; + _Bool *pq = &q; + ], + [ + *pq |= q; + *pq |= ! q; + /* Refer to every declared value, to avoid compiler optimizations. */ + return (!a + !b + !c + !d + !e + !f + !g + !h + !i + !!j + !k + !!l + + !m + !n + !o + !p + !q + !pq); + ], + [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h=yes], + [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h=no])]) + AC_CHECK_TYPES([_Bool]) + if test $ac_cv_header_stdbool_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDBOOL_H, 1, [Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99.]) + fi]) diff --git a/m4/stdint.m4 b/m4/stdint.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb6c34fe --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/stdint.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +# stdint.m4 serial 29 +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl From Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible. +dnl Test whether is supported or must be substituted. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_H], +[ + AC_PREREQ(2.59)dnl + + dnl Check for long long int and unsigned long long int. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT]) + if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then + HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT=1 + else + HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT]) + if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then + HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT=1 + else + HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT]) + + dnl Check for . + dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h. + if test $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + HAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 + else + HAVE_INTTYPES_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_INTTYPES_H]) + + dnl Check for . + dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_sys_types_h. + if test $ac_cv_header_sys_types_h = yes; then + HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 + else + HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H]) + + gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([stdint.h]) + if test $ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then + HAVE_STDINT_H=1 + else + HAVE_STDINT_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_STDINT_H]) + + dnl Now see whether we need a substitute . + if test $ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether stdint.h conforms to C99], + [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h], + [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h=no + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([ + AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[ +#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1 /* to make it work also in C++ mode */ +#define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1 /* to make it work also in C++ mode */ +#define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H 1 /* work if build isn't clean */ +#include +/* Dragonfly defines WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX only in . */ +#if !(defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX) +#error "WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX not defined in " +#endif +] +gl_STDINT_INCLUDES +[ +#ifdef INT8_MAX +int8_t a1 = INT8_MAX; +int8_t a1min = INT8_MIN; +#endif +#ifdef INT16_MAX +int16_t a2 = INT16_MAX; +int16_t a2min = INT16_MIN; +#endif +#ifdef INT32_MAX +int32_t a3 = INT32_MAX; +int32_t a3min = INT32_MIN; +#endif +#ifdef INT64_MAX +int64_t a4 = INT64_MAX; +int64_t a4min = INT64_MIN; +#endif +#ifdef UINT8_MAX +uint8_t b1 = UINT8_MAX; +#else +typedef int b1[(unsigned char) -1 != 255 ? 1 : -1]; +#endif +#ifdef UINT16_MAX +uint16_t b2 = UINT16_MAX; +#endif +#ifdef UINT32_MAX +uint32_t b3 = UINT32_MAX; +#endif +#ifdef UINT64_MAX +uint64_t b4 = UINT64_MAX; +#endif +int_least8_t c1 = INT8_C (0x7f); +int_least8_t c1max = INT_LEAST8_MAX; +int_least8_t c1min = INT_LEAST8_MIN; +int_least16_t c2 = INT16_C (0x7fff); +int_least16_t c2max = INT_LEAST16_MAX; +int_least16_t c2min = INT_LEAST16_MIN; +int_least32_t c3 = INT32_C (0x7fffffff); +int_least32_t c3max = INT_LEAST32_MAX; +int_least32_t c3min = INT_LEAST32_MIN; +int_least64_t c4 = INT64_C (0x7fffffffffffffff); +int_least64_t c4max = INT_LEAST64_MAX; +int_least64_t c4min = INT_LEAST64_MIN; +uint_least8_t d1 = UINT8_C (0xff); +uint_least8_t d1max = UINT_LEAST8_MAX; +uint_least16_t d2 = UINT16_C (0xffff); +uint_least16_t d2max = UINT_LEAST16_MAX; +uint_least32_t d3 = UINT32_C (0xffffffff); +uint_least32_t d3max = UINT_LEAST32_MAX; +uint_least64_t d4 = UINT64_C (0xffffffffffffffff); +uint_least64_t d4max = UINT_LEAST64_MAX; +int_fast8_t e1 = INT_FAST8_MAX; +int_fast8_t e1min = INT_FAST8_MIN; +int_fast16_t e2 = INT_FAST16_MAX; +int_fast16_t e2min = INT_FAST16_MIN; +int_fast32_t e3 = INT_FAST32_MAX; +int_fast32_t e3min = INT_FAST32_MIN; +int_fast64_t e4 = INT_FAST64_MAX; +int_fast64_t e4min = INT_FAST64_MIN; +uint_fast8_t f1 = UINT_FAST8_MAX; +uint_fast16_t f2 = UINT_FAST16_MAX; +uint_fast32_t f3 = UINT_FAST32_MAX; +uint_fast64_t f4 = UINT_FAST64_MAX; +#ifdef INTPTR_MAX +intptr_t g = INTPTR_MAX; +intptr_t gmin = INTPTR_MIN; +#endif +#ifdef UINTPTR_MAX +uintptr_t h = UINTPTR_MAX; +#endif +intmax_t i = INTMAX_MAX; +uintmax_t j = UINTMAX_MAX; + +#include /* for CHAR_BIT */ +#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \ + ((t) ((t) 0 < (t) -1 ? (t) 0 : ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))) +#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \ + ((t) ((t) 0 < (t) -1 ? (t) -1 : ~ (~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))) +struct s { + int check_PTRDIFF: + PTRDIFF_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (ptrdiff_t) + && PTRDIFF_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (ptrdiff_t) + ? 1 : -1; + /* Detect bug in FreeBSD 6.0 / ia64. */ + int check_SIG_ATOMIC: + SIG_ATOMIC_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (sig_atomic_t) + && SIG_ATOMIC_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (sig_atomic_t) + ? 1 : -1; + int check_SIZE: SIZE_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (size_t) ? 1 : -1; + int check_WCHAR: + WCHAR_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (wchar_t) + && WCHAR_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (wchar_t) + ? 1 : -1; + /* Detect bug in mingw. */ + int check_WINT: + WINT_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (wint_t) + && WINT_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (wint_t) + ? 1 : -1; + + /* Detect bugs in glibc 2.4 and Solaris 10 stdint.h, among others. */ + int check_UINT8_C: + (-1 < UINT8_C (0)) == (-1 < (uint_least8_t) 0) ? 1 : -1; + int check_UINT16_C: + (-1 < UINT16_C (0)) == (-1 < (uint_least16_t) 0) ? 1 : -1; + + /* Detect bugs in OpenBSD 3.9 stdint.h. */ +#ifdef UINT8_MAX + int check_uint8: (uint8_t) -1 == UINT8_MAX ? 1 : -1; +#endif +#ifdef UINT16_MAX + int check_uint16: (uint16_t) -1 == UINT16_MAX ? 1 : -1; +#endif +#ifdef UINT32_MAX + int check_uint32: (uint32_t) -1 == UINT32_MAX ? 1 : -1; +#endif +#ifdef UINT64_MAX + int check_uint64: (uint64_t) -1 == UINT64_MAX ? 1 : -1; +#endif + int check_uint_least8: (uint_least8_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST8_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_least16: (uint_least16_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST16_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_least32: (uint_least32_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST32_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_least64: (uint_least64_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST64_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_fast8: (uint_fast8_t) -1 == UINT_FAST8_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_fast16: (uint_fast16_t) -1 == UINT_FAST16_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_fast32: (uint_fast32_t) -1 == UINT_FAST32_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uint_fast64: (uint_fast64_t) -1 == UINT_FAST64_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uintptr: (uintptr_t) -1 == UINTPTR_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_uintmax: (uintmax_t) -1 == UINTMAX_MAX ? 1 : -1; + int check_size: (size_t) -1 == SIZE_MAX ? 1 : -1; +}; + ]])], + [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h=yes])]) + fi + if test "$gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h" = yes; then + STDINT_H= + else + dnl Check for , and for + dnl (used in Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5). + AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/inttypes.h sys/bitypes.h]) + if test $ac_cv_header_sys_inttypes_h = yes; then + HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H=1 + else + HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H]) + if test $ac_cv_header_sys_bitypes_h = yes; then + HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H=1 + else + HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H]) + + dnl Check for (missing in Linux uClibc when built without wide + dnl character support). + AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([wchar.h]) + + gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES + STDINT_H=stdint.h + fi + AC_SUBST(STDINT_H) +]) + +dnl gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF(TYPES, INCLUDES) +dnl Determine the size of each of the given types in bits. +AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF], +[ + dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and + dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into + dnl config.h.in, + dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made. + AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1], + [AH_TEMPLATE([BITSIZEOF_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]), + [Define to the number of bits in type ']gltype['.])]) + for gltype in $1 ; do + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for bit size of $gltype], [gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}], + [AC_COMPUTE_INT([result], [sizeof ($gltype) * CHAR_BIT], + [$2 +#include ], [result=unknown]) + eval gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}=\$result + ]) + eval result=\$gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype} + if test $result = unknown; then + dnl Use a nonempty default, because some compilers, such as IRIX 5 cc, + dnl do a syntax check even on unused #if conditions and give an error + dnl on valid C code like this: + dnl #if 0 + dnl # if > 32 + dnl # endif + dnl #endif + result=0 + fi + GLTYPE=`echo "$gltype" | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'` + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BITSIZEOF_${GLTYPE}], [$result]) + eval BITSIZEOF_${GLTYPE}=\$result + done + AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1], + [AC_SUBST([BITSIZEOF_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]))]) +]) + +dnl gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED(TYPES, INCLUDES) +dnl Determine the signedness of each of the given types. +dnl Define HAVE_SIGNED_TYPE if type is signed. +AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED], +[ + dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and + dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into + dnl config.h.in, + dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made. + AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1], + [AH_TEMPLATE([HAVE_SIGNED_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]), + [Define to 1 if ']gltype[' is a signed integer type.])]) + for gltype in $1 ; do + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $gltype is signed], [gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed], + [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$2[ + int verify[2 * (($gltype) -1 < ($gltype) 0) - 1];]])], + result=yes, result=no) + eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed=\$result + ]) + eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed + GLTYPE=`echo $gltype | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'` + if test "$result" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}], 1) + eval HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}=1 + else + eval HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}=0 + fi + done + AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1], + [AC_SUBST([HAVE_SIGNED_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]))]) +]) + +dnl gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX(TYPES, INCLUDES) +dnl Determine the suffix to use for integer constants of the given types. +dnl Define t_SUFFIX for each such type. +AC_DEFUN([gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX], +[ + dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and + dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into + dnl config.h.in, + dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made. + AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1], + [AH_TEMPLATE(translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_])[_SUFFIX], + [Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for + constants of type ']gltype['.])]) + for gltype in $1 ; do + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $gltype integer literal suffix], + [gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix], + [eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix=no + eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed + if test "$result" = yes; then + glsufu= + else + glsufu=u + fi + for glsuf in "$glsufu" ${glsufu}l ${glsufu}ll ${glsufu}i64; do + case $glsuf in + '') gltype1='int';; + l) gltype1='long int';; + ll) gltype1='long long int';; + i64) gltype1='__int64';; + u) gltype1='unsigned int';; + ul) gltype1='unsigned long int';; + ull) gltype1='unsigned long long int';; + ui64)gltype1='unsigned __int64';; + esac + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$2 + extern $gltype foo; + extern $gltype1 foo;])], + [eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix=\$glsuf]) + eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix + test "$result" != no && break + done]) + GLTYPE=`echo $gltype | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'` + eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix + test "$result" = no && result= + eval ${GLTYPE}_SUFFIX=\$result + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([${GLTYPE}_SUFFIX], $result) + done + AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1], + [AC_SUBST(translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_])[_SUFFIX])]) +]) + +dnl gl_STDINT_INCLUDES +AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_INCLUDES], +[[ + /* BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: , and must be + included before . */ + #include + #include + #if HAVE_WCHAR_H + # include + # include + # include + #endif +]]) + +dnl gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES +dnl Compute HAVE_SIGNED_t, BITSIZEOF_t and t_SUFFIX, for all the types t +dnl of interest to stdint.in.h. +AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES], +[ + gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF([ptrdiff_t sig_atomic_t size_t wchar_t wint_t], + [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES]) + gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED([sig_atomic_t wchar_t wint_t], + [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES]) + gl_cv_type_ptrdiff_t_signed=yes + gl_cv_type_size_t_signed=no + gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX([ptrdiff_t sig_atomic_t size_t wchar_t wint_t], + [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES]) +]) + +dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 has AC_COMPUTE_INT built-in. +dnl Remove this when we can assume autoconf >= 2.61. +m4_ifdef([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [], [ + AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [_AC_COMPUTE_INT([$2],[$1],[$3],[$4])]) +]) + +# Hey Emacs! +# Local Variables: +# indent-tabs-mode: nil +# End: diff --git a/m4/ulonglong.m4 b/m4/ulonglong.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9fae98e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/ulonglong.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# ulonglong.m4 serial 6 +dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works. +# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we +# assume 2.61 everywhere. + +# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits +# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT +# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int' +# like 'unsigned long int'. + +AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int], + [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int], + [AC_LINK_IFELSE( + [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( + [[unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL; + typedef int a[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1 + ? 1 : -1)]; + int i = 63;]], + [[unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull; + return (ull << 63 | ull >> 63 | ull << i | ull >> i + | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull);]])], + [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes], + [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])]) + if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], 1, + [Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'.]) + fi +]) + +# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon. +AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT]) + ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int + if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1, + [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/unistd_h.m4 b/m4/unistd_h.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b12f84e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/unistd_h.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# unistd_h.m4 serial 9 +dnl Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl Written by Simon Josefsson, Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_H], +[ + dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default behavior below is expanded + dnl once only, before all statements that occur in other macros. + AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS]) + + gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([unistd.h]) + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([unistd.h]) + if test $ac_cv_header_unistd_h = yes; then + HAVE_UNISTD_H=1 + else + HAVE_UNISTD_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_UNISTD_H]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_MODULE_INDICATOR], +[ + dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only. + AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS]) + GNULIB_[]m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])=1 +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS], +[ + GNULIB_CHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CHOWN]) + GNULIB_DUP2=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_DUP2]) + GNULIB_FCHDIR=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FCHDIR]) + GNULIB_FTRUNCATE=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FTRUNCATE]) + GNULIB_GETCWD=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETCWD]) + GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R]) + GNULIB_LCHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LCHOWN]) + GNULIB_LSEEK=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LSEEK]) + GNULIB_READLINK=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_READLINK]) + GNULIB_SLEEP=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SLEEP]) + dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise. + HAVE_DUP2=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DUP2]) + HAVE_FTRUNCATE=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FTRUNCATE]) + HAVE_READLINK=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_READLINK]) + HAVE_SLEEP=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SLEEP]) + HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R]) + REPLACE_CHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CHOWN]) + REPLACE_FCHDIR=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FCHDIR]) + REPLACE_GETCWD=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_GETCWD]) + REPLACE_LCHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LCHOWN]) + REPLACE_LSEEK=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LSEEK]) +]) diff --git a/m4/wchar.m4 b/m4/wchar.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70b1248f --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/wchar.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +dnl A placeholder for ISO C99 , for platforms that have issues. + +dnl Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation +dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, +dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + +dnl Written by Eric Blake. + +# wchar.m4 serial 4 + +AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_H], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([gl_WCHAR_H_DEFAULTS]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether is standalone], + [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone], + [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[#include +wchar_t w;]], + [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone=yes], + [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone=no])]) + if test $gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone != yes; then + WCHAR_H=wchar.h + fi + + dnl Prepare for creating substitute . + dnl Do it always: WCHAR_H may be empty here but can be set later. + dnl Check for (missing in Linux uClibc when built without wide + dnl character support). + AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([wchar.h]) + if test $ac_cv_header_wchar_h = yes; then + HAVE_WCHAR_H=1 + else + HAVE_WCHAR_H=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_WCHAR_H]) + gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([wchar.h]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_MODULE_INDICATOR], +[ + dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only. + AC_REQUIRE([gl_WCHAR_H_DEFAULTS]) + GNULIB_[]m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])=1 +]) + +AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_H_DEFAULTS], +[ + GNULIB_WCWIDTH=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_WCWIDTH]) + dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise. + HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH]) + REPLACE_WCWIDTH=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_WCWIDTH]) + WCHAR_H= + AC_SUBST([WCHAR_H]) +]) diff --git a/m4/wget.m4 b/m4/wget.m4 index 736bd2eb..67cc2942 100644 --- a/m4/wget.m4 +++ b/m4/wget.m4 @@ -226,145 +226,6 @@ dnl ************************************************************ dnl END OF IPv6 AUTOCONFIGURATION SUPPORT MACROS dnl ************************************************************ -# This code originates from Ulrich Drepper's AM_WITH_NLS. - -AC_DEFUN([WGET_WITH_NLS], - [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) - dnl Default is enabled NLS - AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, - [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], - HAVE_NLS=$enableval, HAVE_NLS=yes) - AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_NLS) - - dnl If something goes wrong, we may still decide not to use NLS. - dnl For this reason, defer AC_SUBST'ing HAVE_NLS until the very - dnl last moment. - - if test x"$HAVE_NLS" = xyes; then - dnl If LINGUAS is specified, use only those languages. In fact, - dnl compute an intersection of languages in LINGUAS and - dnl ALL_LINGUAS, and use that. - if test x"$LINGUAS" != x; then - new_linguas= - for lang1 in $ALL_LINGUAS; do - for lang2 in $LINGUAS; do - if test "$lang1" = "$lang2"; then - new_linguas="$new_linguas $lang1" - fi - done - done - ALL_LINGUAS=$new_linguas - fi - AC_MSG_NOTICE([language catalogs: $ALL_LINGUAS]) - AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, - [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt) - AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, - [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) - AC_SUBST(MSGFMT) - AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) - CATOBJEXT=.gmo - INSTOBJEXT=.mo - DATADIRNAME=share - - dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. - if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then - dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the - dnl Makefiles still can work. - if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then - : ; - else - AC_MSG_RESULT( - [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) - XGETTEXT=":" - fi - fi - - AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libintl.h) - - dnl Prefer gettext found in -lintl to the one in libc. - dnl Otherwise it can happen that we include libintl.h from - dnl /usr/local/lib, but fail to specify -lintl, which results in - dnl link or run-time failures. (Symptom: libintl_bindtextdomain - dnl not found at link-time.) - - AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, [ - dnl gettext is in libintl; announce the fact manually. - LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETTEXT], 1, - [Define if you have the gettext function.]) - ], [ - AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettext, [], [ - AC_MSG_RESULT([gettext not found; disabling NLS]) - HAVE_NLS=no - ]) - ]) - - for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do - GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" - POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" - done - dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. - for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do - CATALOGS="$CATALOGS ${lang}${CATOBJEXT}" - done - - dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. - AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) - AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) - AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) - AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) - AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) - AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) - AC_SUBST(POFILES) - fi - AC_SUBST(HAVE_NLS) - dnl Some independently maintained files, such as po/Makefile.in, - dnl use `USE_NLS', so support it. - USE_NLS=$HAVE_NLS - AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) - if test "x$HAVE_NLS" = xyes; then - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_NLS], 1, [Define this if you want the NLS support.]) - fi - ]) - -dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will -dnl be included in po/Makefile. -dnl -dnl This is not strictly an Autoconf macro, because it is run from -dnl within `config.status' rather than from within configure. This -dnl is why special rules must be applied for it. -AC_DEFUN([WGET_PROCESS_PO], - [ - dnl I wonder what the following several lines do... - if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then - if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then - posrcprefix="$srcdir/" - else - posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" - fi - else - posrcprefix="../" - fi - rm -f po/POTFILES - dnl Use `echo' rather than AC_MSG_RESULT, because this is run from - dnl `config.status'. - echo "generating po/POTFILES from $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in" - sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," \ - -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ - < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES - echo "creating po/Makefile" - sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile - ]) - -# Search path for a program which passes the given test. -# Ulrich Drepper , 1996. -# -# This file may be copied and used freely without restrictions. It -# can be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public -# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext -# functionality. Please note that the actual code is *not* freely -# available. - dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], diff --git a/maint.mk b/maint.mk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7a5a28f --- /dev/null +++ b/maint.mk @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +# -*-Makefile-*- +# This Makefile fragment is intended to be useful by any GNU-like project. +# This file originate from coreutils, CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf. + +# Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, +# or (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +ME := maint.mk + +# List of all C-like source code files that will be tested for +# stylistic "errors". You may want to define this to something +# more complex in Makefile.cfg. +C_SOURCES ?= $(shell find . -name '*.[chly]') + +# Add some more files to check, typically set in Makefile.cfg. +C_SOURCES += $(C_SOURCES_ADD) + +# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file. +# Use --rsyncable if available. +gzip_rsyncable := \ + $(shell gzip --help|grep rsyncable >/dev/null && echo --rsyncable) +GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best $(gzip_rsyncable)' + +# Prevent programs like 'sort' from considering distinct strings to be equal. +# Doing it here saves us from having to set LC_ALL elsewhere in this file. +export LC_ALL = C + +# Casting arguments to free is never necessary. +sc_cast_of_argument_to_free: + @grep -nE '\&2; \ + exit 1; } || : + +sc_cast_of_x_alloc_return_value: + @grep -nE '\*\) *x(m|c|re)alloc\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast x*alloc return value' 1>&2; \ + exit 1; } || : + +sc_cast_of_alloca_return_value: + @grep -nE '\*\) *alloca\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast alloca return value' 1>&2; \ + exit 1; } || : + +sc_space_tab: + @grep -n '[ ] ' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): found SPACE-TAB sequence; remove the SPACE' \ + 1>&2; exit 1; } || : + +# Don't use the old ato* functions in `real' code. +# They provide no error checking mechanism. +# Instead, use strto* functions. +sc_prohibit_atoi_atof: + @grep -nE '\' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): do not use ato''f, ato''i, ato''l, ato''ll, or ato''q' \ + 1>&2; exit 1; } || : + +# Using EXIT_SUCCESS as the first argument to error is misleading, +# since when that parameter is 0, error does not exit. Use `0' instead. +sc_error_exit_success: + @grep -nF 'error (EXIT_SUCCESS,' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): found error (EXIT_SUCCESS' 1>&2; \ + exit 1; } || : + +# Stylistic, use #ifdef instead of #if +sc_no_if_have_config_h: + @grep -n '^# *if HAVE_CONFIG_H' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): found use of #if HAVE_CONFIG_H; use #ifdef' \ + 1>&2; exit 1; } || : + +# Prohibit the inclusion of assert.h without an actual use of assert. +sc_prohibit_assert_without_use: + @files=$$(grep -l '# *include [<"]assert\.h[>"]' $(C_SOURCES) \ + | grep '\.[cy]$$') && \ + grep -L '\ but don't use it" \ + 1>&2; exit 1; } || : + +sc_obsolete_symbols: + @grep -nE '\<(HAVE''_FCNTL_H|O''_NDELAY)\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \ + { echo '$(ME): do not use HAVE''_FCNTL_H or O''_NDELAY' \ + 1>&2; exit 1; } || : + +# Each nonempty line must start with a year number, or a TAB. +sc_changelog: + @grep -n '^[^12 ]' $$(find . -name ChangeLog) && \ + { echo '$(ME): found unexpected prefix in a ChangeLog' 1>&2; \ + exit 1; } || : + +# Collect the names of rules starting with `sc_'. +syntax-check-rules := $(shell sed -n 's/^\(sc_[a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\):.*/\1/p' $(ME)) +.PHONY: $(syntax-check-rules) + +syntax-check: $(syntax-check-rules) + +# Update gettext files. +PACKAGE ?= $(shell basename $(PWD)) +POURL = http://translationproject.org/latest/$(PACKAGE)/ +PODIR ?= po +refresh-po: + rm -f $(PODIR)/*.po && \ + echo "$(ME): getting translations into po (please ignore the robots.txt ERROR 404)..." && \ + wget --no-verbose --directory-prefix $(PODIR) --no-directories --recursive --level 1 --accept .po --accept .po.1 $(POURL) && \ + echo 'en@boldquot' > $(PODIR)/LINGUAS && \ + echo 'en@quot' >> $(PODIR)/LINGUAS && \ + ls $(PODIR)/*.po | sed 's/.po//' | sed 's,$(PODIR)/,,' | sort >> $(PODIR)/LINGUAS + +INDENT_SOURCES ?= $(C_SOURCES) +.PHONY: indent +indent: + indent $(INDENT_SOURCES) diff --git a/mdate-sh b/mdate-sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..cd916c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/mdate-sh @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. + +scriptversion=2005-06-29.22 + +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to or send patches to +# . + +case $1 in + '') + echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<\EOF +Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE + +Pretty-print the modification time of FILE. + +Report bugs to . +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +# Prevent date giving response in another language. +LANG=C +export LANG +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LC_TIME=C +export LC_TIME + +# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE +# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this +# variable to its documented default. +if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then + TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso + export TIME_STYLE +fi + +save_arg1=$1 + +# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. +if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command='ls -L -l -d' +else + ls_command='ls -l -d' +fi + +# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. +# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo +# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. +# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo +# +# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words +# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a +# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' +# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at +# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many +# words should be skipped to get the date. + +# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. +set x`ls -l -d /` + +# Find which argument is the month. +month= +command= +until test $month +do + shift + # Add another shift to the command. + command="$command shift;" + case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; + esac +done + +# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. +set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` + +# Remove all preceding arguments +eval $command + +# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. +# +# On a POSIX system, we should have +# +# $# = 5 +# $1 = file size +# $2 = month +# $3 = day +# $4 = year or time +# $5 = filename +# +# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have +# +# $# = 4 +# $1 = day +# $2 = month +# $3 = year or time +# $4 = filename + +# Get the month. +case $2 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; +esac + +case $3 in + ???*) day=$1;; + *) day=$3; shift;; +esac + +# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either +# the time of day or the year. +case $3 in + *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# + case $2 in + Jan) nummonthtod=1;; + Feb) nummonthtod=2;; + Mar) nummonthtod=3;; + Apr) nummonthtod=4;; + May) nummonthtod=5;; + Jun) nummonthtod=6;; + Jul) nummonthtod=7;; + Aug) nummonthtod=8;; + Sep) nummonthtod=9;; + Oct) nummonthtod=10;; + Nov) nummonthtod=11;; + Dec) nummonthtod=12;; + esac + # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also + # be used for files modified in the last year. + if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; + then + year=`expr $year - 1` + fi;; + *) year=$3;; +esac + +# The result. +echo $day $month $year + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/missing b/missing new file mode 100755 index 00000000..1c8ff704 --- /dev/null +++ b/missing @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. + +scriptversion=2006-05-10.23 + +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA +# 02110-1301, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +if test $# -eq 0; then + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 +fi + +run=: +sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' +sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' + +# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the +# srcdir already. +if test -f configure.ac; then + configure_ac=configure.ac +else + configure_ac=configure.in +fi + +msg="missing on your system" + +case $1 in +--run) + # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. + run= + shift + "$@" && exit 0 + # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens + # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on + # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we + # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or + # if --run hadn't been passed. + if test $? = 63; then + run=: + msg="probably too old" + fi + ;; + + -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) + echo "\ +$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... + +Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an +error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. + +Options: + -h, --help display this help and exit + -v, --version output version information and exit + --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails + +Supported PROGRAM values: + aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' + autoconf touch file \`configure' + autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' + autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one + automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files + bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + help2man touch the output file + lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c + makeinfo touch the output file + tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags + yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + +Send bug reports to ." + exit $? + ;; + + -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) + echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" + exit $? + ;; + + -*) + echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" + echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + exit 1 + ;; + +esac + +# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we +# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect +# the program). +case $1 in + lex|yacc) + # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. + ;; + + tar) + if test -n "$run"; then + echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" + exit 1 + elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + *) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then + # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone + # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether + # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. + exit 1 + fi + ;; +esac + +# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), +# try to emulate it. +case $1 in + aclocal*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from + any GNU archive site." + touch aclocal.m4 + ;; + + autoconf) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the + \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU + archive site." + touch configure + ;; + + autoheader) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want + to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them + from any GNU archive site." + files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` + test -z "$files" && files="config.h" + touch_files= + for f in $files; do + case $f in + *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | + sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; + *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; + esac + done + touch $touch_files + ;; + + automake*) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. + You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. + Grab them from any GNU archive site." + find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | + sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | + while read f; do touch "$f"; done + ;; + + autom4te) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. + You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. + You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU + archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo "#! /bin/sh" + echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" + echo "# $ $@" + echo "exit 0" + chmod +x $file + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + bison|yacc) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case $LASTARG in + *.y) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c + fi + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if test ! -f y.tab.h; then + echo >y.tab.h + fi + if test ! -f y.tab.c; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c + fi + ;; + + lex|flex) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package + in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get + \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." + rm -f lex.yy.c + if test $# -ne 1; then + eval LASTARG="\${$#}" + case $LASTARG in + *.l) + SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` + if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then + cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + esac + fi + if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then + echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c + fi + ;; + + help2man) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the + \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take + effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." + + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -f "$file"; then + touch $file + else + test -z "$file" || exec >$file + echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" + exit 1 + fi + ;; + + makeinfo) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if + you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file + indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious + call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, + DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or + the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." + # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... + file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` + if test -z "$file"; then + # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... + infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` + file=`sed -n ' + /^@setfilename/{ + s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ + p + q + }' $infile` + # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) + test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info + fi + # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; + # let's fail without touching anything. + test -f $file || exit 1 + touch $file + ;; + + tar) + shift + + # We have already tried tar in the generic part. + # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error + # messages. + if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gnutar "$@" && exit 0 + fi + if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then + gtar "$@" && exit 0 + fi + firstarg="$1" + if shift; then + case $firstarg in + *o*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` + tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 + ;; + esac + case $firstarg in + *h*) + firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` + tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 + ;; + esac + fi + + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. + You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the + command line arguments." + exit 1 + ;; + + *) + echo 1>&2 "\ +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. + You might have modified some files without having the + proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, + it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing + this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case + some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/msdos/ChangeLog b/msdos/ChangeLog index dcf81278..1036c296 100644 --- a/msdos/ChangeLog +++ b/msdos/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +2007-10-15 Gisle Vanem + + * config.h: Added some HAVE_* for djgpp 2.04 and Watcom 1.7+. + + * Makefile.DJ: rewritten for including some files from ../lib. + + * Makefile.WC: Ditto. Handling source-files out-of current + directory makes compliation a bit more painfull. AFAICS, one + must use explicit rules. + +2007-10-02 Gisle Vanem + + * config.h: Removed unused defines, added needed 'HAVE_*' defines. + + * Makefile.DJ: rewritten to be used from './src' directory. + Added '-DOPENSSL_NO_KRB5' for OpenSSL build. Target is + now wget.exe. + + * Makefile.WC: Added for building with OpenWatcom targeting + 32-bit DOS (DOS32A extender). + 2007-09-24 Gisle Vanem * Makefile.DJ, config.h: Added to support building on MS-DOS via diff --git a/msdos/Makefile.DJ b/msdos/Makefile.DJ index bed35cd1..9b25ae52 100644 --- a/msdos/Makefile.DJ +++ b/msdos/Makefile.DJ @@ -1,28 +1,35 @@ # # GNU Makefile for wget / djgpp / MSDOS. -# By Gisle Vanem . +# By Gisle Vanem 2007. # -.SUFFIXES: .exe .map +# `cd' to `./src' and issue the command: +# make -f ../msdos/Makefile.dj +# +.SUFFIXES: .exe + +VPATH = ../lib USE_OPENSSL = 0 USE_IPV6 = 1 +# +# Change to suite. +# OPENSSL_ROOT = e:/net/OpenSSL.099 ZLIB_ROOT = e:/djgpp/contrib/zlib -VPATH = ../src OBJ_DIR = djgpp.obj CC = gcc -CFLAGS = -O2 -g -Wall -Wcast-align -I. -I../src -I/dev/env/WATT_ROOT/inc \ +CFLAGS = -O2 -g -Wall -Wcast-align -I. -I../msdos -I../lib -I/dev/env/WATT_ROOT/inc \ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DENABLE_DEBUG # LDFLAGS = -s ifeq ($(USE_OPENSSL),1) - CFLAGS += -DHAVE_OPENSSL -DHAVE_SSL -I$(OPENSSL_ROOT) + CFLAGS += -DHAVE_OPENSSL -DHAVE_SSL -DOPENSSL_NO_KRB5 -I$(OPENSSL_ROOT) EX_LIBS += $(OPENSSL_ROOT)/lib/libssl.a $(OPENSSL_ROOT)/lib/libcrypt.a \ $(ZLIB_ROOT)/libz.a - SOURCES = ../src/openssl.c ../src/http-ntlm.c + SOURCES += openssl.c http-ntlm.c endif ifeq ($(USE_IPV6),1) @@ -31,28 +38,28 @@ endif EX_LIBS += /dev/env/WATT_ROOT/lib/libwatt.a -SOURCES += $(addprefix ../src/, cmpt.c connect.c cookies.c ftp.c ftp-basic.c \ - ftp-ls.c ftp-opie.c getopt.c hash.c host.c html-parse.c html-url.c \ - http.c init.c log.c main.c gen-md5.c gnu-md5.c netrc.c progress.c \ - recur.c res.c retr.c safe-ctype.c url.c utils.c version.c convert.c \ - xmalloc.c ptimer.c spider.c) +SOURCES += cmpt.c connect.c cookies.c ftp.c ftp-basic.c ftp-ls.c \ + ftp-opie.c hash.c host.c html-parse.c html-url.c http.c \ + init.c log.c main.c gen-md5.c netrc.c progress.c recur.c \ + res.c retr.c snprintf.c url.c utils.c version.c convert.c xmalloc.c \ + ptimer.c spider.c ../lib/getopt.c ../lib/getopt1.c ../lib/md5.c OBJECTS = $(addprefix $(OBJ_DIR)/, $(notdir $(SOURCES:.c=.o))) -all: $(OBJ_DIR) ../wget-dos.exe +all: $(OBJ_DIR) wget.exe @echo 'Welcome to Wget' $(OBJ_DIR): mkdir $(OBJ_DIR) -../wget-dos.exe: $(OBJECTS) +wget.exe: $(OBJECTS) $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $^ $(EX_LIBS) clean: - rm -f $(OBJECTS) $(MAPFILE) + rm -f $(OBJ_DIR)/*.o $(MAPFILE) vclean realclean: clean - rm -f ../wget-dos.exe depend.dj + rm -f wget.exe depend.dj - rmdir $(OBJ_DIR) $(OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.c diff --git a/msdos/Makefile.WC b/msdos/Makefile.WC new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d20988ce --- /dev/null +++ b/msdos/Makefile.WC @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# +# Makefile for Wget / DOS32A / OpenWatcom +# by G. Vanem 2007 +# + +COMPILE = *wcc386 -mf -3r -w6 -d2 -zq -zm -of -I. -I$(%watt_root)\inc & + -I..\msdos -I..\lib -fr=nul -bt=dos -s -dHAVE_CONFIG_H & + -dENABLE_DEBUG -dSIZEOF_INT=4 + +LINK = *wlink option quiet, map, verbose, eliminate, caseexact, stack=100k & + debug all system dos32a + +OBJ_DIR = Watcom.obj + +OBJECTS = $(OBJ_DIR)\cmpt.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\connect.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\convert.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\cookies.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\c-ctype.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp-basic.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp-ls.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp-opie.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\gen-md5.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\getopt.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\getopt1.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\hash.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\host.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\html-parse.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\html-url.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\http.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\init.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\log.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\main.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\md5.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\netrc.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\progress.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\ptimer.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\recur.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\res.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\retr.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\spider.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\url.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\utils.obj & + $(OBJ_DIR)\version.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\xmalloc.obj + +all: $(OBJ_DIR) wget.exe .SYMBOLIC + @echo 'Welcome to Wget / Watcom' + +$(OBJ_DIR): + - mkdir $^@ + +.ERASE +.c{$(OBJ_DIR)}.obj: .AUTODEPEND + *$(COMPILE) -fo=$@ $[@ + +.ERASE +$(OBJ_DIR)\c-ctype.obj: ..\lib\c-ctype.c + *$(COMPILE) -fo=$@ $[@ + +.ERASE +$(OBJ_DIR)\md5.obj: ..\lib\md5.c + *$(COMPILE) -fo=$@ $[@ + +.ERASE +$(OBJ_DIR)\getopt.obj: ..\lib\getopt.c + *$(COMPILE) -d_UNISTD_H_INCLUDED -fo=$@ $[@ + +.ERASE +$(OBJ_DIR)\getopt1.obj: ..\lib\getopt1.c + *$(COMPILE) -d_UNISTD_H_INCLUDED -fo=$@ $[@ + +wget.exe: $(OBJECTS) + $(LINK) name $@ file { $(OBJECTS) } library $(%watt_root)\lib\wattcpwf.lib + + +clean: .SYMBOLIC + - rm $(OBJ_DIR)\*.obj wget.exe wget.map + - rmdir $(OBJ_DIR) + diff --git a/msdos/config.h b/msdos/config.h index f43ab4ec..f40eb45c 100644 --- a/msdos/config.h +++ b/msdos/config.h @@ -41,47 +41,43 @@ #include -#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && (__WATCOMC__ >= 1250) /* OW 1.5+ */ +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) + #if (__WATCOMC__ >= 1250) /* OW 1.5+ */ #define OPENWATCOM_15 + #endif + #if (__WATCOMC__ >= 1270) /* OW 1.7+ */ + #define OPENWATCOM_17 + #endif #endif #if defined(__HIGHC__) - #define inline #define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1 #endif -#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) #define inline #endif -#ifdef HAVE_SSL - #define OPENSSL_NO_KRB5 -#endif - -#define STDC_HEADERS 1 -#define RETSIGTYPE void - #define USE_OPIE 1 #define USE_DIGEST 1 #define DEBUG #ifdef __DJGPP__ - #define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF 1 - #define HAVE_UNAME 1 - #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1 + #define HAVE__BOOL 1 #define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 #define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1 - #define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 - #define HAVE_USLEEP 1 - #define HAVE_SIGNAL 1 - #define HAVE_BASENAME 1 #define HAVE_SIGSETJMP 1 #define HAVE_SIGBLOCK 1 - #define HAVE__BOOL 1 + #define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF 1 + #define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 + #define HAVE_USLEEP 1 + #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1 + #define HAVE_INT64_T 1 #if (DJGPP_MINOR >= 4) - #include + #define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1 + #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 #define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1 #define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1 #define HAVE_UINT32_T 1 @@ -94,32 +90,25 @@ #endif #ifdef OPENWATCOM_15 - #define HAVE_STRCASECMP - #define HAVE_STRNCASECMP + #define HAVE_INT64_T 1 + #define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1 + #define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 + #define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1 + #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1 +#endif + +#ifdef OPENWATCOM_17 + #define HAVE__BOOL 1 + #define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1 #endif -#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME 1 -#define HAVE_GETHOSTNAME 1 -#define HAVE_SELECT 1 +#define HAVE_PROCESS_H 1 #define HAVE_STRDUP 1 -#define HAVE_STRERROR 1 -#define HAVE_STRSTR 1 -#define HAVE_MKTIME 1 -#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1 #define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 #define HAVE_STRING_H 1 -#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1 -#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1 -#define HAVE_MD5 1 #define HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5 1 #define HAVE_ISATTY 1 -#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1 - -#define OS_TYPE "DOS" -#define CTRLBREAK_BACKGND 1 -#define PROTOTYPES 1 - -#define WGET_USE_STDARG #define lookup_host wget_lookuphost #define select select_s @@ -129,15 +118,16 @@ #define sock_write wget_sock_write #define sock_close wget_sock_close -#if defined(__DJGPP__) - #define MKDIR(p,a) mkdir(p,a) -#else +#if !defined(__DJGPP__) + #include + #define mkdir(p,a) (mkdir)(p) #define strcasecmp stricmp - #define MKDIR(p,a) mkdir(p) #endif #if !defined(MSDOS) -#define MSDOS + #define MSDOS #endif +#define OS_TYPE "DOS" + #endif /* CONFIG_DOS_H */ diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in index f7966217..e6da10aa 100644 --- a/po/Makefile.in.in +++ b/po/Makefile.in.in @@ -1,77 +1,98 @@ -# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package. -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper +# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. +# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 by Ulrich Drepper # -# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can -# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License -# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. -# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public +# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +# functionality. +# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU +# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain. +# +# Origin: gettext-0.16 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ SHELL = /bin/sh @SET_MAKE@ -top_builddir = .. - srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale -gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale -gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po -subdir = po - -DESTDIR = +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -CC = @CC@ -GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@ -MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge - -DEFS = @DEFS@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ - -INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl - -COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) +# We use $(mkdir_p). +# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as +# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions, +# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it. +# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined +# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake +# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused. +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d +install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ + +GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@ +GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@ +GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@ +GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) +MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@ +MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) +XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@ +XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@ +XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@ +XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) +MSGMERGE = msgmerge +MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update +MSGINIT = msginit +MSGCONV = msgconv +MSGFILTER = msgfilter POFILES = @POFILES@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ -DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \ -$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES) +UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@ +DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@ +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \ +$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3) +DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \ +$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \ +$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3) POTFILES = \ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ -CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ -INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg -.c.o: - $(COMPILE) $< +# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!) -.po.pox: - $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot - $(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update .po.mo: - $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $< + @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \ + $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@ .po.gmo: - file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \ - && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $< + @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \ + cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo + +.sin.sed: + sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ all: all-@USE_NLS@ @@ -79,141 +100,303 @@ all: all-@USE_NLS@ all-yes: $(CATALOGS) all-no: -$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) - $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ - --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \ - --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in - rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot - mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot +# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no +# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because +# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that +# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty. +# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target). + +# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have +# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator +# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS, +# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent +# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary +# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for +# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be +# changed. +stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot + test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \ + test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES) + @test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \ + echo "touch stamp-po" && \ + echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \ + mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \ + } + +# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update', +# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source +# have been downloaded. + +# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation. +# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. +$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed + if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \ + msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \ + else \ + msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \ + fi; \ + $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ + --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \ + --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ + --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ + --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" + test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ + sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \ + sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \ + if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \ + mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ + fi; \ + else \ + mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ + fi; \ + } + +# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at +# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing. +# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update. +$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot: + $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update + +# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed. +# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. +#$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot +# @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \ +# if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \ +# test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ +# echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ +# cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \ +# else \ +# $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \ +# fi + -install.mo: install install: install-exec install-data install-exec: install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + for file in Makevars; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi install-data-no: all install-data-yes: all + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ - case "$$cat" in \ - *.gmo) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir);; \ - *) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir);; \ - esac; \ - lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \ - dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \ - if test -r $$cat; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ - echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ - echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \ - "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \ - fi; \ - if test -r $$cat.m; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ - echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \ - else \ - if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \ - $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ - echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \ - "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \ - else \ - true; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ + for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + if test -n "$$lc"; then \ + if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ + link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ + mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ + for file in *; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ + fi; \ + done); \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + else \ + if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ + :; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ + ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ + cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ fi; \ - fi; \ + done; \ done - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \ - $(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \ + +install-strip: install + +installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data +installdirs-exec: +installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ else \ : ; \ fi +installdirs-data-no: +installdirs-data-yes: + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) + @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + if test -n "$$lc"; then \ + if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ + link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ + mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ + for file in *; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ + fi; \ + done); \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + else \ + if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ + :; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: -uninstall: +uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data +uninstall-exec: +uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +uninstall-data-no: +uninstall-data-yes: catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ - lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \ - dir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ - rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ - rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ - dir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ - rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ - rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + done; \ done - rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in check: all -cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h - -dvi info tags TAGS ID: +info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID: mostlyclean: - rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po + rm -f remove-potcdate.sed + rm -f stamp-poT + rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po rm -fr *.o clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean - rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.gmo *.msg + rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo maintainer-clean: distclean - @echo "!! This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "!! it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - rm -f $(GMOFILES) - -realclean: maintainer-clean - -distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) -dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES) + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES) + +distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: + $(MAKE) update-po + @$(MAKE) dist2 +# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. +dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES) dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ + dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \ + dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \ + fi; \ + for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \ + dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \ for file in $$dists; do \ - ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ - || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ + else \ + cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ + fi; \ done update-po: Makefile - $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot - PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \ + $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update + test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES) + $(MAKE) update-gmo + +# General rule for creating PO files. + +.nop.po-create: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \ + echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \ + exit 1 + +# General rule for updating PO files. + +.nop.po-update: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \ cd $(srcdir); \ - catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ - for cat in $$catalogs; do \ - cat=`basename $$cat`; \ - lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \ - mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \ - echo "$$lang:"; \ - if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \ - rm -f $$lang.old.po; \ + if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ else \ - echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \ - rm -f $$lang.po; \ - mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ fi; \ - done + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi -POTFILES: POTFILES.in - ( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \ - posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \ - else \ - posrcprefix="../"; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $@-t $@ \ - && (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \ - -e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \ - | sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \ - && chmod a-w $@-t \ - && mv $@-t $@ ) - -Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES - cd .. \ - && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \ - $(SHELL) ./config.status +$(DUMMYPOFILES): + +update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) + @: + +Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@ + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories + +force: # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. diff --git a/po/Makevars b/po/Makevars new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55f8d041 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makevars @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. + +# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. +DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) + +# These two variables depend on the location of this directory. +subdir = po +top_builddir = .. + +# These options get passed to xgettext. +XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ + +# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the +# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding +# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's +# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are +# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person +# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for +# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim +# their copyright. +COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report +# bugs in the untranslated strings: +# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines +# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. +# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be +# understood. +# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or +# money. +# - Pluralisation problems. +# - Incorrect English spelling. +# - Incorrect formatting. +# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators +# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through +# which the translators can contact you. +MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = wget@sunsite.dk + +# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the +# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. +EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = diff --git a/po/POTFILES.in b/po/POTFILES.in index cd6c7975..44f553bb 100644 --- a/po/POTFILES.in +++ b/po/POTFILES.in @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ # 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Package source files +lib/getopt.c src/cmpt.c src/connect.c src/convert.c @@ -12,8 +13,6 @@ src/ftp-ls.c src/ftp-opie.c src/ftp.c src/gen-md5.c -src/getopt.c -src/gnu-md5.c src/hash.c src/host.c src/html-parse.c @@ -33,5 +32,4 @@ src/retr.c src/spider.c src/url.c src/utils.c -src/version.c src/xmalloc.c diff --git a/po/Rules-quot b/po/Rules-quot new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c2a995e --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Rules-quot @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. + +DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot + +.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en + +en@quot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update +en@boldquot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update + +en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en +en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en + +.insert-header.po-update-en: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ + LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi + +en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header + +en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot +mostlyclean-quot: + rm -f *.insert-header diff --git a/po/boldquot.sed b/po/boldquot.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b937aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/boldquot.sed @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g +s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g +s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g +s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g +s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g +s/“”/""/g +s/“/“/g +s/”/”/g +s/‘/‘/g +s/’/’/g diff --git a/po/en@boldquot.header b/po/en@boldquot.header new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fedb6a06 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@boldquot.header @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# +# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in +# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. +# diff --git a/po/en@boldquot.po b/po/en@boldquot.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..153b077b --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@boldquot.po @@ -0,0 +1,1829 @@ +# English translations for GNU wget package. +# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU wget package. +# Automatically generated, 2007. +# +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# +# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in +# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: GNU wget 1.10+devel\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: wget@sunsite.dk\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/connect.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unable to resolve bind address `%s'; disabling bind.\n" +msgstr "%s: unable to resolve bind address ‘%s’; disabling bind.\n" + +#: src/connect.c:268 +#, c-format +msgid "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... " +msgstr "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... " + +#: src/connect.c:271 +#, c-format +msgid "Connecting to %s:%d... " +msgstr "Connecting to %s:%d... " + +#: src/connect.c:331 +msgid "connected.\n" +msgstr "connected.\n" + +#: src/connect.c:343 src/host.c:753 src/host.c:782 +#, c-format +msgid "failed: %s.\n" +msgstr "failed: %s.\n" + +#: src/connect.c:367 src/http.c:1629 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unable to resolve host address `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: unable to resolve host address ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/convert.c:171 +#, c-format +msgid "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n" +msgstr "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n" + +#: src/convert.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "Converting %s... " +msgstr "Converting %s... " + +#: src/convert.c:209 +msgid "nothing to do.\n" +msgstr "nothing to do.\n" + +#: src/convert.c:217 src/convert.c:241 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n" + +#: src/convert.c:232 +#, c-format +msgid "Unable to delete `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Unable to delete ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/convert.c:441 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:444 +#, c-format +msgid "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n" +msgstr "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:686 +#, c-format +msgid "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n" +msgstr "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:1133 src/cookies.c:1251 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open cookies file `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot open cookies file ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:1288 +#, c-format +msgid "Error writing to `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Error writing to ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:1291 +#, c-format +msgid "Error closing `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Error closing ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:837 +msgid "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n" +msgstr "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n" + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:883 src/ftp-ls.c:885 +#, c-format +msgid "Index of /%s on %s:%d" +msgstr "Index of /%s on %s:%d" + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:908 +#, c-format +msgid "time unknown " +msgstr "time unknown " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:912 +#, c-format +msgid "File " +msgstr "File " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:915 +#, c-format +msgid "Directory " +msgstr "Directory " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:918 +#, c-format +msgid "Link " +msgstr "Link " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:921 +#, c-format +msgid "Not sure " +msgstr "Not sure " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:939 +#, c-format +msgid " (%s bytes)" +msgstr " (%s bytes)" + +#: src/ftp.c:214 +#, c-format +msgid "Length: %s" +msgstr "Length: %s" + +#: src/ftp.c:220 src/http.c:2174 +#, c-format +msgid ", %s (%s) remaining" +msgstr ", %s (%s) remaining" + +#: src/ftp.c:224 src/http.c:2178 +#, c-format +msgid ", %s remaining" +msgstr ", %s remaining" + +#: src/ftp.c:227 +msgid " (unauthoritative)\n" +msgstr " (unauthoritative)\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:303 +#, c-format +msgid "Logging in as %s ... " +msgstr "Logging in as %s ... " + +#: src/ftp.c:316 src/ftp.c:362 src/ftp.c:391 src/ftp.c:443 src/ftp.c:555 +#: src/ftp.c:601 src/ftp.c:630 src/ftp.c:687 src/ftp.c:748 src/ftp.c:808 +#: src/ftp.c:855 +msgid "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:323 +msgid "Error in server greeting.\n" +msgstr "Error in server greeting.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:330 src/ftp.c:451 src/ftp.c:563 src/ftp.c:638 src/ftp.c:697 +#: src/ftp.c:758 src/ftp.c:818 src/ftp.c:865 +msgid "Write failed, closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "Write failed, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:336 +msgid "The server refuses login.\n" +msgstr "The server refuses login.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:342 +msgid "Login incorrect.\n" +msgstr "Login incorrect.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:348 +msgid "Logged in!\n" +msgstr "Logged in!\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:370 +msgid "Server error, can't determine system type.\n" +msgstr "Server error, can't determine system type.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:379 src/ftp.c:674 src/ftp.c:731 src/ftp.c:774 +msgid "done. " +msgstr "done. " + +#: src/ftp.c:431 src/ftp.c:580 src/ftp.c:613 src/ftp.c:838 src/ftp.c:884 +msgid "done.\n" +msgstr "done.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:458 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown type `%c', closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "Unknown type ‘%c’, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:470 +msgid "done. " +msgstr "done. " + +#: src/ftp.c:476 +msgid "==> CWD not needed.\n" +msgstr "==> CWD not needed.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:569 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"No such directory `%s'.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No such directory ‘%s’.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:584 +msgid "==> CWD not required.\n" +msgstr "==> CWD not required.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:644 +msgid "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n" +msgstr "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:648 +msgid "Cannot parse PASV response.\n" +msgstr "Cannot parse PASV response.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:665 +#, c-format +msgid "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n" +msgstr "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:713 +#, c-format +msgid "Bind error (%s).\n" +msgstr "Bind error (%s).\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:719 +msgid "Invalid PORT.\n" +msgstr "Invalid PORT.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:765 +msgid "" +"\n" +"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:826 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"No such file `%s'.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No such file ‘%s’.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:873 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"No such file or directory `%s'.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No such file or directory ‘%s’.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:935 src/http.c:2236 +#, c-format +msgid "%s has sprung into existence.\n" +msgstr "%s has sprung into existence.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:987 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:996 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; " +msgstr "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; " + +#: src/ftp.c:1011 +msgid "Control connection closed.\n" +msgstr "Control connection closed.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1029 +msgid "Data transfer aborted.\n" +msgstr "Data transfer aborted.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1097 +#, c-format +msgid "File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n" +msgstr "File ‘%s’ already there; not retrieving.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1165 src/http.c:2394 +#, c-format +msgid "(try:%2d)" +msgstr "(try:%2d)" + +#: src/ftp.c:1235 src/http.c:2717 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s (%s) - ‘%s’ saved [%s]\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1277 src/main.c:1005 src/recur.c:378 src/retr.c:860 +#, c-format +msgid "Removing %s.\n" +msgstr "Removing %s.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1319 +#, c-format +msgid "Using `%s' as listing tmp file.\n" +msgstr "Using ‘%s’ as listing tmp file.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1334 +#, c-format +msgid "Removed `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Removed ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1367 +#, c-format +msgid "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n" +msgstr "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1437 +#, c-format +msgid "Remote file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n" +msgstr "Remote file no newer than local file ‘%s’ -- not retrieving.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1444 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Remote file is newer than local file `%s' -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file is newer than local file ‘%s’ -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1451 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1469 +msgid "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n" +msgstr "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1486 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1494 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n" +msgstr "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1504 +#, c-format +msgid "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1516 +#, c-format +msgid "Skipping directory `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Skipping directory ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1525 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n" +msgstr "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1552 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n" +msgstr "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1580 +#, c-format +msgid "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n" +msgstr "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1630 +#, c-format +msgid "Not descending to `%s' as it is excluded/not-included.\n" +msgstr "Not descending to ‘%s’ as it is excluded/not-included.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1696 src/ftp.c:1710 +#, c-format +msgid "Rejecting `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Rejecting ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1758 +#, c-format +msgid "No matches on pattern `%s'.\n" +msgstr "No matches on pattern ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1824 +#, c-format +msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s' [%s].\n" +msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘%s’ [%s].\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1829 +#, c-format +msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:670 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘%s’ is ambiguous\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:695 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘--%s’ doesn't allow an argument\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:700 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘%c%s’ doesn't allow an argument\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:718 src/getopt.c:891 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘%s’ requires an argument\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:747 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘--%s’\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:751 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘%c%s’\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:777 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" +msgstr "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:780 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" +msgstr "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:810 src/getopt.c:940 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" +msgstr "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:857 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘-W %s’ is ambiguous\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:875 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘-W %s’ doesn't allow an argument\n" + +#: src/host.c:348 +msgid "Unknown host" +msgstr "Unknown host" + +#: src/host.c:352 +msgid "Temporary failure in name resolution" +msgstr "Temporary failure in name resolution" + +#: src/host.c:354 +msgid "Unknown error" +msgstr "Unknown error" + +#: src/host.c:715 +#, c-format +msgid "Resolving %s... " +msgstr "Resolving %s... " + +#: src/host.c:762 +msgid "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n" +msgstr "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n" + +#: src/host.c:785 +msgid "failed: timed out.\n" +msgstr "failed: timed out.\n" + +#: src/html-url.c:289 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n" +msgstr "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n" + +#: src/html-url.c:696 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n" +msgstr "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n" + +#: src/http.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n" +msgstr "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n" + +#: src/http.c:737 +msgid "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9" +msgstr "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9" + +#: src/http.c:1414 +msgid "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n" +msgstr "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1567 +#, c-format +msgid "POST data file `%s' missing: %s\n" +msgstr "POST data file ‘%s’ missing: %s\n" + +#: src/http.c:1616 +#, c-format +msgid "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n" +msgstr "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1684 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n" +msgstr "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n" + +#: src/http.c:1704 +#, c-format +msgid "Proxy tunneling failed: %s" +msgstr "Proxy tunneling failed: %s" + +#: src/http.c:1749 +#, c-format +msgid "%s request sent, awaiting response... " +msgstr "%s request sent, awaiting response... " + +#: src/http.c:1760 +msgid "No data received.\n" +msgstr "No data received.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1767 +#, c-format +msgid "Read error (%s) in headers.\n" +msgstr "Read error (%s) in headers.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1813 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"File ‘%s’ already there; not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:1966 +msgid "Unknown authentication scheme.\n" +msgstr "Unknown authentication scheme.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1997 +msgid "Authorization failed.\n" +msgstr "Authorization failed.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2011 +msgid "Malformed status line" +msgstr "Malformed status line" + +#: src/http.c:2013 +msgid "(no description)" +msgstr "(no description)" + +#: src/http.c:2076 +#, c-format +msgid "Location: %s%s\n" +msgstr "Location: %s%s\n" + +#: src/http.c:2077 src/http.c:2184 +msgid "unspecified" +msgstr "unspecified" + +#: src/http.c:2078 +msgid " [following]" +msgstr " [following]" + +#: src/http.c:2134 +msgid "" +"\n" +" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2164 +msgid "Length: " +msgstr "Length: " + +#: src/http.c:2184 +msgid "ignored" +msgstr "ignored" + +#: src/http.c:2255 +#, c-format +msgid "Saving to: `%s'\n" +msgstr "Saving to: ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/http.c:2336 +msgid "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n" +msgstr "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2383 +msgid "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n" +msgstr "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2468 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot write to `%s' (%s).\n" +msgstr "Cannot write to ‘%s’ (%s).\n" + +#: src/http.c:2477 +msgid "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n" +msgstr "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2485 +#, c-format +msgid "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n" +msgstr "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2531 +msgid "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n" +msgstr "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n" + +#: src/http.c:2536 +#, c-format +msgid "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n" +msgstr "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2552 +msgid "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n" +msgstr "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2560 +msgid "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n" +msgstr "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2590 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Server file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Server file no newer than local file ‘%s’ -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2598 +#, c-format +msgid "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" +msgstr "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2605 +msgid "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n" +msgstr "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2621 +msgid "" +"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- " +"retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- " +"retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2626 +msgid "" +"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2634 +msgid "" +"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2686 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s/%s]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s (%s) - ‘%s’ saved [%s/%s]\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2741 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. " +msgstr "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. " + +#: src/http.c:2756 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)." +msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)." + +#: src/http.c:2765 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). " +msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). " + +#: src/init.c:387 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n" +msgstr "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n" + +#: src/init.c:450 src/netrc.c:267 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n" +msgstr "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n" + +#: src/init.c:468 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n" +msgstr "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n" + +#: src/init.c:474 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n" +msgstr "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n" + +#: src/init.c:479 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Unknown command `%s' in %s at line %d.\n" +msgstr "%s: Unknown command ‘%s’ in %s at line %d.\n" + +#: src/init.c:524 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:677 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Invalid --execute command `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: Invalid --execute command ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/init.c:722 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid boolean `%s'; use `on' or `off'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid boolean ‘%s’; use ‘on’ or ‘off’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:739 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid number `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid number ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:970 src/init.c:989 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid byte value `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid byte value ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/init.c:1014 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid time period `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid time period ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/init.c:1068 src/init.c:1158 src/init.c:1261 src/init.c:1286 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid value `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid value ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:1105 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid header `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid header ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:1171 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid progress type `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid progress type ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:1230 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s: %s: Invalid restriction `%s', use [unix|windows],[lowercase|uppercase]," +"[nocontrol].\n" +msgstr "" +"%s: %s: Invalid restriction ‘%s’, use [unix|windows],[lowercase|" +"uppercase],[nocontrol].\n" + +#: src/log.c:784 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"\n" +"%s received, redirecting output to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%s received, redirecting output to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/log.c:794 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"\n" +"%s received.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%s received.\n" + +#: src/log.c:795 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n" + +#: src/main.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n" +msgstr "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n" + +#: src/main.c:370 +msgid "" +"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/main.c:372 +msgid "Startup:\n" +msgstr "Startup:\n" + +#: src/main.c:374 +msgid " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n" +msgstr " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n" + +#: src/main.c:376 +msgid " -h, --help print this help.\n" +msgstr " -h, --help print this help.\n" + +#: src/main.c:378 +msgid " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n" +msgstr " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n" + +#: src/main.c:380 +msgid " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a `.wgetrc'-style command.\n" +msgstr " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a ‘.wgetrc’-style command.\n" + +#: src/main.c:384 +msgid "Logging and input file:\n" +msgstr "Logging and input file:\n" + +#: src/main.c:386 +msgid " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n" +msgstr " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:388 +msgid " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n" +msgstr " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:391 +msgid " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n" +msgstr " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n" + +#: src/main.c:395 +msgid " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n" +msgstr " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n" + +#: src/main.c:398 +msgid " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n" +msgstr " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n" + +#: src/main.c:400 +msgid " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n" +msgstr " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n" + +#: src/main.c:402 +msgid "" +" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n" +msgstr "" +" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n" + +#: src/main.c:404 +msgid " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n" +msgstr " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:406 +msgid " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n" +msgstr " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n" + +#: src/main.c:408 +msgid "" +" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n" +msgstr "" +" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:412 +msgid "Download:\n" +msgstr "Download:\n" + +#: src/main.c:414 +msgid "" +" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 " +"unlimits).\n" +msgstr "" +" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 " +"unlimits).\n" + +#: src/main.c:416 +msgid " --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n" +msgstr "" +" --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n" + +#: src/main.c:418 +msgid " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n" +msgstr " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:420 +msgid "" +" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n" +" existing files.\n" +msgstr "" +" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n" +" existing files.\n" + +#: src/main.c:423 +msgid "" +" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded " +"file.\n" +msgstr "" +" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded " +"file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:425 +msgid " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n" +msgstr " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n" + +#: src/main.c:427 +msgid "" +" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n" +" local.\n" +msgstr "" +" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n" +" local.\n" + +#: src/main.c:430 +msgid " -S, --server-response print server response.\n" +msgstr " -S, --server-response print server response.\n" + +#: src/main.c:432 +msgid " --spider don't download anything.\n" +msgstr " --spider don't download anything.\n" + +#: src/main.c:434 +msgid " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n" +msgstr " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:436 +msgid " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n" +msgstr " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:438 +msgid " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n" +msgstr " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:440 +msgid " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n" +msgstr " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:442 +msgid " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n" +msgstr " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n" + +#: src/main.c:444 +msgid "" +" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a " +"retrieval.\n" +msgstr "" +" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a " +"retrieval.\n" + +#: src/main.c:446 +msgid "" +" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between " +"retrievals.\n" +msgstr "" +" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between " +"retrievals.\n" + +#: src/main.c:448 +msgid " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n" +msgstr " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n" + +#: src/main.c:450 +msgid " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n" +msgstr " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n" + +#: src/main.c:452 +msgid " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n" +msgstr " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:454 +msgid "" +" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local " +"host.\n" +msgstr "" +" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local " +"host.\n" + +#: src/main.c:456 +msgid " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n" +msgstr " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:458 +msgid " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n" +msgstr " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n" + +#: src/main.c:460 +msgid "" +" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS " +"allows.\n" +msgstr "" +" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS " +"allows.\n" + +#: src/main.c:462 +msgid "" +" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/" +"directories.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/" +"directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:465 +msgid " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n" +msgstr " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n" + +#: src/main.c:467 +msgid " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n" +msgstr " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n" + +#: src/main.c:469 +msgid "" +" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified " +"family,\n" +" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n" +msgstr "" +" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified " +"family,\n" +" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n" + +#: src/main.c:473 +msgid " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n" +msgstr " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:475 +msgid "" +" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n" +msgstr "" +" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:479 +msgid "Directories:\n" +msgstr "Directories:\n" + +#: src/main.c:481 +msgid " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n" +msgstr " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:483 +msgid " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n" +msgstr " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:485 +msgid " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n" +msgstr " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:487 +msgid " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n" +msgstr " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:489 +msgid " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n" +msgstr " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n" + +#: src/main.c:491 +msgid "" +" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory " +"components.\n" +msgstr "" +" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory " +"components.\n" + +#: src/main.c:495 +msgid "HTTP options:\n" +msgstr "HTTP options:\n" + +#: src/main.c:497 +msgid " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n" +msgstr " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:499 +msgid " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n" +msgstr " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:501 +msgid " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n" +msgstr " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n" + +#: src/main.c:503 +msgid "" +" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with `.html' extension.\n" +msgstr "" +" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with ‘.html’ " +"extension.\n" + +#: src/main.c:505 +msgid " --ignore-length ignore `Content-Length' header field.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ignore-length ignore ‘Content-Length’ header field.\n" + +#: src/main.c:507 +msgid " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n" +msgstr " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n" + +#: src/main.c:509 +msgid " --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n" +msgstr "" +" --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n" + +#: src/main.c:511 +msgid " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n" +msgstr " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n" + +#: src/main.c:513 +msgid " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n" +msgstr " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n" + +#: src/main.c:515 +msgid "" +" --referer=URL include `Referer: URL' header in HTTP " +"request.\n" +msgstr "" +" --referer=URL include ‘Referer: URL’ header in HTTP " +"request.\n" + +#: src/main.c:517 +msgid " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n" +msgstr " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:519 +msgid "" +" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n" +msgstr "" +" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n" + +#: src/main.c:521 +msgid "" +" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent " +"connections).\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent " +"connections).\n" + +#: src/main.c:523 +msgid " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n" +msgstr " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n" + +#: src/main.c:525 +msgid " --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n" +msgstr "" +" --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n" + +#: src/main.c:527 +msgid " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n" +msgstr " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n" + +#: src/main.c:529 +msgid "" +" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) " +"cookies.\n" +msgstr "" +" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) " +"cookies.\n" + +#: src/main.c:531 +msgid "" +" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the " +"data.\n" +msgstr "" +" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the " +"data.\n" + +#: src/main.c:533 +msgid "" +" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n" +msgstr "" +" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:535 +msgid "" +" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n" + +#: src/main.c:540 +msgid "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n" +msgstr "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n" + +#: src/main.c:542 +msgid "" +" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n" +" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n" +msgstr "" +" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n" +" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n" + +#: src/main.c:545 +msgid "" +" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n" + +#: src/main.c:547 +msgid " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n" +msgstr " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:549 +msgid " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n" +msgstr " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:551 +msgid " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n" +msgstr " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:553 +msgid " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n" +msgstr " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:555 +msgid " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n" +msgstr " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n" + +#: src/main.c:557 +msgid "" +" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is " +"stored.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is " +"stored.\n" + +#: src/main.c:559 +msgid "" +" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL " +"PRNG.\n" +msgstr "" +" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL " +"PRNG.\n" + +#: src/main.c:561 +msgid "" +" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random " +"data.\n" +msgstr "" +" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random " +"data.\n" + +#: src/main.c:566 +msgid "FTP options:\n" +msgstr "FTP options:\n" + +#: src/main.c:568 +msgid " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n" +msgstr " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:570 +msgid " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n" +msgstr " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:572 +msgid " --no-remove-listing don't remove `.listing' files.\n" +msgstr " --no-remove-listing don't remove ‘.listing’ files.\n" + +#: src/main.c:574 +msgid " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n" +msgstr " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n" + +#: src/main.c:576 +msgid " --no-passive-ftp disable the \"passive\" transfer mode.\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-passive-ftp disable the “passive” transfer mode.\n" + +#: src/main.c:578 +msgid "" +" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not " +"dir).\n" +msgstr "" +" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not " +"dir).\n" + +#: src/main.c:580 +msgid " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n" +msgstr " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n" + +#: src/main.c:584 +msgid "Recursive download:\n" +msgstr "Recursive download:\n" + +#: src/main.c:586 +msgid " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n" +msgstr " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n" + +#: src/main.c:588 +msgid "" +" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for " +"infinite).\n" +msgstr "" +" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for " +"infinite).\n" + +#: src/main.c:590 +msgid "" +" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n" +msgstr "" +" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n" + +#: src/main.c:592 +msgid "" +" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local " +"files.\n" +msgstr "" +" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local " +"files.\n" + +#: src/main.c:594 +msgid "" +" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n" +msgstr "" +" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n" + +#: src/main.c:596 +msgid "" +" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n" +msgstr "" +" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n" + +#: src/main.c:598 +msgid "" +" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML " +"page.\n" +msgstr "" +" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML " +"page.\n" + +#: src/main.c:600 +msgid "" +" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML " +"comments.\n" +msgstr "" +" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML " +"comments.\n" + +#: src/main.c:604 +msgid "Recursive accept/reject:\n" +msgstr "Recursive accept/reject:\n" + +#: src/main.c:606 +msgid "" +" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"extensions.\n" +msgstr "" +" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"extensions.\n" + +#: src/main.c:608 +msgid "" +" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"extensions.\n" +msgstr "" +" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"extensions.\n" + +#: src/main.c:610 +msgid "" +" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"domains.\n" +msgstr "" +" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"domains.\n" + +#: src/main.c:612 +msgid "" +" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"domains.\n" +msgstr "" +" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"domains.\n" + +#: src/main.c:614 +msgid "" +" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n" +msgstr "" +" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n" + +#: src/main.c:616 +msgid "" +" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML " +"tags.\n" +msgstr "" +" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML " +"tags.\n" + +#: src/main.c:618 +msgid "" +" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML " +"tags.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML " +"tags.\n" + +#: src/main.c:620 +msgid "" +" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n" +msgstr "" +" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n" + +#: src/main.c:622 +msgid " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n" +msgstr " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n" + +#: src/main.c:624 +msgid " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n" +msgstr " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:626 +msgid " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n" +msgstr " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:628 +msgid "" +" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n" +msgstr "" +" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n" + +#: src/main.c:632 +msgid "Mail bug reports and suggestions to .\n" +msgstr "Mail bug reports and suggestions to .\n" + +#: src/main.c:637 +#, c-format +msgid "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n" +msgstr "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n" + +#: src/main.c:677 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" + +#: src/main.c:679 +msgid "" +"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n" +".\n" +"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n" +"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n" +msgstr "" +"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n" +".\n" +"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n" +"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n" + +#: src/main.c:684 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic .\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic .\n" + +#: src/main.c:686 +msgid "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan .\n" +msgstr "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan .\n" + +#: src/main.c:733 src/main.c:802 src/main.c:899 +#, c-format +msgid "Try `%s --help' for more options.\n" +msgstr "Try ‘%s --help’ for more options.\n" + +#: src/main.c:799 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: illegal option -- `-n%c'\n" +msgstr "%s: illegal option -- ‘-n%c’\n" + +#: src/main.c:854 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n" +msgstr "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n" + +#: src/main.c:860 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n" +msgstr "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n" + +#: src/main.c:868 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n" +msgstr "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n" + +#: src/main.c:878 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n" +msgstr "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n" + +#: src/main.c:886 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n" +msgstr "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n" + +#: src/main.c:894 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: missing URL\n" +msgstr "%s: missing URL\n" + +#: src/main.c:1020 +#, c-format +msgid "No URLs found in %s.\n" +msgstr "No URLs found in %s.\n" + +#: src/main.c:1038 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"FINISHED --%s--\n" +"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n" +msgstr "" +"FINISHED --%s--\n" +"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n" + +#: src/main.c:1047 +#, c-format +msgid "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n" +msgstr "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:97 +#, c-format +msgid "Continuing in background.\n" +msgstr "Continuing in background.\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:290 +#, c-format +msgid "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n" +msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:292 src/utils.c:330 +#, c-format +msgid "Output will be written to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Output will be written to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:460 src/mswindows.c:467 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n" +msgstr "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:375 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s:%d: warning: \"%s\" token appears before any machine name\n" +msgstr "%s: %s:%d: warning: “%s” token appears before any machine name\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:406 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s:%d: unknown token \"%s\"\n" +msgstr "%s: %s:%d: unknown token “%s”\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:470 +#, c-format +msgid "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n" +msgstr "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:480 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n" +msgstr "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:113 +msgid "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n" +msgstr "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:173 +msgid "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n" +msgstr "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:488 +msgid "ERROR" +msgstr "ERROR" + +#: src/openssl.c:488 +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "WARNING" + +#: src/openssl.c:497 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n" +msgstr "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:518 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by `%s':\n" +msgstr "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by ‘%s’:\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:526 +msgid " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n" +msgstr " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:530 +msgid " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n" +msgstr " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:533 +msgid " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n" +msgstr " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:536 +msgid " Issued certificate has expired.\n" +msgstr " Issued certificate has expired.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:568 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s: certificate common name `%s' doesn't match requested host name `%s'.\n" +msgstr "" +"%s: certificate common name ‘%s’ doesn't match requested host name ‘" +"%s’.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:581 +#, c-format +msgid "To connect to %s insecurely, use `--no-check-certificate'.\n" +msgstr "To connect to %s insecurely, use ‘--no-check-certificate’.\n" + +#: src/progress.c:239 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"\n" +"%*s[ skipping %sK ]" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%*s[ skipping %sK ]" + +#: src/progress.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid dot style specification `%s'; leaving unchanged.\n" +msgstr "Invalid dot style specification ‘%s’; leaving unchanged.\n" + +#: src/progress.c:947 +#, c-format +msgid " eta %s" +msgstr " eta %s" + +#: src/progress.c:962 +msgid " in " +msgstr " in " + +#: src/ptimer.c:160 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n" + +#: src/recur.c:379 +#, c-format +msgid "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n" +msgstr "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n" + +#: src/res.c:392 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open %s: %s" +msgstr "Cannot open %s: %s" + +#: src/res.c:544 +msgid "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n" +msgstr "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:652 +#, c-format +msgid "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n" +msgstr "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:660 +#, c-format +msgid "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n" +msgstr "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:746 +#, c-format +msgid "%d redirections exceeded.\n" +msgstr "%d redirections exceeded.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:881 +msgid "" +"Giving up.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Giving up.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/retr.c:881 +msgid "" +"Retrying.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Retrying.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/spider.c:74 +msgid "" +"Found no broken links.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Found no broken links.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/spider.c:81 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Found %d broken link.\n" +"\n" +msgid_plural "" +"Found %d broken links.\n" +"\n" +msgstr[0] "" +"Found %d broken link.\n" +"\n" +msgstr[1] "" +"Found %d broken links.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/spider.c:91 +#, c-format +msgid "%s\n" +msgstr "%s\n" + +#: src/url.c:620 +msgid "No error" +msgstr "No error" + +#: src/url.c:622 +msgid "Unsupported scheme" +msgstr "Unsupported scheme" + +#: src/url.c:624 +msgid "Invalid host name" +msgstr "Invalid host name" + +#: src/url.c:626 +msgid "Bad port number" +msgstr "Bad port number" + +#: src/url.c:628 +msgid "Invalid user name" +msgstr "Invalid user name" + +#: src/url.c:630 +msgid "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address" +msgstr "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address" + +#: src/url.c:632 +msgid "IPv6 addresses not supported" +msgstr "IPv6 addresses not supported" + +#: src/url.c:634 +msgid "Invalid IPv6 numeric address" +msgstr "Invalid IPv6 numeric address" + +#: src/utils.c:328 +#, c-format +msgid "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n" +msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n" + +#: src/utils.c:376 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed to unlink symlink `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Failed to unlink symlink ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/xmalloc.c:63 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n" diff --git a/po/en@quot.header b/po/en@quot.header new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9647fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@quot.header @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# diff --git a/po/en@quot.po b/po/en@quot.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..830bb79d --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@quot.po @@ -0,0 +1,1822 @@ +# English translations for GNU wget package. +# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU wget package. +# Automatically generated, 2007. +# +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: GNU wget 1.10+devel\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: wget@sunsite.dk\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/connect.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unable to resolve bind address `%s'; disabling bind.\n" +msgstr "%s: unable to resolve bind address ‘%s’; disabling bind.\n" + +#: src/connect.c:268 +#, c-format +msgid "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... " +msgstr "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... " + +#: src/connect.c:271 +#, c-format +msgid "Connecting to %s:%d... " +msgstr "Connecting to %s:%d... " + +#: src/connect.c:331 +msgid "connected.\n" +msgstr "connected.\n" + +#: src/connect.c:343 src/host.c:753 src/host.c:782 +#, c-format +msgid "failed: %s.\n" +msgstr "failed: %s.\n" + +#: src/connect.c:367 src/http.c:1629 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unable to resolve host address `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: unable to resolve host address ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/convert.c:171 +#, c-format +msgid "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n" +msgstr "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n" + +#: src/convert.c:196 +#, c-format +msgid "Converting %s... " +msgstr "Converting %s... " + +#: src/convert.c:209 +msgid "nothing to do.\n" +msgstr "nothing to do.\n" + +#: src/convert.c:217 src/convert.c:241 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n" + +#: src/convert.c:232 +#, c-format +msgid "Unable to delete `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Unable to delete ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/convert.c:441 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:444 +#, c-format +msgid "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n" +msgstr "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:686 +#, c-format +msgid "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n" +msgstr "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:1133 src/cookies.c:1251 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open cookies file `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot open cookies file ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:1288 +#, c-format +msgid "Error writing to `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Error writing to ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/cookies.c:1291 +#, c-format +msgid "Error closing `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Error closing ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:837 +msgid "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n" +msgstr "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n" + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:883 src/ftp-ls.c:885 +#, c-format +msgid "Index of /%s on %s:%d" +msgstr "Index of /%s on %s:%d" + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:908 +#, c-format +msgid "time unknown " +msgstr "time unknown " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:912 +#, c-format +msgid "File " +msgstr "File " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:915 +#, c-format +msgid "Directory " +msgstr "Directory " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:918 +#, c-format +msgid "Link " +msgstr "Link " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:921 +#, c-format +msgid "Not sure " +msgstr "Not sure " + +#: src/ftp-ls.c:939 +#, c-format +msgid " (%s bytes)" +msgstr " (%s bytes)" + +#: src/ftp.c:214 +#, c-format +msgid "Length: %s" +msgstr "Length: %s" + +#: src/ftp.c:220 src/http.c:2174 +#, c-format +msgid ", %s (%s) remaining" +msgstr ", %s (%s) remaining" + +#: src/ftp.c:224 src/http.c:2178 +#, c-format +msgid ", %s remaining" +msgstr ", %s remaining" + +#: src/ftp.c:227 +msgid " (unauthoritative)\n" +msgstr " (unauthoritative)\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:303 +#, c-format +msgid "Logging in as %s ... " +msgstr "Logging in as %s ... " + +#: src/ftp.c:316 src/ftp.c:362 src/ftp.c:391 src/ftp.c:443 src/ftp.c:555 +#: src/ftp.c:601 src/ftp.c:630 src/ftp.c:687 src/ftp.c:748 src/ftp.c:808 +#: src/ftp.c:855 +msgid "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:323 +msgid "Error in server greeting.\n" +msgstr "Error in server greeting.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:330 src/ftp.c:451 src/ftp.c:563 src/ftp.c:638 src/ftp.c:697 +#: src/ftp.c:758 src/ftp.c:818 src/ftp.c:865 +msgid "Write failed, closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "Write failed, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:336 +msgid "The server refuses login.\n" +msgstr "The server refuses login.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:342 +msgid "Login incorrect.\n" +msgstr "Login incorrect.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:348 +msgid "Logged in!\n" +msgstr "Logged in!\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:370 +msgid "Server error, can't determine system type.\n" +msgstr "Server error, can't determine system type.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:379 src/ftp.c:674 src/ftp.c:731 src/ftp.c:774 +msgid "done. " +msgstr "done. " + +#: src/ftp.c:431 src/ftp.c:580 src/ftp.c:613 src/ftp.c:838 src/ftp.c:884 +msgid "done.\n" +msgstr "done.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:458 +#, c-format +msgid "Unknown type `%c', closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "Unknown type ‘%c’, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:470 +msgid "done. " +msgstr "done. " + +#: src/ftp.c:476 +msgid "==> CWD not needed.\n" +msgstr "==> CWD not needed.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:569 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"No such directory `%s'.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No such directory ‘%s’.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:584 +msgid "==> CWD not required.\n" +msgstr "==> CWD not required.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:644 +msgid "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n" +msgstr "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:648 +msgid "Cannot parse PASV response.\n" +msgstr "Cannot parse PASV response.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:665 +#, c-format +msgid "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n" +msgstr "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:713 +#, c-format +msgid "Bind error (%s).\n" +msgstr "Bind error (%s).\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:719 +msgid "Invalid PORT.\n" +msgstr "Invalid PORT.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:765 +msgid "" +"\n" +"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:826 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"No such file `%s'.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No such file ‘%s’.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:873 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"No such file or directory `%s'.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"No such file or directory ‘%s’.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:935 src/http.c:2236 +#, c-format +msgid "%s has sprung into existence.\n" +msgstr "%s has sprung into existence.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:987 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:996 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; " +msgstr "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; " + +#: src/ftp.c:1011 +msgid "Control connection closed.\n" +msgstr "Control connection closed.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1029 +msgid "Data transfer aborted.\n" +msgstr "Data transfer aborted.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1097 +#, c-format +msgid "File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n" +msgstr "File ‘%s’ already there; not retrieving.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1165 src/http.c:2394 +#, c-format +msgid "(try:%2d)" +msgstr "(try:%2d)" + +#: src/ftp.c:1235 src/http.c:2717 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s (%s) - ‘%s’ saved [%s]\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1277 src/main.c:1005 src/recur.c:378 src/retr.c:860 +#, c-format +msgid "Removing %s.\n" +msgstr "Removing %s.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1319 +#, c-format +msgid "Using `%s' as listing tmp file.\n" +msgstr "Using ‘%s’ as listing tmp file.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1334 +#, c-format +msgid "Removed `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Removed ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1367 +#, c-format +msgid "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n" +msgstr "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1437 +#, c-format +msgid "Remote file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n" +msgstr "Remote file no newer than local file ‘%s’ -- not retrieving.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1444 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Remote file is newer than local file `%s' -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file is newer than local file ‘%s’ -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1451 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1469 +msgid "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n" +msgstr "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1486 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n" +"\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1494 +#, c-format +msgid "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n" +msgstr "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1504 +#, c-format +msgid "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1516 +#, c-format +msgid "Skipping directory `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Skipping directory ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1525 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n" +msgstr "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1552 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n" +msgstr "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1580 +#, c-format +msgid "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n" +msgstr "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1630 +#, c-format +msgid "Not descending to `%s' as it is excluded/not-included.\n" +msgstr "Not descending to ‘%s’ as it is excluded/not-included.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1696 src/ftp.c:1710 +#, c-format +msgid "Rejecting `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Rejecting ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1758 +#, c-format +msgid "No matches on pattern `%s'.\n" +msgstr "No matches on pattern ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1824 +#, c-format +msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s' [%s].\n" +msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘%s’ [%s].\n" + +#: src/ftp.c:1829 +#, c-format +msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:670 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘%s’ is ambiguous\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:695 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘--%s’ doesn't allow an argument\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:700 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘%c%s’ doesn't allow an argument\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:718 src/getopt.c:891 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘%s’ requires an argument\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:747 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘--%s’\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:751 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘%c%s’\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:777 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" +msgstr "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:780 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" +msgstr "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:810 src/getopt.c:940 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" +msgstr "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:857 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘-W %s’ is ambiguous\n" + +#: src/getopt.c:875 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" +msgstr "%s: option ‘-W %s’ doesn't allow an argument\n" + +#: src/host.c:348 +msgid "Unknown host" +msgstr "Unknown host" + +#: src/host.c:352 +msgid "Temporary failure in name resolution" +msgstr "Temporary failure in name resolution" + +#: src/host.c:354 +msgid "Unknown error" +msgstr "Unknown error" + +#: src/host.c:715 +#, c-format +msgid "Resolving %s... " +msgstr "Resolving %s... " + +#: src/host.c:762 +msgid "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n" +msgstr "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n" + +#: src/host.c:785 +msgid "failed: timed out.\n" +msgstr "failed: timed out.\n" + +#: src/html-url.c:289 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n" +msgstr "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n" + +#: src/html-url.c:696 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n" +msgstr "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n" + +#: src/http.c:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n" +msgstr "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n" + +#: src/http.c:737 +msgid "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9" +msgstr "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9" + +#: src/http.c:1414 +msgid "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n" +msgstr "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1567 +#, c-format +msgid "POST data file `%s' missing: %s\n" +msgstr "POST data file ‘%s’ missing: %s\n" + +#: src/http.c:1616 +#, c-format +msgid "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n" +msgstr "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1684 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n" +msgstr "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n" + +#: src/http.c:1704 +#, c-format +msgid "Proxy tunneling failed: %s" +msgstr "Proxy tunneling failed: %s" + +#: src/http.c:1749 +#, c-format +msgid "%s request sent, awaiting response... " +msgstr "%s request sent, awaiting response... " + +#: src/http.c:1760 +msgid "No data received.\n" +msgstr "No data received.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1767 +#, c-format +msgid "Read error (%s) in headers.\n" +msgstr "Read error (%s) in headers.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1813 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"File ‘%s’ already there; not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:1966 +msgid "Unknown authentication scheme.\n" +msgstr "Unknown authentication scheme.\n" + +#: src/http.c:1997 +msgid "Authorization failed.\n" +msgstr "Authorization failed.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2011 +msgid "Malformed status line" +msgstr "Malformed status line" + +#: src/http.c:2013 +msgid "(no description)" +msgstr "(no description)" + +#: src/http.c:2076 +#, c-format +msgid "Location: %s%s\n" +msgstr "Location: %s%s\n" + +#: src/http.c:2077 src/http.c:2184 +msgid "unspecified" +msgstr "unspecified" + +#: src/http.c:2078 +msgid " [following]" +msgstr " [following]" + +#: src/http.c:2134 +msgid "" +"\n" +" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2164 +msgid "Length: " +msgstr "Length: " + +#: src/http.c:2184 +msgid "ignored" +msgstr "ignored" + +#: src/http.c:2255 +#, c-format +msgid "Saving to: `%s'\n" +msgstr "Saving to: ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/http.c:2336 +msgid "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n" +msgstr "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2383 +msgid "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n" +msgstr "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2468 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot write to `%s' (%s).\n" +msgstr "Cannot write to ‘%s’ (%s).\n" + +#: src/http.c:2477 +msgid "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n" +msgstr "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2485 +#, c-format +msgid "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n" +msgstr "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2531 +msgid "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n" +msgstr "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n" + +#: src/http.c:2536 +#, c-format +msgid "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n" +msgstr "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2552 +msgid "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n" +msgstr "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2560 +msgid "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n" +msgstr "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2590 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Server file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Server file no newer than local file ‘%s’ -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2598 +#, c-format +msgid "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" +msgstr "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2605 +msgid "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n" +msgstr "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n" + +#: src/http.c:2621 +msgid "" +"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- " +"retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- " +"retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2626 +msgid "" +"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2634 +msgid "" +"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2686 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s/%s]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s (%s) - ‘%s’ saved [%s/%s]\n" +"\n" + +#: src/http.c:2741 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. " +msgstr "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. " + +#: src/http.c:2756 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)." +msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)." + +#: src/http.c:2765 +#, c-format +msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). " +msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). " + +#: src/init.c:387 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n" +msgstr "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n" + +#: src/init.c:450 src/netrc.c:267 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n" +msgstr "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n" + +#: src/init.c:468 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n" +msgstr "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n" + +#: src/init.c:474 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n" +msgstr "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n" + +#: src/init.c:479 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Unknown command `%s' in %s at line %d.\n" +msgstr "%s: Unknown command ‘%s’ in %s at line %d.\n" + +#: src/init.c:524 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:677 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Invalid --execute command `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: Invalid --execute command ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/init.c:722 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid boolean `%s'; use `on' or `off'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid boolean ‘%s’; use ‘on’ or ‘off’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:739 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid number `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid number ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:970 src/init.c:989 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid byte value `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid byte value ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/init.c:1014 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid time period `%s'\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid time period ‘%s’\n" + +#: src/init.c:1068 src/init.c:1158 src/init.c:1261 src/init.c:1286 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid value `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid value ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:1105 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid header `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid header ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:1171 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Invalid progress type `%s'.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid progress type ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/init.c:1230 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s: %s: Invalid restriction `%s', use [unix|windows],[lowercase|uppercase]," +"[nocontrol].\n" +msgstr "" +"%s: %s: Invalid restriction ‘%s’, use [unix|windows],[lowercase|uppercase]," +"[nocontrol].\n" + +#: src/log.c:784 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"\n" +"%s received, redirecting output to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%s received, redirecting output to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/log.c:794 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"\n" +"%s received.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%s received.\n" + +#: src/log.c:795 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n" + +#: src/main.c:358 +#, c-format +msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n" +msgstr "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n" + +#: src/main.c:370 +msgid "" +"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/main.c:372 +msgid "Startup:\n" +msgstr "Startup:\n" + +#: src/main.c:374 +msgid " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n" +msgstr " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n" + +#: src/main.c:376 +msgid " -h, --help print this help.\n" +msgstr " -h, --help print this help.\n" + +#: src/main.c:378 +msgid " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n" +msgstr " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n" + +#: src/main.c:380 +msgid " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a `.wgetrc'-style command.\n" +msgstr " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a ‘.wgetrc’-style command.\n" + +#: src/main.c:384 +msgid "Logging and input file:\n" +msgstr "Logging and input file:\n" + +#: src/main.c:386 +msgid " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n" +msgstr " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:388 +msgid " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n" +msgstr " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:391 +msgid " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n" +msgstr " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n" + +#: src/main.c:395 +msgid " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n" +msgstr " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n" + +#: src/main.c:398 +msgid " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n" +msgstr " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n" + +#: src/main.c:400 +msgid " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n" +msgstr " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n" + +#: src/main.c:402 +msgid "" +" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n" +msgstr "" +" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n" + +#: src/main.c:404 +msgid " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n" +msgstr " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:406 +msgid " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n" +msgstr " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n" + +#: src/main.c:408 +msgid "" +" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n" +msgstr "" +" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:412 +msgid "Download:\n" +msgstr "Download:\n" + +#: src/main.c:414 +msgid "" +" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 " +"unlimits).\n" +msgstr "" +" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 " +"unlimits).\n" + +#: src/main.c:416 +msgid " --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n" +msgstr "" +" --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n" + +#: src/main.c:418 +msgid " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n" +msgstr " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:420 +msgid "" +" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n" +" existing files.\n" +msgstr "" +" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n" +" existing files.\n" + +#: src/main.c:423 +msgid "" +" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded " +"file.\n" +msgstr "" +" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded " +"file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:425 +msgid " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n" +msgstr " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n" + +#: src/main.c:427 +msgid "" +" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n" +" local.\n" +msgstr "" +" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n" +" local.\n" + +#: src/main.c:430 +msgid " -S, --server-response print server response.\n" +msgstr " -S, --server-response print server response.\n" + +#: src/main.c:432 +msgid " --spider don't download anything.\n" +msgstr " --spider don't download anything.\n" + +#: src/main.c:434 +msgid " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n" +msgstr " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:436 +msgid " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n" +msgstr " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:438 +msgid " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n" +msgstr " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:440 +msgid " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n" +msgstr " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:442 +msgid " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n" +msgstr " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n" + +#: src/main.c:444 +msgid "" +" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a " +"retrieval.\n" +msgstr "" +" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a " +"retrieval.\n" + +#: src/main.c:446 +msgid "" +" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between " +"retrievals.\n" +msgstr "" +" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between " +"retrievals.\n" + +#: src/main.c:448 +msgid " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n" +msgstr " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n" + +#: src/main.c:450 +msgid " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n" +msgstr " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n" + +#: src/main.c:452 +msgid " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n" +msgstr " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:454 +msgid "" +" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local " +"host.\n" +msgstr "" +" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local " +"host.\n" + +#: src/main.c:456 +msgid " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n" +msgstr " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:458 +msgid " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n" +msgstr " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n" + +#: src/main.c:460 +msgid "" +" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS " +"allows.\n" +msgstr "" +" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS " +"allows.\n" + +#: src/main.c:462 +msgid "" +" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/" +"directories.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/" +"directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:465 +msgid " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n" +msgstr " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n" + +#: src/main.c:467 +msgid " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n" +msgstr " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n" + +#: src/main.c:469 +msgid "" +" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified " +"family,\n" +" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n" +msgstr "" +" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified " +"family,\n" +" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n" + +#: src/main.c:473 +msgid " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n" +msgstr " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:475 +msgid "" +" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n" +msgstr "" +" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:479 +msgid "Directories:\n" +msgstr "Directories:\n" + +#: src/main.c:481 +msgid " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n" +msgstr " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:483 +msgid " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n" +msgstr " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:485 +msgid " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n" +msgstr " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:487 +msgid " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n" +msgstr " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:489 +msgid " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n" +msgstr " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n" + +#: src/main.c:491 +msgid "" +" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory " +"components.\n" +msgstr "" +" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory " +"components.\n" + +#: src/main.c:495 +msgid "HTTP options:\n" +msgstr "HTTP options:\n" + +#: src/main.c:497 +msgid " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n" +msgstr " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:499 +msgid " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n" +msgstr " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:501 +msgid " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n" +msgstr " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n" + +#: src/main.c:503 +msgid "" +" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with `.html' extension.\n" +msgstr "" +" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with ‘.html’ extension.\n" + +#: src/main.c:505 +msgid " --ignore-length ignore `Content-Length' header field.\n" +msgstr " --ignore-length ignore ‘Content-Length’ header field.\n" + +#: src/main.c:507 +msgid " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n" +msgstr " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n" + +#: src/main.c:509 +msgid " --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n" +msgstr "" +" --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n" + +#: src/main.c:511 +msgid " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n" +msgstr " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n" + +#: src/main.c:513 +msgid " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n" +msgstr " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n" + +#: src/main.c:515 +msgid "" +" --referer=URL include `Referer: URL' header in HTTP " +"request.\n" +msgstr "" +" --referer=URL include ‘Referer: URL’ header in HTTP " +"request.\n" + +#: src/main.c:517 +msgid " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n" +msgstr " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:519 +msgid "" +" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n" +msgstr "" +" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n" + +#: src/main.c:521 +msgid "" +" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent " +"connections).\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent " +"connections).\n" + +#: src/main.c:523 +msgid " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n" +msgstr " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n" + +#: src/main.c:525 +msgid " --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n" +msgstr "" +" --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n" + +#: src/main.c:527 +msgid " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n" +msgstr " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n" + +#: src/main.c:529 +msgid "" +" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) " +"cookies.\n" +msgstr "" +" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) " +"cookies.\n" + +#: src/main.c:531 +msgid "" +" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the " +"data.\n" +msgstr "" +" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the " +"data.\n" + +#: src/main.c:533 +msgid "" +" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n" +msgstr "" +" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n" + +#: src/main.c:535 +msgid "" +" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n" + +#: src/main.c:540 +msgid "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n" +msgstr "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n" + +#: src/main.c:542 +msgid "" +" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n" +" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n" +msgstr "" +" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n" +" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n" + +#: src/main.c:545 +msgid "" +" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n" +msgstr "" +" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n" + +#: src/main.c:547 +msgid " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n" +msgstr " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:549 +msgid " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n" +msgstr " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:551 +msgid " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n" +msgstr " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n" + +#: src/main.c:553 +msgid " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n" +msgstr " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:555 +msgid " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n" +msgstr " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n" + +#: src/main.c:557 +msgid "" +" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is " +"stored.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is " +"stored.\n" + +#: src/main.c:559 +msgid "" +" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL " +"PRNG.\n" +msgstr "" +" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL " +"PRNG.\n" + +#: src/main.c:561 +msgid "" +" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random " +"data.\n" +msgstr "" +" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random " +"data.\n" + +#: src/main.c:566 +msgid "FTP options:\n" +msgstr "FTP options:\n" + +#: src/main.c:568 +msgid " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n" +msgstr " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n" + +#: src/main.c:570 +msgid " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n" +msgstr " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n" + +#: src/main.c:572 +msgid " --no-remove-listing don't remove `.listing' files.\n" +msgstr " --no-remove-listing don't remove ‘.listing’ files.\n" + +#: src/main.c:574 +msgid " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n" +msgstr " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n" + +#: src/main.c:576 +msgid " --no-passive-ftp disable the \"passive\" transfer mode.\n" +msgstr " --no-passive-ftp disable the “passive” transfer mode.\n" + +#: src/main.c:578 +msgid "" +" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not " +"dir).\n" +msgstr "" +" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not " +"dir).\n" + +#: src/main.c:580 +msgid " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n" +msgstr " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n" + +#: src/main.c:584 +msgid "Recursive download:\n" +msgstr "Recursive download:\n" + +#: src/main.c:586 +msgid " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n" +msgstr " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n" + +#: src/main.c:588 +msgid "" +" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for " +"infinite).\n" +msgstr "" +" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for " +"infinite).\n" + +#: src/main.c:590 +msgid "" +" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n" +msgstr "" +" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n" + +#: src/main.c:592 +msgid "" +" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local " +"files.\n" +msgstr "" +" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local " +"files.\n" + +#: src/main.c:594 +msgid "" +" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n" +msgstr "" +" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n" + +#: src/main.c:596 +msgid "" +" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n" +msgstr "" +" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n" + +#: src/main.c:598 +msgid "" +" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML " +"page.\n" +msgstr "" +" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML " +"page.\n" + +#: src/main.c:600 +msgid "" +" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML " +"comments.\n" +msgstr "" +" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML " +"comments.\n" + +#: src/main.c:604 +msgid "Recursive accept/reject:\n" +msgstr "Recursive accept/reject:\n" + +#: src/main.c:606 +msgid "" +" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"extensions.\n" +msgstr "" +" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"extensions.\n" + +#: src/main.c:608 +msgid "" +" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"extensions.\n" +msgstr "" +" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"extensions.\n" + +#: src/main.c:610 +msgid "" +" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"domains.\n" +msgstr "" +" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted " +"domains.\n" + +#: src/main.c:612 +msgid "" +" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"domains.\n" +msgstr "" +" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected " +"domains.\n" + +#: src/main.c:614 +msgid "" +" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n" +msgstr "" +" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n" + +#: src/main.c:616 +msgid "" +" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML " +"tags.\n" +msgstr "" +" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML " +"tags.\n" + +#: src/main.c:618 +msgid "" +" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML " +"tags.\n" +msgstr "" +" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML " +"tags.\n" + +#: src/main.c:620 +msgid "" +" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n" +msgstr "" +" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n" + +#: src/main.c:622 +msgid " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n" +msgstr " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n" + +#: src/main.c:624 +msgid " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n" +msgstr " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:626 +msgid " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n" +msgstr " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n" + +#: src/main.c:628 +msgid "" +" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n" +msgstr "" +" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n" + +#: src/main.c:632 +msgid "Mail bug reports and suggestions to .\n" +msgstr "Mail bug reports and suggestions to .\n" + +#: src/main.c:637 +#, c-format +msgid "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n" +msgstr "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n" + +#: src/main.c:677 +msgid "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" +msgstr "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" + +#: src/main.c:679 +msgid "" +"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n" +".\n" +"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n" +"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n" +msgstr "" +"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n" +".\n" +"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n" +"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n" + +#: src/main.c:684 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic .\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic .\n" + +#: src/main.c:686 +msgid "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan .\n" +msgstr "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan .\n" + +#: src/main.c:733 src/main.c:802 src/main.c:899 +#, c-format +msgid "Try `%s --help' for more options.\n" +msgstr "Try ‘%s --help’ for more options.\n" + +#: src/main.c:799 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: illegal option -- `-n%c'\n" +msgstr "%s: illegal option -- ‘-n%c’\n" + +#: src/main.c:854 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n" +msgstr "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n" + +#: src/main.c:860 +#, c-format +msgid "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n" +msgstr "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n" + +#: src/main.c:868 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n" +msgstr "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n" + +#: src/main.c:878 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n" +msgstr "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n" + +#: src/main.c:886 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n" +msgstr "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n" + +#: src/main.c:894 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: missing URL\n" +msgstr "%s: missing URL\n" + +#: src/main.c:1020 +#, c-format +msgid "No URLs found in %s.\n" +msgstr "No URLs found in %s.\n" + +#: src/main.c:1038 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"FINISHED --%s--\n" +"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n" +msgstr "" +"FINISHED --%s--\n" +"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n" + +#: src/main.c:1047 +#, c-format +msgid "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n" +msgstr "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:97 +#, c-format +msgid "Continuing in background.\n" +msgstr "Continuing in background.\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:290 +#, c-format +msgid "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n" +msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:292 src/utils.c:330 +#, c-format +msgid "Output will be written to `%s'.\n" +msgstr "Output will be written to ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/mswindows.c:460 src/mswindows.c:467 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n" +msgstr "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:375 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s:%d: warning: \"%s\" token appears before any machine name\n" +msgstr "%s: %s:%d: warning: “%s” token appears before any machine name\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:406 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s:%d: unknown token \"%s\"\n" +msgstr "%s: %s:%d: unknown token “%s”\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:470 +#, c-format +msgid "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n" +msgstr "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n" + +#: src/netrc.c:480 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n" +msgstr "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:113 +msgid "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n" +msgstr "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:173 +msgid "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n" +msgstr "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:488 +msgid "ERROR" +msgstr "ERROR" + +#: src/openssl.c:488 +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "WARNING" + +#: src/openssl.c:497 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n" +msgstr "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:518 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by `%s':\n" +msgstr "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by ‘%s’:\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:526 +msgid " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n" +msgstr " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:530 +msgid " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n" +msgstr " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:533 +msgid " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n" +msgstr " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:536 +msgid " Issued certificate has expired.\n" +msgstr " Issued certificate has expired.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:568 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s: certificate common name `%s' doesn't match requested host name `%s'.\n" +msgstr "" +"%s: certificate common name ‘%s’ doesn't match requested host name ‘%s’.\n" + +#: src/openssl.c:581 +#, c-format +msgid "To connect to %s insecurely, use `--no-check-certificate'.\n" +msgstr "To connect to %s insecurely, use ‘--no-check-certificate’.\n" + +#: src/progress.c:239 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"\n" +"%*s[ skipping %sK ]" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%*s[ skipping %sK ]" + +#: src/progress.c:453 +#, c-format +msgid "Invalid dot style specification `%s'; leaving unchanged.\n" +msgstr "Invalid dot style specification ‘%s’; leaving unchanged.\n" + +#: src/progress.c:947 +#, c-format +msgid " eta %s" +msgstr " eta %s" + +#: src/progress.c:962 +msgid " in " +msgstr " in " + +#: src/ptimer.c:160 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n" +msgstr "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n" + +#: src/recur.c:379 +#, c-format +msgid "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n" +msgstr "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n" + +#: src/res.c:392 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open %s: %s" +msgstr "Cannot open %s: %s" + +#: src/res.c:544 +msgid "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n" +msgstr "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:652 +#, c-format +msgid "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n" +msgstr "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:660 +#, c-format +msgid "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n" +msgstr "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:746 +#, c-format +msgid "%d redirections exceeded.\n" +msgstr "%d redirections exceeded.\n" + +#: src/retr.c:881 +msgid "" +"Giving up.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Giving up.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/retr.c:881 +msgid "" +"Retrying.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Retrying.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/spider.c:74 +msgid "" +"Found no broken links.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Found no broken links.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/spider.c:81 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Found %d broken link.\n" +"\n" +msgid_plural "" +"Found %d broken links.\n" +"\n" +msgstr[0] "" +"Found %d broken link.\n" +"\n" +msgstr[1] "" +"Found %d broken links.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/spider.c:91 +#, c-format +msgid "%s\n" +msgstr "%s\n" + +#: src/url.c:620 +msgid "No error" +msgstr "No error" + +#: src/url.c:622 +msgid "Unsupported scheme" +msgstr "Unsupported scheme" + +#: src/url.c:624 +msgid "Invalid host name" +msgstr "Invalid host name" + +#: src/url.c:626 +msgid "Bad port number" +msgstr "Bad port number" + +#: src/url.c:628 +msgid "Invalid user name" +msgstr "Invalid user name" + +#: src/url.c:630 +msgid "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address" +msgstr "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address" + +#: src/url.c:632 +msgid "IPv6 addresses not supported" +msgstr "IPv6 addresses not supported" + +#: src/url.c:634 +msgid "Invalid IPv6 numeric address" +msgstr "Invalid IPv6 numeric address" + +#: src/utils.c:328 +#, c-format +msgid "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n" +msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n" + +#: src/utils.c:376 +#, c-format +msgid "Failed to unlink symlink `%s': %s\n" +msgstr "Failed to unlink symlink ‘%s’: %s\n" + +#: src/xmalloc.c:63 +#, c-format +msgid "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n" +msgstr "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n" diff --git a/po/insert-header.sin b/po/insert-header.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b26de01f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/insert-header.sin @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. +# +# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following +# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following +# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following +# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^msgid /{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/m/m/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. +r HEADER +# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the +# current line while doing this. +g +N +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/quot.sed b/po/quot.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0122c463 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/quot.sed @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g +s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g +s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g +s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g +s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g +s/“”/""/g diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sin b/po/remove-potcdate.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2436c49e --- /dev/null +++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sin @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry +# from a POT file. +# +# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the +# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/P/P/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. +g +d +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/src/ChangeLog b/src/ChangeLog index e6e4d480..7fdcb2b6 100644 --- a/src/ChangeLog +++ b/src/ChangeLog @@ -1,8 +1,82 @@ +2007-10-18 Micah Cowan + + * Makefile.am: version.c should not be distributed. + +2007-10-15 Micah Cowan + + * Makefile.am: Remove intermediary hg-id file generation, make + version.c-generation more portable. + +2007-10-14 Micah Cowan + + * cmpt.c, cookies.c, ftp-basic.c, ftp-ls.c, ftp.c, hash.c, + host.c, html-parse.c, html-url.c, http-ntlm.c, http.c, init.c, + log.c, main.c, netrc.c, openssl.c, res.c, url.c, utils.c, + wget.h: Replace uses of ISSPACE, etc with c_isspace, etc. + * gnu-md5.c, gnu-md5.h: Removed, in deference to gnulib. + * Makefile.am: Removed gnu-md5.h from wget_SOURCES. + * gen-md5.c: Changed #inclusion of gnu-md5.h to md5.h (gnulib's). + * recur.c (download_child_p): Print error if unlink of + robots.txt fails. + * main.c (main): --spider or --delete-after now implies + --no-directories (thanks, Josh Williams). + +2007-10-14 Joshua David Williams + + * recur.c (download_child_p): Remove robots.txt if + --delete-after or --spider is on. + +2007-10-13 Micah Cowan + + * Makefile.am: Make version.c depend on Wget dependencies (source + files, plus such things as LIBOBJS so we get things like + http-ntlm.c). Removed getopt.[ch], as we're now using gnulib for + these. + +2007-10-10 Micah Cowan + + * http-ntlm.c: Include openssl/opensslv.h explicitly, instead of + hoping it'll be included by accident in openssl/des.h. + +2007-10-09 Gisle Vanem + + * mswindows.c: 'argc' and 'argv' in 'windows_main()' are no longer + needed. Hence simply the prototype. Free 'exec_name' at exit. + +2007-10-09 Micah Cowan + + * gettext.h: Imported from /usr/share/gettext, fuller handling + of --disable-nls. + * wget.h: Remove logic for handling lack of NLS (now in + gettext.h). + * main.c: Use gettext's ENABLE_NLS rather than HAVE_NLS. + * Makefile.am: added @LIBINTL@ to LIBS (though it probably + belongs in LDADD, along with everything else currently assigned + to LIBS). + +2007-10-08 Micah Cowan + + * http.c (http_loop): Add send_head_first conditional back + around code that needs it, but not around the last-modified + header-parsing stuff this time. Removed no-longer-useful (was it + ever?) restart_loop boolean, continuing unconditionally at end + of send_head_first conditional block (if we haven't jumped out). + 2007-10-04 Micah Cowan * http.c (http_loop): We've got_name if content_disposition support isn't on; make sure we continue properly in that case, even though we're not sending HEAD. + * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am. + * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in. + +2007-10-02 Gisle Vanem + + * ftp.c: Use "_listing" for MSDOS (".listing" is illegal). + + * url.c: Update comment for 'filechr_not_windows'. + + * utils.c: Include for 'getpid()' on Watcom. 2007-10-02 Micah Cowan diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c203f5c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# Makefile for `wget' utility +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, +# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with Wget. If not, see . + +# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation +# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the +# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it +# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute +# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License +# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you +# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the +# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do +# so, delete this exception statement from your version. + +# +# Version: @VERSION@ +# + +# The following line is losing on some versions of make! +DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" +LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@ @LIBINTL@ + +bin_PROGRAMS = wget +wget_SOURCES = cmpt.c connect.c convert.c cookies.c ftp.c ftp-basic.c \ + ftp-ls.c hash.c host.c html-parse.c html-url.c http.c \ + init.c log.c main.c netrc.c progress.c ptimer.c recur.c \ + res.c retr.c snprintf.c spider.c url.c \ + utils.c xmalloc.c \ + config-post.h connect.h convert.h cookies.h \ + ftp.h gen-md5.h hash.h host.h html-parse.h \ + http.h http-ntlm.h init.h log.h mswindows.h netrc.h \ + options.h progress.h ptimer.h recur.h res.h retr.h \ + spider.h ssl.h sysdep.h url.h utils.h wget.h xmalloc.h +nodist_wget_SOURCES = version.c +EXTRA_wget_SOURCES = mswindows.c +LDADD = $(ALLOCA) $(LIBOBJS) ../lib/libgnu.a +AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib + +version.c: $(wget_SOURCES) $(LDADD) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am + echo 'const char *version_string = "@VERSION@"' > $@ + -hg log -r . --template='" ({node|short})"\n' 2>/dev/null >> $@ + echo ';' >> $@ + +check_LIBRARIES = libunittest.a +libunittest_a_SOURCES = $(wget_SOURCES) test.c test.h +libunittest_a_CPPFLAGS = -DTESTING +libunittest_a_LIBADD = $(ALLOCA) $(LIBOBJS) + +CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* version.c diff --git a/src/Makefile.in b/src/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 24bc1cba..00000000 --- a/src/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for `wget' utility -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, -# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with Wget. If not, see . - -# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -# so, delete this exception statement from your version. - -# -# Version: @VERSION@ -# - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -top_builddir = .. - -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -bindir = @bindir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale - -DESTDIR = - -CC = @CC@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -# The following line is losing on some versions of make! -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@ -exeext = @EXEEXT@ - -INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) - -COMPILE = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) -LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -RM = rm -f -ETAGS = etags - -# Conditional compiles -ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ -MD5_OBJ = @MD5_OBJ@ -OPIE_OBJ = @OPIE_OBJ@ -NTLM_OBJ = @NTLM_OBJ@ -SSL_OBJ = @SSL_OBJ@ -GETOPT_OBJ = @GETOPT_OBJ@ - -OBJ = $(ALLOCA) cmpt.o connect.o convert.o cookies.o \ - ftp.o ftp-basic.o ftp-ls.o $(OPIE_OBJ) $(GETOPT_OBJ) hash.o \ - host.o html-parse.o html-url.o http.o $(NTLM_OBJ) init.o \ - log.o main.o $(MD5_OBJ) netrc.o progress.o ptimer.o recur.o \ - res.o retr.o safe-ctype.o snprintf.o spider.o $(SSL_OBJ) \ - url.o utils.o version.o xmalloc.o - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .o - -.c.o: - $(COMPILE) -c $< - -# Dependencies for building - -wget$(exeext): $(OBJ) - $(LINK) $(OBJ) $(LIBS) - -# We make object files depend on every header. Rather than attempt to -# track dependencies, everything gets recompiled when a header -# changes. With a program of Wget's size this doesn't waste much -# time, and it's a lot safer than attempting to get all the -# dependencies right. - -$(OBJ): config-post.h config.h connect.h convert.h cookies.h ftp.h \ - gen-md5.h getopt.h gnu-md5.h hash.h host.h html-parse.h \ - http-ntlm.h init.h log.h mswindows.h netrc.h options.h \ - progress.h ptimer.h recur.h res.h retr.h safe-ctype.h \ - spider.h ssl.h sysdep.h url.h utils.h wget.h xmalloc.h - -# -# Dependencies for installing -# - -install: install.bin - -uninstall: uninstall.bin - -install.bin: wget$(exeext) - $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) - $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) wget$(exeext) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext) - -uninstall.bin: - $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext) - -# -# Dependencies for cleanup -# - -clean: - $(RM) *.o wget$(exeext) *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* - -distclean: clean - $(RM) Makefile config.h - -realclean: distclean - $(RM) TAGS config.h.in - -# -# Dependencies for maintenance -# - -subdir = src - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status - -TAGS: *.c *.h - -$(ETAGS) *.c *.h diff --git a/src/cmpt.c b/src/cmpt.c index 1977e8ea..291056a4 100644 --- a/src/cmpt.c +++ b/src/cmpt.c @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) do { - c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++); - c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++); + c1 = c_tolower (*p1++); + c2 = c_tolower (*p2++); if (c1 == '\0') break; } @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n) do { - c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++); - c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++); + c1 = c_tolower (*p1++); + c2 = c_tolower (*p2++); if (c1 == '\0' || c1 != c2) return c1 - c2; } while (--n > 0); @@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ strptime_internal (rp, fmt, tm, decided) { /* A white space in the format string matches 0 more or white space in the input string. */ - if (ISSPACE (*fmt)) + if (c_isspace (*fmt)) { - while (ISSPACE (*rp)) + while (c_isspace (*rp)) ++rp; ++fmt; continue; @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ strptime_internal (rp, fmt, tm, decided) case 'n': case 't': /* Match any white space. */ - while (ISSPACE (*rp)) + while (c_isspace (*rp)) ++rp; break; case 'p': @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ strtoll (const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) nptr += 2; /* "0x" must be followed by at least one hex char. If not, return 0 and place ENDPTR on 'x'. */ - if (!ISXDIGIT (*nptr)) + if (!c_isxdigit (*nptr)) { --nptr; goto out; diff --git a/src/cookies.c b/src/cookies.c index d3b64a9f..0f54f665 100644 --- a/src/cookies.c +++ b/src/cookies.c @@ -456,9 +456,9 @@ parse_set_cookie (const char *set_cookie, bool silent) #define REQUIRE_DIGITS(p) do { \ - if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) \ + if (!c_isdigit (*p)) \ return false; \ - for (++p; ISDIGIT (*p); p++) \ + for (++p; c_isdigit (*p); p++) \ ; \ } while (0) @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ domain_port (const char *domain_b, const char *domain_e, const char *colon = memchr (domain_b, ':', domain_e - domain_b); if (!colon) return 0; - for (p = colon + 1; p < domain_e && ISDIGIT (*p); p++) + for (p = colon + 1; p < domain_e && c_isdigit (*p); p++) port = 10 * port + (*p - '0'); if (p < domain_e) /* Garbage following port number. */ @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ cookie_jar_load (struct cookie_jar *jar, const char *file) char *value_b = NULL, *value_e = NULL; /* Skip leading white-space. */ - while (*p && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (*p && c_isspace (*p)) ++p; /* Ignore empty lines. */ if (!*p || *p == '#') diff --git a/src/ftp-basic.c b/src/ftp-basic.c index 9df26849..4920f725 100644 --- a/src/ftp-basic.c +++ b/src/ftp-basic.c @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ ftp_response (int fd, char **ret_line) DEBUGP (("%s\n", escnonprint (line))); /* The last line of output is the one that begins with "ddd ". */ - if (ISDIGIT (line[0]) && ISDIGIT (line[1]) && ISDIGIT (line[2]) + if (c_isdigit (line[0]) && c_isdigit (line[1]) && c_isdigit (line[2]) && line[3] == ' ') { strncpy (ftp_last_respline, line, sizeof (ftp_last_respline)); @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ ftp_login (int csock, const char *acc, const char *pass) int skey_sequence = 0; /* Extract the sequence from SEED. */ - for (; ISDIGIT (*seed); seed++) + for (; c_isdigit (*seed); seed++) skey_sequence = 10 * skey_sequence + *seed - '0'; if (*seed == ' ') ++seed; @@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ ftp_pasv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) } /* Parse the request. */ s = respline; - for (s += 4; *s && !ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (s += 4; *s && !c_isdigit (*s); s++) ; if (!*s) return FTPINVPASV; for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) { tmp[i] = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) tmp[i] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmp[i]; if (*s == ',') s++; @@ -590,14 +590,14 @@ ftp_lpsv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) /* Parse the response. */ s = respline; - for (s += 4; *s && !ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (s += 4; *s && !c_isdigit (*s); s++) ; if (!*s) return FTPINVPASV; /* First, get the address family */ af = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) af = (*s - '0') + 10 * af; if (af != 4 && af != 6) @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ ftp_lpsv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) /* Then, get the address length */ addrlen = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) addrlen = (*s - '0') + 10 * addrlen; if (!*s || *s++ != ',') @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ftp_lpsv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) for (i = 0; i < addrlen; i++) { tmp[i] = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) tmp[i] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmp[i]; if (*s == ',') s++; @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ ftp_lpsv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) /* Now, get the port length */ portlen = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) portlen = (*s - '0') + 10 * portlen; if (!*s || *s++ != ',') @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ ftp_lpsv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) /* Finally, we get the port number */ tmpprt[0] = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) tmpprt[0] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmpprt[0]; if (!*s || *s++ != ',') @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ ftp_lpsv (int csock, ip_address *addr, int *port) } tmpprt[1] = 0; - for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++) tmpprt[1] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmpprt[1]; assert (s != NULL); @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ ftp_epsv (int csock, ip_address *ip, int *port) /* Finally, get the port number */ tport = 0; - for (i = 1; ISDIGIT (*s); s++) + for (i = 1; c_isdigit (*s); s++) { if (i > 5) { @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ ftp_process_type (const char *params) if (params && 0 == strncasecmp (params, "type=", 5) && params[5] != '\0') - return TOUPPER (params[5]); + return c_toupper (params[5]); else return 'I'; } diff --git a/src/ftp-ls.c b/src/ftp-ls.c index 97d725f6..b056572e 100644 --- a/src/ftp-ls.c +++ b/src/ftp-ls.c @@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ ftp_parse_unix_ls (const char *file, int ignore_perms) year = 0; min = hour = sec = 0; /* We must deal with digits. */ - if (ISDIGIT (*tok)) + if (c_isdigit (*tok)) { /* Suppose it's year. */ - for (; ISDIGIT (*tok); tok++) + for (; c_isdigit (*tok); tok++) year = (*tok - '0') + 10 * year; if (*tok == ':') { @@ -264,13 +264,13 @@ ftp_parse_unix_ls (const char *file, int ignore_perms) year = 0; ++tok; /* Get the minutes... */ - for (; ISDIGIT (*tok); tok++) + for (; c_isdigit (*tok); tok++) min = (*tok - '0') + 10 * min; if (*tok == ':') { /* ...and the seconds. */ ++tok; - for (; ISDIGIT (*tok); tok++) + for (; c_isdigit (*tok); tok++) sec = (*tok - '0') + 10 * sec; } } diff --git a/src/ftp.c b/src/ftp.c index d8a18445..302714af 100644 --- a/src/ftp.c +++ b/src/ftp.c @@ -51,7 +51,11 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #include "recur.h" /* for INFINITE_RECURSION */ /* File where the "ls -al" listing will be saved. */ +#ifdef MSDOS +#define LIST_FILENAME "_listing" +#else #define LIST_FILENAME ".listing" +#endif typedef struct { @@ -84,11 +88,11 @@ ftp_expected_bytes (const char *s) res = str_to_wgint (s, (char **) &s, 10); if (!*s) return 0; - while (*s && ISSPACE (*s)) + while (*s && c_isspace (*s)) ++s; if (!*s) return 0; - if (TOLOWER (*s) != 'b') + if (c_tolower (*s) != 'b') continue; if (strncasecmp (s, "byte", 4)) continue; @@ -492,7 +496,7 @@ Error in server response, closing control connection.\n")); if (target[0] != '/' && !(con->rs != ST_UNIX - && ISALPHA (target[0]) + && c_isalpha (target[0]) && target[1] == ':') && con->rs != ST_OS400) { diff --git a/src/gen-md5.c b/src/gen-md5.c index 91ece6ff..8003c979 100644 --- a/src/gen-md5.c +++ b/src/gen-md5.c @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #include "gen-md5.h" #ifdef HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5 -# include +# include typedef struct md5_ctx gen_md5_context_imp; #endif diff --git a/src/getopt.c b/src/getopt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8187176b..00000000 --- a/src/getopt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1071 +0,0 @@ -/* Getopt for GNU. - NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU - C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. - - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see . */ - -/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . - Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ -#ifndef _NO_PROTO -# define _NO_PROTO -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#else -# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -# ifndef const -# define const -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 -#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 -# include -# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION -# define ELIDE_CODE -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef ELIDE_CODE - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them - contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ -# include -# include -#endif /* GNU C library. */ - -#ifdef VMS -# include -# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 -# include -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef _ -/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. - When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ -# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H -# include -# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) -# else -# define _(msgid) (msgid) -# endif -#endif - -/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' - but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user - to intersperse the options with the other arguments. - - As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, - when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus - all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. - - Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. - Then the behavior is completely standard. - - GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which - they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ - -#include "getopt.h" - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -char *optarg; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ -int optind = 1; - -/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which - causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't - know that. */ - -int __getopt_initialized; - -/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element - in which the last option character we returned was found. - This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. - - If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan - by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ - -static char *nextchar; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message - for unrecognized options. */ - -int opterr = 1; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. - This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the - system's own getopt implementation. */ - -int optopt = '?'; - -/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. - - If the caller did not specify anything, - the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable - POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. - - REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; - stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. - This is what Unix does. - This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment - variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character - of the list of option characters. - - PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, - so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options - to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to - expect this. - - RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written - to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about - the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element - as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. - Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters - selects this mode of operation. - - The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless - of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only - `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ - -static enum -{ - REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER -} ordering; - -/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ -static char *posixly_correct; - -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries - because there are many ways it can cause trouble. - On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work - in GCC. */ -# include -# define my_index strchr -#else - -#include - -/* Avoid depending on library functions or files - whose names are inconsistent. */ - -#ifndef getenv -extern char *getenv (); -#endif - -static char * -my_index (str, chr) - const char *str; - int chr; -{ - while (*str) - { - if (*str == chr) - return (char *) str; - str++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. - If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. - That was relevant to code that was here before. */ -# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen -/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, - and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ -extern int strlen (const char *); -# endif /* not __STDC__ */ -#endif /* __GNUC__ */ - -#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ - -/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ - -/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have - been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; - `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ - -static int first_nonopt; -static int last_nonopt; - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags - indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ - -/* Defined in getopt_init.c */ -extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; - -static int nonoption_flags_max_len; -static int nonoption_flags_len; - -static int original_argc; -static char *const *original_argv; - -/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment - is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed - to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ -static void -__attribute__ ((unused)) -store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) -{ - /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so - that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ - original_argc = argc; - original_argv = argv; -} -# ifdef text_set_element -text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); -# endif /* text_set_element */ - -# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ - if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ - { \ - char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ - __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ - __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ - } -#else /* !_LIBC */ -# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) -#endif /* _LIBC */ - -/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. - One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) - which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. - The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all - the options processed since those non-options were skipped. - - `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe - the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ - -#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -static void exchange (char **); -#endif - -static void -exchange (argv) - char **argv; -{ - int bottom = first_nonopt; - int middle = last_nonopt; - int top = optind; - char *tem; - - /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. - That puts the shorter segment into the right place. - It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, - but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC - /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' - string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range - of the string. */ - if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) - { - /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and - presents new arguments. */ - char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); - if (new_str == NULL) - nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; - else - { - memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, - nonoption_flags_max_len), - '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); - nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; - __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; - } - } -#endif - - while (top > middle && middle > bottom) - { - if (top - middle > middle - bottom) - { - /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ - int len = middle - bottom; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; - argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; - SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); - } - /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ - top -= len; - } - else - { - /* Top segment is the short one. */ - int len = top - middle; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; - argv[middle + i] = tem; - SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); - } - /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ - bottom += len; - } - } - - /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ - - first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); - last_nonopt = optind; -} - -/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ - -#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); -#endif -static const char * -_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 - is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped - non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ - - first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; - - nextchar = NULL; - - posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); - - /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ - - if (optstring[0] == '-') - { - ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (optstring[0] == '+') - { - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (posixly_correct != NULL) - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - else - ordering = PERMUTE; - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (posixly_correct == NULL - && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) - { - if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) - { - if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL - || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') - nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; - else - { - const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; - int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); - if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) - nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; - __getopt_nonoption_flags = - (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); - if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) - nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; - else - memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), - '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len); - } - } - nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; - } - else - nonoption_flags_len = 0; -#endif - - return optstring; -} - -/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters - given in OPTSTRING. - - If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", - then it is an option element. The characters of this element - (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' - is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters - from each of the option elements. - - If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, - updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can - resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. - - If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. - Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element - that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted - so that those that are not options now come last.) - - OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. - If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, - return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to - zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. - - If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, - so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following - ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that - wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, - it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. - - If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of - handling the non-option ARGV-elements. - See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. - - Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. - Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique - or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an - argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated - from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. - When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's - `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field - if the `flag' field is zero. - - The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. - But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible - with other systems. - - LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an - element containing a name which is zero. - - LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. - It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most - recent call. - - If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce - long-named options. */ - -int -_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; - const struct option *longopts; - int *longind; - int long_only; -{ - optarg = NULL; - - if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) - { - if (optind == 0) - optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ - optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); - __getopt_initialized = 1; - } - - /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. - Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag - from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information - is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ - || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ - && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) -#else -# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#endif - - if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') - { - /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ - - /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been - moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ - if (last_nonopt > optind) - last_nonopt = optind; - if (first_nonopt > optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - if (ordering == PERMUTE) - { - /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, - exchange them so that the options come first. */ - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (last_nonopt != optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - /* Skip any additional non-options - and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ - - while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) - optind++; - last_nonopt = optind; - } - - /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. - Skip it like a null option, - then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, - then skip everything else like a non-option. */ - - if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) - { - optind++; - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) - first_nonopt = optind; - last_nonopt = argc; - - optind = argc; - } - - /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan - and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ - - if (optind == argc) - { - /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options - that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) - optind = first_nonopt; - return -1; - } - - /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, - either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ - - if (NONOPTION_P) - { - if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) - return -1; - optarg = argv[optind++]; - return 1; - } - - /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. - Skip the initial punctuation. */ - - nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 - + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); - } - - /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ - - /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. - - If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is - a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of - a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no - way to give the -f short option. - - On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and - the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of - the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". - - This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ - - if (longopts != NULL - && (argv[optind][1] == '-' - || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound = -1; - int option_index; - - for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) - == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - optopt = 0; - return '?'; - } - - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - optind++; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); - } - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - - optopt = pfound->val; - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optopt = pfound->val; - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - - /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, - or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short - option, then it's an error. - Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ - if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' - || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), - argv[0], nextchar); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); - } - nextchar = (char *) ""; - optind++; - optopt = 0; - return '?'; - } - } - - /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ - - { - char c = *nextchar++; - char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); - - /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ - if (*nextchar == '\0') - ++optind; - - if (temp == NULL || c == ':') - { - if (opterr) - { - if (posixly_correct) - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - else - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - return '?'; - } - /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ - if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound = 0; - int option_index; - - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - return c; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - - /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the - table of longopts. */ - - for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - return '?'; - } - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, _("\ -%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - nextchar = NULL; - return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ - } - if (temp[1] == ':') - { - if (temp[2] == ':') - { - /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - optind++; - } - else - optarg = NULL; - nextchar = NULL; - } - else - { - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - nextchar = NULL; - } - } - return c; - } -} - -int -getopt (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, - (const struct option *) 0, - (int *) 0, - 0); -} - -int -getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); -} - -/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. - If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, - but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option - instead. */ - -int -getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); -} - -#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing - the above definition of `getopt'. */ - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - - c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); - if (c == -1) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/src/getopt.h b/src/getopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index b0c79e04..00000000 --- a/src/getopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -/* Declarations for getopt. - Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see . */ - -#ifndef _GETOPT_H -#define _GETOPT_H 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -extern char *optarg; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -extern int optind; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints - for unrecognized options. */ - -extern int opterr; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ - -extern int optopt; - -/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. - The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector - of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is - zero. - - The field `has_arg' is: - no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, - required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, - optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. - - If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set - to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but - left unchanged if the option is not found. - - To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to - a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the - option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero - value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is - one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' - returns the contents of the `val' field. */ - -struct option -{ - const char *name; - /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about - type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ - int has_arg; - int *flag; - int val; -}; - -/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ - -#define no_argument 0 -#define required_argument 1 -#define optional_argument 2 - -#if __STDC__ -#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) -/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with - differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation - errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ -extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); -#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt (); -#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); -extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); - -/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ -extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind, - int long_only); -#else /* not __STDC__ */ -extern int getopt (); -extern int getopt_long (); -extern int getopt_long_only (); - -extern int _getopt_internal (); -#endif /* not __STDC__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/src/gettext.h b/src/gettext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8874d9ba --- /dev/null +++ b/src/gettext.h @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU . + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H +#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 + +/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ +#if ENABLE_NLS + +/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ +# include + +/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by + the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling + textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */ +# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# undef gettext +# define gettext(Msgid) \ + dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid) +# undef ngettext +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) +# endif + +#else + +/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which + chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make + later inclusions of a NOP. We don't include + as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include , + and also including would fail on SunOS 4, whereas + is OK. */ +#if defined(__sun) +# include +#endif + +/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include + , which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include + it now, to make later inclusions of a NOP. */ +#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3) +# include +# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include +# endif +#endif + +/* Disabled NLS. + The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings + for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions. + On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to + contain "#define const". */ +# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid)) +# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid)) +# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid)) +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2)) +# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2)) +# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ + ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2)) +# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname)) +# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname)) +# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset)) + +#endif + +/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated + extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time + translation is done at a different place in the code. + The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings + and other string expressions won't work. + The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as + initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */ +#define gettext_noop(String) String + +/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */ +#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004" + +/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a + MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be + short and rarely need to change. + The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */ +#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#endif +#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \ + pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category) +#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#endif +#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \ + npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +pgettext_aux (const char *domain, + const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, + int category) +{ + const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); + if (translation == msg_ctxt_id) + return msgid; + else + return translation; +} + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +npgettext_aux (const char *domain, + const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, + const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + const char *translation = + dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); + if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural) + return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); + else + return translation; +} + +/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID + can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are + less efficient than those above. */ + +#include + +#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \ + (__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2 /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ ) + +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS +#include +#endif + +#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain, + const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, + int category) +{ + size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; + size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; + const char *translation; +#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; +#else + char buf[1024]; + char *msg_ctxt_id = + (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) + ? buf + : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); + if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); + msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); + translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) + free (msg_ctxt_id); +#endif + if (translation != msg_ctxt_id) + return translation; + } + return msgid; +} + +#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain, + const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, + const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; + size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; + const char *translation; +#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; +#else + char buf[1024]; + char *msg_ctxt_id = + (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) + ? buf + : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); + if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); + msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); + translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) + free (msg_ctxt_id); +#endif + if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)) + return translation; + } + return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); +} + +#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/src/gnu-md5.c b/src/gnu-md5.c deleted file mode 100644 index 95e314e8..00000000 --- a/src/gnu-md5.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ -/* md5.c - Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks - according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C library. - - The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with the GNU C Library. If not, see - . */ - -/* Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -/* modified for Wget: depend on C89 */ -#include -#include - -#include "wget.h" -#include "gnu-md5.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN -# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -# define SWAP(n) \ - (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24)) -#else -# define SWAP(n) (n) -#endif - - -/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next - 64-byte boundary. (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1) */ -static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ... */ }; - - -/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. - (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */ -void -md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx) -{ - ctx->A = 0x67452301; - ctx->B = 0xefcdab89; - ctx->C = 0x98badcfe; - ctx->D = 0x10325476; - - ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0; - ctx->buflen = 0; -} - -/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result - must be in little endian byte order. - - IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly - aligned for a 32 bits value. */ -void * -md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) -{ - ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[0] = SWAP (ctx->A); - ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[1] = SWAP (ctx->B); - ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[2] = SWAP (ctx->C); - ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[3] = SWAP (ctx->D); - - return resbuf; -} - -/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual - prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF. - - IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly - aligned for a 32 bits value. */ -void * -md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) -{ - /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account. */ - md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen; - size_t pad; - - /* Now count remaining bytes. */ - ctx->total[0] += bytes; - if (ctx->total[0] < bytes) - ++ctx->total[1]; - - pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes; - memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad); - - /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer. */ - *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3); - *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | - (ctx->total[0] >> 29)); - - /* Process last bytes. */ - md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx); - - return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf); -} - -/* Unused in Wget */ -#if 0 -/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The - resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes - beginning at RESBLOCK. */ -int -md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock) -{ - /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64. */ -#define BLOCKSIZE 4096 - struct md5_ctx ctx; - char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72]; - size_t sum; - - /* Initialize the computation context. */ - md5_init_ctx (&ctx); - - /* Iterate over full file contents. */ - while (1) - { - /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes. One call of the - computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the - next round of the loop another block can be read. */ - size_t n; - sum = 0; - - /* Read block. Take care for partial reads. */ - do - { - n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream); - - sum += n; - } - while (sum < BLOCKSIZE && n != 0); - if (n == 0 && ferror (stream)) - return 1; - - /* If end of file is reached, end the loop. */ - if (n == 0) - break; - - /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes. Note that - BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0 - */ - md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx); - } - - /* Add the last bytes if necessary. */ - if (sum > 0) - md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx); - - /* Construct result in desired memory. */ - md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock); - return 0; -} - -/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The - result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise - output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message - digest. */ -void * -md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock) -{ - struct md5_ctx ctx; - - /* Initialize the computation context. */ - md5_init_ctx (&ctx); - - /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes. */ - md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx); - - /* Put result in desired memory area. */ - return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock); -} -#endif /* 0 */ - - -void -md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx) -{ - /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate - both inputs first. */ - if (ctx->buflen != 0) - { - size_t left_over = ctx->buflen; - size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over; - - memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add); - ctx->buflen += add; - - if (left_over + add > 64) - { - md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx); - /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap. */ - memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63], - (left_over + add) & 63); - ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63; - } - - buffer = (const char *) buffer + add; - len -= add; - } - - /* Process available complete blocks. */ - if (len > 64) - { - md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx); - buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63); - len &= 63; - } - - /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer. */ - if (len > 0) - { - memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len); - ctx->buflen = len; - } -} - - -/* These are the four functions used in the four steps of the MD5 algorithm - and defined in the RFC 1321. The first function is a little bit optimized - (as found in Colin Plumbs public domain implementation). */ -/* #define FF(b, c, d) ((b & c) | (~b & d)) */ -#define FF(b, c, d) (d ^ (b & (c ^ d))) -#define FG(b, c, d) FF (d, b, c) -#define FH(b, c, d) (b ^ c ^ d) -#define FI(b, c, d) (c ^ (b | ~d)) - -/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX. - It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0. */ - -void -md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx) -{ - md5_uint32 correct_words[16]; - const md5_uint32 *words = (md5_uint32 *)buffer; - size_t nwords = len / sizeof (md5_uint32); - const md5_uint32 *endp = words + nwords; - md5_uint32 A = ctx->A; - md5_uint32 B = ctx->B; - md5_uint32 C = ctx->C; - md5_uint32 D = ctx->D; - - /* First increment the byte count. RFC 1321 specifies the possible - length of the file up to 2^64 bits. Here we only compute the - number of bytes. Do a double word increment. */ - ctx->total[0] += len; - if (ctx->total[0] < len) - ++ctx->total[1]; - - /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of - the loop. */ - while (words < endp) - { - md5_uint32 *cwp = correct_words; - md5_uint32 A_save = A; - md5_uint32 B_save = B; - md5_uint32 C_save = C; - md5_uint32 D_save = D; - - /* First round: using the given function, the context and a constant - the next context is computed. Because the algorithms processing - unit is a 32-bit word and it is determined to work on words in - little endian byte order we perhaps have to change the byte order - before the computation. To reduce the work for the next steps - we store the swapped words in the array CORRECT_WORDS. */ - -#define OP(a, b, c, d, s, T) \ - do \ - { \ - a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T; \ - ++words; \ - CYCLIC (a, s); \ - a += b; \ - } \ - while (0) - - /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for - cyclic rotation. Hope the C compiler is smart enough. */ -#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s))) - - /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants. - They are defined in RFC 1321 as - - T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64 - */ - - /* Round 1. */ - OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xd76aa478); - OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xe8c7b756); - OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0x242070db); - OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xc1bdceee); - OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xf57c0faf); - OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x4787c62a); - OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa8304613); - OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xfd469501); - OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x698098d8); - OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x8b44f7af); - OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xffff5bb1); - OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x895cd7be); - OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x6b901122); - OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xfd987193); - OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa679438e); - OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x49b40821); - - /* For the second to fourth round we have the possibly swapped words - in CORRECT_WORDS. Redefine the macro to take an additional first - argument specifying the function to use. */ -#undef OP -#define OP(f, a, b, c, d, k, s, T) \ - do \ - { \ - a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T; \ - CYCLIC (a, s); \ - a += b; \ - } \ - while (0) - - /* Round 2. */ - OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xf61e2562); - OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xc040b340); - OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265e5a51); - OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xe9b6c7aa); - OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xd62f105d); - OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453); - OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xd8a1e681); - OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xe7d3fbc8); - OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21e1cde6); - OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xc33707d6); - OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xf4d50d87); - OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455a14ed); - OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xa9e3e905); - OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xfcefa3f8); - OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676f02d9); - OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8d2a4c8a); - - /* Round 3. */ - OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xfffa3942); - OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771f681); - OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6d9d6122); - OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xfde5380c); - OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xa4beea44); - OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4bdecfa9); - OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xf6bb4b60); - OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xbebfbc70); - OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289b7ec6); - OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xeaa127fa); - OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xd4ef3085); - OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881d05); - OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xd9d4d039); - OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xe6db99e5); - OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1fa27cf8); - OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xc4ac5665); - - /* Round 4. */ - OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xf4292244); - OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432aff97); - OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xab9423a7); - OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xfc93a039); - OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655b59c3); - OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8f0ccc92); - OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xffeff47d); - OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845dd1); - OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6fa87e4f); - OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xfe2ce6e0); - OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xa3014314); - OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4e0811a1); - OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xf7537e82); - OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xbd3af235); - OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2ad7d2bb); - OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xeb86d391); - - /* Add the starting values of the context. */ - A += A_save; - B += B_save; - C += C_save; - D += D_save; - } - - /* Put checksum in context given as argument. */ - ctx->A = A; - ctx->B = B; - ctx->C = C; - ctx->D = D; -} diff --git a/src/gnu-md5.h b/src/gnu-md5.h deleted file mode 100644 index fef0a65a..00000000 --- a/src/gnu-md5.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum - computing library functions. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C - Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see . */ - -#ifndef _MD5_H -#define _MD5_H 1 - -#include - -/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor - to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An - alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but - doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run* - the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables - is usually not possible. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -typedef u_int32_t md5_uint32; -#else -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U -# else -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF -# endif - -/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. - This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because - that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems - (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ - -# ifndef UINT_MAX -# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS -# endif - -# if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS - typedef unsigned int md5_uint32; -# else -# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS - typedef unsigned short md5_uint32; -# else -# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS - typedef unsigned long md5_uint32; -# else - /* The following line is intended to evoke an error. - Using #error is not portable enough. */ - "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps. */ -struct md5_ctx -{ - md5_uint32 A; - md5_uint32 B; - md5_uint32 C; - md5_uint32 D; - - md5_uint32 total[2]; - md5_uint32 buflen; - char buffer[128]; -}; - -/* - * The following three functions are build up the low level used in - * the functions `md5_stream' and `md5_buffer'. - */ - -/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. - (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */ -extern void md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx); - -/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the - initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes - starting at BUFFER. - It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */ -extern void md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, - struct md5_ctx *ctx); - -/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the - initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes - starting at BUFFER. - It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64. */ -extern void md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, - struct md5_ctx *ctx); - -/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX - in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is always in little - endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted - ASCII representation of the message digest. - - IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly - aligned for a 32 bits value. */ -extern void *md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf); - - -/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is - always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields - to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest. - - IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly - aligned for a 32 bits value. */ -extern void *md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf); - - -#if 0 /* Unused in Wget */ -/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The - resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes - beginning at RESBLOCK. */ -extern int md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock); -#endif - -/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The - result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise - output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message - digest. */ -extern void *md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock); - -#endif diff --git a/src/hash.c b/src/hash.c index 5d156da8..cb65c7f7 100644 --- a/src/hash.c +++ b/src/hash.c @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ # define countof(x) (sizeof (x) / sizeof ((x)[0])) # endif # include -# define TOLOWER(x) tolower ((unsigned char) (x)) +# define c_tolower(x) tolower ((unsigned char) (x)) # if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L # include /* for uintptr_t */ # else @@ -680,11 +680,11 @@ static unsigned long hash_string_nocase (const void *key) { const char *p = key; - unsigned int h = TOLOWER (*p); + unsigned int h = c_tolower (*p); if (h) for (p += 1; *p != '\0'; p++) - h = (h << 5) - h + TOLOWER (*p); + h = (h << 5) - h + c_tolower (*p); return h; } diff --git a/src/host.c b/src/host.c index fee5e404..f6b0f163 100644 --- a/src/host.c +++ b/src/host.c @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ is_valid_ipv6_address (const char *str, const char *end) int ch = *str++; /* if ch is a number, add it to val. */ - if (ISXDIGIT (ch)) + if (c_isxdigit (ch)) { val <<= 4; val |= XDIGIT_TO_NUM (ch); @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ sufmatch (const char **list, const char *what) for (i = 0; list[i]; i++) { for (j = strlen (list[i]), k = lw; j >= 0 && k >= 0; j--, k--) - if (TOLOWER (list[i][j]) != TOLOWER (what[k])) + if (c_tolower (list[i][j]) != c_tolower (what[k])) break; /* The domain must be first to reach to beginning. */ if (j == -1) diff --git a/src/html-parse.c b/src/html-parse.c index 243ead23..a72688e3 100644 --- a/src/html-parse.c +++ b/src/html-parse.c @@ -110,21 +110,21 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ # define xrealloc realloc # define xfree free -# undef ISSPACE -# undef ISDIGIT -# undef ISXDIGIT -# undef ISALPHA -# undef ISALNUM -# undef TOLOWER -# undef TOUPPER - -# define ISSPACE(x) isspace (x) -# define ISDIGIT(x) isdigit (x) -# define ISXDIGIT(x) isxdigit (x) -# define ISALPHA(x) isalpha (x) -# define ISALNUM(x) isalnum (x) -# define TOLOWER(x) tolower (x) -# define TOUPPER(x) toupper (x) +# undef c_isspace +# undef c_isdigit +# undef c_isxdigit +# undef c_isalpha +# undef c_isalnum +# undef c_tolower +# undef c_toupper + +# define c_isspace(x) isspace (x) +# define c_isdigit(x) isdigit (x) +# define c_isxdigit(x) isxdigit (x) +# define c_isalpha(x) isalpha (x) +# define c_isalnum(x) isalnum (x) +# define c_tolower(x) tolower (x) +# define c_toupper(x) toupper (x) struct hash_table { int dummy; @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct pool { However, "<foo" will work, as will "<!foo", "<", etc. In other words an entity needs to be terminated by either a non-alphanumeric or the end of string. */ -#define FITS(p, n) (p + n == end || (p + n < end && !ISALNUM (p[n]))) +#define FITS(p, n) (p + n == end || (p + n < end && !c_isalnum (p[n]))) /* Macros that test entity names by returning true if P is followed by the specified characters. */ @@ -296,10 +296,10 @@ decode_entity (const char **ptr, const char *end) int digits = 0; value = 0; if (*p == 'x') - for (++p; value < 256 && p < end && ISXDIGIT (*p); p++, digits++) + for (++p; value < 256 && p < end && c_isxdigit (*p); p++, digits++) value = (value << 4) + XDIGIT_TO_NUM (*p); else - for (; value < 256 && p < end && ISDIGIT (*p); p++, digits++) + for (; value < 256 && p < end && c_isdigit (*p); p++, digits++) value = (value * 10) + (*p - '0'); if (!digits) return -1; @@ -368,9 +368,9 @@ convert_and_copy (struct pool *pool, const char *beg, const char *end, int flags ` '. */ if (flags & AP_TRIM_BLANKS) { - while (beg < end && ISSPACE (*beg)) + while (beg < end && c_isspace (*beg)) ++beg; - while (end > beg && ISSPACE (end[-1])) + while (end > beg && c_isspace (end[-1])) --end; } @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ convert_and_copy (struct pool *pool, const char *beg, const char *end, int flags { char *p = pool->contents + old_tail; for (; *p; p++) - *p = TOLOWER (*p); + *p = c_tolower (*p); } } @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ name_allowed (const struct hash_table *ht, const char *b, const char *e) /* Skip whitespace, if any. */ #define SKIP_WS(p) do { \ - while (ISSPACE (*p)) { \ + while (c_isspace (*p)) { \ ADVANCE (p); \ } \ } while (0) @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ name_allowed (const struct hash_table *ht, const char *b, const char *e) /* Skip non-whitespace, if any. */ #define SKIP_NON_WS(p) do { \ - while (!ISSPACE (*p)) { \ + while (!c_isspace (*p)) { \ ADVANCE (p); \ } \ } while (0) @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ map_html_tags (const char *text, int size, violated by, for instance, `%' in `width=75%'. We'll be liberal and allow just about anything as an attribute value. */ - while (!ISSPACE (*p) && *p != '>') + while (!c_isspace (*p) && *p != '>') ADVANCE (p); attr_value_end = p; /* */ /* ^ */ diff --git a/src/html-url.c b/src/html-url.c index 97443ea0..6a96f6c2 100644 --- a/src/html-url.c +++ b/src/html-url.c @@ -509,20 +509,20 @@ tag_handle_meta (int tagid, struct taginfo *tag, struct map_context *ctx) if (!refresh) return; - for (p = refresh; ISDIGIT (*p); p++) + for (p = refresh; c_isdigit (*p); p++) timeout = 10 * timeout + *p - '0'; if (*p++ != ';') return; - while (ISSPACE (*p)) + while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p; - if (!( TOUPPER (*p) == 'U' - && TOUPPER (*(p + 1)) == 'R' - && TOUPPER (*(p + 2)) == 'L' + if (!( c_toupper (*p) == 'U' + && c_toupper (*(p + 1)) == 'R' + && c_toupper (*(p + 2)) == 'L' && *(p + 3) == '=')) return; p += 4; - while (ISSPACE (*p)) + while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p; entry = append_url (p, tag, attrind, ctx); @@ -668,9 +668,9 @@ get_urls_file (const char *file) text = line_end; /* Strip whitespace from the beginning and end of line. */ - while (line_beg < line_end && ISSPACE (*line_beg)) + while (line_beg < line_end && c_isspace (*line_beg)) ++line_beg; - while (line_end > line_beg && ISSPACE (*(line_end - 1))) + while (line_end > line_beg && c_isspace (*(line_end - 1))) --line_end; if (line_beg == line_end) diff --git a/src/http-ntlm.c b/src/http-ntlm.c index 054c8a95..5ca8e85c 100644 --- a/src/http-ntlm.c +++ b/src/http-ntlm.c @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #include #include +#include #include "wget.h" #include "utils.h" @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ ntlm_input (struct ntlmdata *ntlm, const char *header) return false; header += 4; - while (*header && ISSPACE(*header)) + while (*header && c_isspace(*header)) header++; if (*header) @@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ mkhash(const char *password, len = 14; for (i=0; ib = p; - while (*p && !ISSPACE (*p) && *p != '=' && *p != separator) ++p; + while (*p && !c_isspace (*p) && *p != '=' && *p != separator) ++p; name->e = p; if (name->b == name->e) return false; /* empty name: error */ - while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p; + while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p; if (*p == separator || !*p) /* no value */ { xzero (*value); @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ extract_param (const char **source, param_token *name, param_token *value, /* *p is '=', extract value */ ++p; - while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p; + while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p; if (*p == '"') /* quoted */ { value->b = ++p; @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ extract_param (const char **source, param_token *name, param_token *value, return false; value->e = p++; /* Currently at closing quote; find the end of param. */ - while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p; + while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p; while (*p && *p != separator) ++p; if (*p == separator) ++p; @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ extract_param (const char **source, param_token *name, param_token *value, value->b = p; while (*p && *p != separator) ++p; value->e = p; - while (value->e != value->b && ISSPACE (value->e[-1])) + while (value->e != value->b && c_isspace (value->e[-1])) --value->e; if (*p == separator) ++p; } @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ free_hstat (struct http_stat *hs) #define BEGINS_WITH(line, string_constant) \ (!strncasecmp (line, string_constant, sizeof (string_constant) - 1) \ - && (ISSPACE (line[sizeof (string_constant) - 1]) \ + && (c_isspace (line[sizeof (string_constant) - 1]) \ || !line[sizeof (string_constant) - 1])) #define SET_USER_AGENT(req) do { \ @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n\n"), hs->local_file); char *tmp = strchr (type, ';'); if (tmp) { - while (tmp > type && ISSPACE (tmp[-1])) + while (tmp > type && c_isspace (tmp[-1])) --tmp; *tmp = '\0'; } @@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n")); /* Did we get the time-stamp? */ if (!got_head) { - bool restart_loop = false; + got_head = true; /* no more time-stamping */ if (opt.timestamping && !hstat.remote_time) { @@ -2563,92 +2563,87 @@ Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n")); time_came_from_head = true; } - /* The time-stamping section. */ - if (opt.timestamping) + if (send_head_first) { - if (hstat.orig_file_name) /* Perform the following checks only - if the file we're supposed to - download already exists. */ + /* The time-stamping section. */ + if (opt.timestamping) { - if (hstat.remote_time && - tmr != (time_t) (-1)) + if (hstat.orig_file_name) /* Perform the following + checks only if the file + we're supposed to + download already exists. */ { - /* Now time-stamping can be used validly. Time-stamping - means that if the sizes of the local and remote file - match, and local file is newer than the remote file, - it will not be retrieved. Otherwise, the normal - download procedure is resumed. */ - if (hstat.orig_file_tstamp >= tmr) + if (hstat.remote_time && + tmr != (time_t) (-1)) { - if (hstat.contlen == -1 - || hstat.orig_file_size == hstat.contlen) + /* Now time-stamping can be used validly. + Time-stamping means that if the sizes of + the local and remote file match, and local + file is newer than the remote file, it will + not be retrieved. Otherwise, the normal + download procedure is resumed. */ + if (hstat.orig_file_tstamp >= tmr) { - logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ + if (hstat.contlen == -1 + || hstat.orig_file_size == hstat.contlen) + { + logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ Server file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n\n"), - hstat.orig_file_name); - ret = RETROK; - goto exit; - } - else - { - logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ + hstat.orig_file_name); + ret = RETROK; + goto exit; + } + else + { + logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"), - number_to_static_string (hstat.orig_file_size)); + number_to_static_string (hstat.orig_file_size)); + } } - } - else - logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, - _("Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n")); + else + logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, + _("Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n")); - logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, "\n"); + logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, "\n"); + } } + + /* free_hstat (&hstat); */ + hstat.timestamp_checked = true; } - /* free_hstat (&hstat); */ - hstat.timestamp_checked = true; - restart_loop = true; - } - - if (opt.spider) - { - if (opt.recursive) + if (opt.spider) { - if (*dt & TEXTHTML) + if (opt.recursive) { - logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ + if (*dt & TEXTHTML) + { + logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- retrieving.\n\n")); - restart_loop = true; + } + else + { + logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ +Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n\n")); + ret = RETROK; /* RETRUNNEEDED is not for caller. */ + goto exit; + } } - else + else { logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ -Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n\n")); +Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n\n")); ret = RETROK; /* RETRUNNEEDED is not for caller. */ goto exit; } } - else - { - logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\ -Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n\n")); - ret = RETROK; /* RETRUNNEEDED is not for caller. */ - goto exit; - } - } - if (send_head_first) - { got_name = true; - restart_loop = true; - } - - got_head = true; /* no more time-stamping */ - *dt &= ~HEAD_ONLY; - count = 0; /* the retrieve count for HEAD is reset */ - - if (restart_loop) - continue; - } + *dt &= ~HEAD_ONLY; + count = 0; /* the retrieve count for HEAD is reset */ + continue; + } /* send_head_first */ + } /* !got_head */ if ((tmr != (time_t) (-1)) && ((hstat.len == hstat.contlen) || @@ -2801,11 +2796,11 @@ check_end (const char *p) { if (!p) return false; - while (ISSPACE (*p)) + while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p; if (!*p || (p[0] == 'G' && p[1] == 'M' && p[2] == 'T') - || ((p[0] == '+' || p[0] == '-') && ISDIGIT (p[1]))) + || ((p[0] == '+' || p[0] == '-') && c_isdigit (p[1]))) return true; else return false; @@ -2921,7 +2916,7 @@ basic_authentication_encode (const char *user, const char *passwd) } #define SKIP_WS(x) do { \ - while (ISSPACE (*(x))) \ + while (c_isspace (*(x))) \ ++(x); \ } while (0) @@ -3053,7 +3048,7 @@ username=\"%s\", realm=\"%s\", nonce=\"%s\", uri=\"%s\", response=\"%s\"", ((e) - (b) >= STRSIZE (literal) \ && 0 == strncasecmp (b, literal, STRSIZE (literal)) \ && ((e) - (b) == STRSIZE (literal) \ - || ISSPACE (b[STRSIZE (literal)]))) + || c_isspace (b[STRSIZE (literal)]))) static bool known_authentication_scheme_p (const char *hdrbeg, const char *hdrend) @@ -3082,7 +3077,7 @@ create_authorization_line (const char *au, const char *user, { /* We are called only with known schemes, so we can dispatch on the first letter. */ - switch (TOUPPER (*au)) + switch (c_toupper (*au)) { case 'B': /* Basic */ *finished = true; diff --git a/src/init.c b/src/init.c index 20ca99be..8000d73c 100644 --- a/src/init.c +++ b/src/init.c @@ -576,9 +576,9 @@ parse_line (const char *line, char **com, char **val, int *comind) int ind; /* Skip leading and trailing whitespace. */ - while (*line && ISSPACE (*line)) + while (*line && c_isspace (*line)) ++line; - while (end > line && ISSPACE (end[-1])) + while (end > line && c_isspace (end[-1])) --end; /* Skip empty lines and comments. */ @@ -588,17 +588,17 @@ parse_line (const char *line, char **com, char **val, int *comind) p = line; cmdstart = p; - while (p < end && (ISALNUM (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '-')) + while (p < end && (c_isalnum (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '-')) ++p; cmdend = p; /* Skip '=', as well as any space before or after it. */ - while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (p < end && c_isspace (*p)) ++p; if (p == end || *p != '=') return line_syntax_error; ++p; - while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (p < end && c_isspace (*p)) ++p; valstart = p; @@ -691,15 +691,15 @@ static bool decode_string (const char *, const struct decode_item *, int, int *) static bool simple_atoi (const char *, const char *, int *); static bool simple_atof (const char *, const char *, double *); -#define CMP1(p, c0) (TOLOWER((p)[0]) == (c0) && (p)[1] == '\0') +#define CMP1(p, c0) (c_tolower((p)[0]) == (c0) && (p)[1] == '\0') -#define CMP2(p, c0, c1) (TOLOWER((p)[0]) == (c0) \ - && TOLOWER((p)[1]) == (c1) \ +#define CMP2(p, c0, c1) (c_tolower((p)[0]) == (c0) \ + && c_tolower((p)[1]) == (c1) \ && (p)[2] == '\0') -#define CMP3(p, c0, c1, c2) (TOLOWER((p)[0]) == (c0) \ - && TOLOWER((p)[1]) == (c1) \ - && TOLOWER((p)[2]) == (c2) \ +#define CMP3(p, c0, c1, c2) (c_tolower((p)[0]) == (c0) \ + && c_tolower((p)[1]) == (c1) \ + && c_tolower((p)[2]) == (c2) \ && (p)[3] == '\0') @@ -907,12 +907,12 @@ parse_bytes_helper (const char *val, double *result) } /* Strip trailing whitespace. */ - while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1])) + while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1])) --end; if (val == end) return false; - switch (TOLOWER (end[-1])) + switch (c_tolower (end[-1])) { case 'k': --end, mult = 1024.0; @@ -933,9 +933,9 @@ parse_bytes_helper (const char *val, double *result) } /* Skip leading and trailing whitespace. */ - while (val < end && ISSPACE (*val)) + while (val < end && c_isspace (*val)) ++val; - while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1])) + while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1])) --end; if (val == end) return false; @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ cmd_time (const char *com, const char *val, void *place) const char *end = val + strlen (val); /* Strip trailing whitespace. */ - while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1])) + while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1])) --end; if (val == end) @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ cmd_time (const char *com, const char *val, void *place) return false; } - switch (TOLOWER (end[-1])) + switch (c_tolower (end[-1])) { case 's': --end, mult = 1; /* seconds */ @@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ cmd_time (const char *com, const char *val, void *place) } /* Skip leading and trailing whitespace. */ - while (val < end && ISSPACE (*val)) + while (val < end && c_isspace (*val)) ++val; - while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1])) + while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1])) --end; if (val == end) goto err; @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ simple_atoi (const char *beg, const char *end, int *dest) bool negative = false; const char *p = beg; - while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (p < end && c_isspace (*p)) ++p; if (p < end && (*p == '-' || *p == '+')) { @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ simple_atoi (const char *beg, const char *end, int *dest) negative integer cannot be represented as a positive number. */ if (!negative) - for (; p < end && ISDIGIT (*p); p++) + for (; p < end && c_isdigit (*p); p++) { int next = (10 * result) + (*p - '0'); if (next < result) @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ simple_atoi (const char *beg, const char *end, int *dest) result = next; } else - for (; p < end && ISDIGIT (*p); p++) + for (; p < end && c_isdigit (*p); p++) { int next = (10 * result) - (*p - '0'); if (next > result) @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ simple_atof (const char *beg, const char *end, double *dest) const char *p = beg; - while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (p < end && c_isspace (*p)) ++p; if (p < end && (*p == '-' || *p == '+')) { @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ simple_atof (const char *beg, const char *end, double *dest) for (; p < end; p++) { char ch = *p; - if (ISDIGIT (ch)) + if (c_isdigit (ch)) { if (!seen_dot) result = (10 * result) + (ch - '0'); @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ check_user_specified_header (const char *s) { const char *p; - for (p = s; *p && *p != ':' && !ISSPACE (*p); p++) + for (p = s; *p && *p != ':' && !c_isspace (*p); p++) ; /* The header MUST contain `:' preceded by at least one non-whitespace character. */ diff --git a/src/log.c b/src/log.c index 9bd0a5a7..5cce3513 100644 --- a/src/log.c +++ b/src/log.c @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ log_dump_context (void) /* String escape functions. */ /* Return the number of non-printable characters in SOURCE. - Non-printable characters are determined as per safe-ctype.c. */ + Non-printable characters are determined as per c-ctype.c. */ static int count_nonprint (const char *source) @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ count_nonprint (const char *source) const char *p; int cnt; for (p = source, cnt = 0; *p; p++) - if (!ISPRINT (*p)) + if (!c_isprint (*p)) ++cnt; return cnt; } @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ copy_and_escape (const char *source, char *dest, char escape, int base) { case 8: while ((c = *from++) != '\0') - if (ISPRINT (c)) + if (c_isprint (c)) *to++ = c; else { @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ copy_and_escape (const char *source, char *dest, char escape, int base) break; case 16: while ((c = *from++) != '\0') - if (ISPRINT (c)) + if (c_isprint (c)) *to++ = c; else { diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c index 43cb344d..4c1a70e2 100644 --- a/src/main.c +++ b/src/main.c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ #include #include -#ifdef HAVE_NLS +#ifdef ENABLE_NLS # include #endif #include @@ -55,8 +55,7 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #include "spider.h" #include "http.h" /* for save_cookies */ -/* On GNU system this will include system-wide getopt.h. */ -#include "getopt.h" +#include #ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR # define PATH_SEPARATOR '/' @@ -80,14 +79,14 @@ const char *exec_name; static void i18n_initialize (void) { - /* HAVE_NLS implies existence of functions invoked here. */ -#ifdef HAVE_NLS + /* ENABLE_NLS implies existence of functions invoked here. */ +#ifdef ENABLE_NLS /* Set the current locale. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain ("wget", LOCALEDIR); textdomain ("wget"); -#endif /* HAVE_NLS */ +#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */ } /* Definition of command-line options. */ @@ -708,7 +707,7 @@ main (int argc, char *const *argv) #ifdef WINDOWS /* Drop extension (typically .EXE) from executable filename. */ - windows_main (&argc, (char **) argv, (char **) &exec_name); + windows_main ((char **) &exec_name); #endif /* Set option defaults; read the system wgetrc and ~/.wgetrc. */ @@ -812,9 +811,9 @@ main (int argc, char *const *argv) before passing the value to setoptval. */ bool flag = true; if (optarg) - flag = (*optarg == '1' || TOLOWER (*optarg) == 'y' - || (TOLOWER (optarg[0]) == 'o' - && TOLOWER (optarg[1]) == 'n')); + flag = (*optarg == '1' || c_tolower (*optarg) == 'y' + || (c_tolower (optarg[0]) == 'o' + && c_tolower (optarg[1]) == 'n')); setoptval (opt->type == OPT__PARENT ? "noparent" : "noclobber", flag ? "0" : "1", opt->long_name); break; @@ -833,7 +832,10 @@ main (int argc, char *const *argv) interoption dependency checks. */ if (opt.reclevel == 0) - opt.reclevel = INFINITE_RECURSION; /* see recur.h for commentary on this */ + opt.reclevel = INFINITE_RECURSION; /* see recur.h for commentary */ + + if (opt.spider || opt.delete_after) + opt.no_dirstruct = true; if (opt.page_requisites && !opt.recursive) { diff --git a/src/mswindows.c b/src/mswindows.c index de031cb0..1bf8df93 100644 --- a/src/mswindows.c +++ b/src/mswindows.c @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ xsleep (double seconds) } void -windows_main (int *argc, char **argv, char **exec_name) +windows_main (char **exec_name) { char *p; @@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ windows_main (int *argc, char **argv, char **exec_name) static void ws_cleanup (void) { + xfree ((char*)exec_name); WSACleanup (); } diff --git a/src/mswindows.h b/src/mswindows.h index da0665d0..d339bb32 100644 --- a/src/mswindows.h +++ b/src/mswindows.h @@ -208,6 +208,6 @@ void ws_startup (void); void ws_changetitle (const char *); void ws_percenttitle (double); char *ws_mypath (void); -void windows_main (int *, char **, char **); +void windows_main (char **); #endif /* MSWINDOWS_H */ diff --git a/src/netrc.c b/src/netrc.c index 87c8c94b..485e0757 100644 --- a/src/netrc.c +++ b/src/netrc.c @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ parse_netrc (const char *path) quote = 0; /* Skip leading whitespace. */ - while (*p && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (*p && c_isspace (*p)) p ++; /* If the line is empty, then end any macro definition. */ @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ parse_netrc (const char *path) while (*p && last_token != tok_macdef) { /* Skip any whitespace. */ - while (*p && ISSPACE (*p)) + while (*p && c_isspace (*p)) p ++; /* Discard end-of-line comments; also, stop processing if @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ parse_netrc (const char *path) tok = p; /* Find the end of the token, handling quotes and escapes. */ - while (*p && (quote ? *p != '"' : !ISSPACE (*p))){ + while (*p && (quote ? *p != '"' : !c_isspace (*p))){ if (*p == '\\') shift_left (p); p ++; diff --git a/src/openssl.c b/src/openssl.c index 7427f34d..aa44cbaa 100644 --- a/src/openssl.c +++ b/src/openssl.c @@ -439,13 +439,13 @@ pattern_match (const char *pattern, const char *string) { const char *p = pattern, *n = string; char c; - for (; (c = TOLOWER (*p++)) != '\0'; n++) + for (; (c = c_tolower (*p++)) != '\0'; n++) if (c == '*') { - for (c = TOLOWER (*p); c == '*'; c = TOLOWER (*++p)) + for (c = c_tolower (*p); c == '*'; c = c_tolower (*++p)) ; for (; *n != '\0'; n++) - if (TOLOWER (*n) == c && pattern_match (p, n)) + if (c_tolower (*n) == c && pattern_match (p, n)) return true; #ifdef ASTERISK_EXCLUDES_DOT else if (*n == '.') @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ pattern_match (const char *pattern, const char *string) } else { - if (c != TOLOWER (*n)) + if (c != c_tolower (*n)) return false; } return *n == '\0'; diff --git a/src/recur.c b/src/recur.c index acf0b16d..87440b41 100644 --- a/src/recur.c +++ b/src/recur.c @@ -570,6 +570,17 @@ download_child_p (const struct urlpos *upos, struct url *parent, int depth, if (res_retrieve_file (url, &rfile)) { specs = res_parse_from_file (rfile); + + /* Delete the robots.txt file if we chose to either delete the + files after downloading or we're just running a spider. */ + if (opt.delete_after || opt.spider) + { + logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, "Removing %s.\n", rfile); + if (unlink (rfile)) + logprintf (LOG_NOTQUIET, "unlink: %s\n", + strerror (errno)); + } + xfree (rfile); } else diff --git a/src/res.c b/src/res.c index 56041229..0aea66f3 100644 --- a/src/res.c +++ b/src/res.c @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ prune_non_exact (struct robot_specs *specs) #define EOL(p) ((p) >= lineend) #define SKIP_SPACE(p) do { \ - while (!EOL (p) && ISSPACE (*p)) \ + while (!EOL (p) && c_isspace (*p)) \ ++p; \ } while (0) @@ -266,18 +266,18 @@ res_parse (const char *source, int length) lineend to a location preceding the first comment. Real line ending remains in lineend_real. */ for (lineend = p; lineend < lineend_real; lineend++) - if ((lineend == p || ISSPACE (*(lineend - 1))) + if ((lineend == p || c_isspace (*(lineend - 1))) && *lineend == '#') break; /* Ignore trailing whitespace in the same way. */ - while (lineend > p && ISSPACE (*(lineend - 1))) + while (lineend > p && c_isspace (*(lineend - 1))) --lineend; assert (!EOL (p)); field_b = p; - while (!EOL (p) && (ISALNUM (*p) || *p == '-')) + while (!EOL (p) && (c_isalnum (*p) || *p == '-')) ++p; field_e = p; @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ free_specs (struct robot_specs *specs) advance the pointer. */ #define DECODE_MAYBE(c, ptr) do { \ - if (c == '%' && ISXDIGIT (ptr[1]) && ISXDIGIT (ptr[2])) \ + if (c == '%' && c_isxdigit (ptr[1]) && c_isxdigit (ptr[2])) \ { \ char decoded = X2DIGITS_TO_NUM (ptr[1], ptr[2]); \ if (decoded != '/') \ diff --git a/src/safe-ctype.c b/src/safe-ctype.c deleted file mode 100644 index 59bfa006..00000000 --- a/src/safe-ctype.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/* replacement macros. - - Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Zack Weinberg . - -This file is part of the libiberty library. -Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public -License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - -Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with libiberty. If not, see . - -In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ - -/* This is a compatible replacement of the standard C library's - with the following properties: - - - Implements all isxxx() macros required by C99. - - Also implements some character classes useful when - parsing C-like languages. - - Does not change behavior depending on the current locale. - - Behaves properly for all values in the range of a signed or - unsigned char. */ - -#include -#include -#include /* for EOF */ - -/* Shorthand */ -#define bl _sch_isblank -#define cn _sch_iscntrl -#define di _sch_isdigit -#define is _sch_isidst -#define lo _sch_islower -#define nv _sch_isnvsp -#define pn _sch_ispunct -#define pr _sch_isprint -#define sp _sch_isspace -#define up _sch_isupper -#define vs _sch_isvsp -#define xd _sch_isxdigit - -/* Masks. */ -#define L lo|is |pr /* lower case letter */ -#define XL lo|is|xd|pr /* lowercase hex digit */ -#define U up|is |pr /* upper case letter */ -#define XU up|is|xd|pr /* uppercase hex digit */ -#define D di |xd|pr /* decimal digit */ -#define P pn |pr /* punctuation */ -#define _ pn|is |pr /* underscore */ - -#define C cn /* control character */ -#define Z nv |cn /* NUL */ -#define M nv|sp |cn /* cursor movement: \f \v */ -#define V vs|sp |cn /* vertical space: \r \n */ -#define T nv|sp|bl|cn /* tab */ -#define S nv|sp|bl|pr /* space */ - -/* Are we ASCII? */ -#if '\n' == 0x0A && ' ' == 0x20 && '0' == 0x30 \ - && 'A' == 0x41 && 'a' == 0x61 && '!' == 0x21 \ - && EOF == -1 - -const unsigned short _sch_istable[256] = -{ - Z, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL */ - C, T, V, M, M, V, C, C, /* BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI */ - C, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB */ - C, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US */ - S, P, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* SP ! " # $ % & ' */ - P, P, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* ( ) * + , - . / */ - D, D, D, D, D, D, D, D, /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */ - D, D, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* 8 9 : ; < = > ? */ - P, XU, XU, XU, XU, XU, XU, U, /* @ A B C D E F G */ - U, U, U, U, U, U, U, U, /* H I J K L M N O */ - U, U, U, U, U, U, U, U, /* P Q R S T U V W */ - U, U, U, P, P, P, P, _, /* X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ */ - P, XL, XL, XL, XL, XL, XL, L, /* ` a b c d e f g */ - L, L, L, L, L, L, L, L, /* h i j k l m n o */ - L, L, L, L, L, L, L, L, /* p q r s t u v w */ - L, L, L, P, P, P, P, C, /* x y z { | } ~ DEL */ - - /* high half of unsigned char is locale-specific, so all tests are - false in "C" locale */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -}; - -const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256] = -{ - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, - 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, - 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, - 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, - 64, - - 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', - 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', - - 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, - - 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', - 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', - - 123,124,125,126,127, - - 128,129,130,131, 132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139, 140,141,142,143, - 144,145,146,147, 148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159, - 160,161,162,163, 164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175, - 176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187, 188,189,190,191, - - 192,193,194,195, 196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203, 204,205,206,207, - 208,209,210,211, 212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219, 220,221,222,223, - 224,225,226,227, 228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235, 236,237,238,239, - 240,241,242,243, 244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255, -}; - -const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256] = -{ - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, - 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, - 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, - 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, - 64, - - 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', - 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', - - 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, - - 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', - 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', - - 123,124,125,126,127, - - 128,129,130,131, 132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139, 140,141,142,143, - 144,145,146,147, 148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159, - 160,161,162,163, 164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175, - 176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187, 188,189,190,191, - - 192,193,194,195, 196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203, 204,205,206,207, - 208,209,210,211, 212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219, 220,221,222,223, - 224,225,226,227, 228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235, 236,237,238,239, - 240,241,242,243, 244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255, -}; - -#else - #error "Unsupported host character set" -#endif /* not ASCII */ diff --git a/src/safe-ctype.h b/src/safe-ctype.h deleted file mode 100644 index fa4f4d5c..00000000 --- a/src/safe-ctype.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/* replacement macros. - - Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Zack Weinberg . - -This file is part of the libiberty library. -Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public -License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either -version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - -Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with libiberty. If not, see -. - -In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ - -/* This is a compatible replacement of the standard C library's - with the following properties: - - - Implements all isxxx() macros required by C99. - - Also implements some character classes useful when - parsing C-like languages. - - Does not change behavior depending on the current locale. - - Behaves properly for all values in the range of a signed or - unsigned char. - - To avoid conflicts, this header defines the isxxx functions in upper - case, e.g. ISALPHA not isalpha. */ - -#ifndef SAFE_CTYPE_H -#define SAFE_CTYPE_H - -/* Catch erroneous use of ctype macros. Files that really know what - they're doing can disable this check by defining the - I_REALLY_WANT_CTYPE_MACROS preprocessor constant. */ - -#ifndef I_REALLY_WANT_CTYPE_MACROS - -/* We used to #define these to errors, but that loses when real - ctype.h is included, usually by a library's (OpenSSL's) header - which gets #included after wget.h. */ - -#undef isalpha -#undef isalnum -#undef isblank -#undef iscntrl -#undef isdigit -#undef isgraph -#undef islower -#undef isprint -#undef ispunct -#undef isspace -#undef isupper -#undef isxdigit - -#endif /* I_REALLY_WANT_CTYPE_MACROS */ - -/* Categories. */ - -enum { - /* In C99 */ - _sch_isblank = 0x0001, /* space \t */ - _sch_iscntrl = 0x0002, /* nonprinting characters */ - _sch_isdigit = 0x0004, /* 0-9 */ - _sch_islower = 0x0008, /* a-z */ - _sch_isprint = 0x0010, /* any printing character including ' ' */ - _sch_ispunct = 0x0020, /* all punctuation */ - _sch_isspace = 0x0040, /* space \t \n \r \f \v */ - _sch_isupper = 0x0080, /* A-Z */ - _sch_isxdigit = 0x0100, /* 0-9A-Fa-f */ - - /* Extra categories useful to cpplib. */ - _sch_isidst = 0x0200, /* A-Za-z_ */ - _sch_isvsp = 0x0400, /* \n \r */ - _sch_isnvsp = 0x0800, /* space \t \f \v \0 */ - - /* Combinations of the above. */ - _sch_isalpha = _sch_isupper|_sch_islower, /* A-Za-z */ - _sch_isalnum = _sch_isalpha|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9 */ - _sch_isidnum = _sch_isidst|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9_ */ - _sch_isgraph = _sch_isalnum|_sch_ispunct, /* isprint and not space */ - _sch_iscppsp = _sch_isvsp|_sch_isnvsp /* isspace + \0 */ -}; - -/* Character classification. */ -extern const unsigned short _sch_istable[256]; - -#define _sch_test(c, bit) (_sch_istable[(c) & 0xff] & (unsigned short)(bit)) - -#define ISALPHA(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalpha) -#define ISALNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalnum) -#define ISBLANK(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isblank) -#define ISCNTRL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscntrl) -#define ISDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isdigit) -#define ISGRAPH(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isgraph) -#define ISLOWER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_islower) -#define ISPRINT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isprint) -#define ISPUNCT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_ispunct) -#define ISSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isspace) -#define ISUPPER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isupper) -#define ISXDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isxdigit) - -#define ISIDNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidnum) -#define ISIDST(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidst) -#define IS_VSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isvsp) -#define IS_NVSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isnvsp) -#define IS_SPACE_OR_NUL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscppsp) - -/* Character transformation. */ -extern const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256]; -extern const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256]; -#define TOUPPER(c) _sch_toupper[(c) & 0xff] -#define TOLOWER(c) _sch_tolower[(c) & 0xff] - -#endif /* SAFE_CTYPE_H */ diff --git a/src/url.c b/src/url.c index 6235c521..31dc09f6 100644 --- a/src/url.c +++ b/src/url.c @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ url_unescape (char *s) { char c; /* Do nothing if '%' is not followed by two hex digits. */ - if (!h[1] || !h[2] || !(ISXDIGIT (h[1]) && ISXDIGIT (h[2]))) + if (!h[1] || !h[2] || !(c_isxdigit (h[1]) && c_isxdigit (h[2]))) goto copychar; c = X2DIGITS_TO_NUM (h[1], h[2]); /* Don't unescape %00 because there is no way to insert it @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ char_needs_escaping (const char *p) { if (*p == '%') { - if (ISXDIGIT (*(p + 1)) && ISXDIGIT (*(p + 2))) + if (c_isxdigit (*(p + 1)) && c_isxdigit (*(p + 2))) return false; else /* Garbled %.. sequence: encode `%'. */ @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ url_scheme (const char *url) return SCHEME_INVALID; } -#define SCHEME_CHAR(ch) (ISALNUM (ch) || (ch) == '-' || (ch) == '+') +#define SCHEME_CHAR(ch) (c_isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '-' || (ch) == '+') /* Return 1 if the URL begins with any "scheme", 0 otherwise. As currently implemented, it returns true if URL begins with @@ -590,10 +590,10 @@ lowercase_str (char *str) { bool changed = false; for (; *str; str++) - if (ISUPPER (*str)) + if (c_isupper (*str)) { changed = true; - *str = TOLOWER (*str); + *str = c_tolower (*str); } return changed; } @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ url_parse (const char *url, int *error) if (port_b != port_e) for (port = 0, pp = port_b; pp < port_e; pp++) { - if (!ISDIGIT (*pp)) + if (!c_isdigit (*pp)) { /* http://host:12randomgarbage/blah */ /* ^ */ @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ append_char (char ch, struct growable *dest) enum { filechr_not_unix = 1, /* unusable on Unix, / and \0 */ - filechr_not_windows = 2, /* unusable on MSDOS/Windows, one of \|/<>?:*" */ + filechr_not_windows = 2, /* unusable on Windows, one of \|/<>?:*" */ filechr_control = 4 /* a control character, e.g. 0-31 */ }; @@ -1373,9 +1373,9 @@ append_uri_pathel (const char *b, const char *e, bool escaped, for (q = TAIL (dest); q < TAIL (dest) + outlen; ++q) { if (opt.restrict_files_case == restrict_lowercase) - *q = TOLOWER (*q); + *q = c_tolower (*q); else - *q = TOUPPER (*q); + *q = c_toupper (*q); } } @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ getchar_from_escaped_string (const char *str, char *c) if (p[0] == '%') { - if (!ISXDIGIT(p[1]) || !ISXDIGIT(p[2])) + if (!c_isxdigit(p[1]) || !c_isxdigit(p[2])) { *c = '%'; return 1; @@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ are_urls_equal (const char *u1, const char *u2) while (*p && *q && (pp = getchar_from_escaped_string (p, &ch1)) && (qq = getchar_from_escaped_string (q, &ch2)) - && (TOLOWER(ch1) == TOLOWER(ch2))) + && (c_tolower(ch1) == c_tolower(ch2))) { p += pp; q += qq; diff --git a/src/utils.c b/src/utils.c index 94b4e3a3..003b3640 100644 --- a/src/utils.c +++ b/src/utils.c @@ -42,6 +42,9 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #ifdef HAVE_MMAP # include #endif +#ifdef HAVE_PROCESS_H +# include /* getpid() */ +#endif #ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H # include #endif @@ -93,7 +96,7 @@ xstrdup_lower (const char *s) char *copy = xstrdup (s); char *p = copy; for (; *p; p++) - *p = TOLOWER (*p); + *p = c_tolower (*p); return copy; } @@ -132,7 +135,7 @@ sepstring (const char *s) res[++i] = NULL; ++s; /* Skip the blanks following the ','. */ - while (ISSPACE (*s)) + while (c_isspace (*s)) ++s; p = s; } @@ -633,10 +636,10 @@ fnmatch_nocase (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags) char *strcopy = (char *) alloca (strlen (string) + 1); char *p; for (p = patcopy; *pattern; pattern++, p++) - *p = TOLOWER (*pattern); + *p = c_tolower (*pattern); *p = '\0'; for (p = strcopy; *string; string++, p++) - *p = TOLOWER (*string); + *p = c_tolower (*string); *p = '\0'; return fnmatch (patcopy, strcopy, flags); #endif @@ -678,7 +681,7 @@ subdir_p (const char *d1, const char *d2) for (; *d1 && *d2 && (*d1 == *d2); ++d1, ++d2) ; else - for (; *d1 && *d2 && (TOLOWER (*d1) == TOLOWER (*d2)); ++d1, ++d2) + for (; *d1 && *d2 && (c_tolower (*d1) == c_tolower (*d2)); ++d1, ++d2) ; return *d1 == '\0' && (*d2 == '\0' || *d2 == '/'); @@ -763,7 +766,7 @@ match_tail (const char *string, const char *tail, bool fold_case) else { for (i = strlen (string), j = strlen (tail); i >= 0 && j >= 0; i--, j--) - if (TOLOWER (string[i]) != TOLOWER (tail[j])) + if (c_tolower (string[i]) != c_tolower (tail[j])) break; } @@ -1937,7 +1940,7 @@ base64_encode (const void *data, int length, char *dest) when end of string is reached. */ #define NEXT_CHAR(c, p) do { \ c = (unsigned char) *p++; \ -} while (ISSPACE (c)) +} while (c_isspace (c)) #define IS_ASCII(c) (((c) & 0x80) == 0) diff --git a/src/version.c b/src/version.c deleted file mode 100644 index 87fdbae3..00000000 --- a/src/version.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -char *version_string = "1.10+devel"; diff --git a/src/wget.h b/src/wget.h index 2cfa7aa8..9d302064 100644 --- a/src/wget.h +++ b/src/wget.h @@ -47,17 +47,8 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ /* `gettext (FOO)' is long to write, so we use `_(FOO)'. If NLS is unavailable, _(STRING) simply returns STRING. */ -#ifdef HAVE_NLS -# define _(string) gettext (string) -# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H -# include -# else /* not HAVE_LIBINTL_H */ - const char *gettext (); -# endif /* not HAVE_LIBINTL_H */ -#else /* not HAVE_NLS */ -# define _(string) (string) -# define ngettext(sing, plur, num) ((num) == 1 ? (sing) : (plur)) -#endif /* not HAVE_NLS */ +#include "gettext.h" +#define _(string) gettext (string) /* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time @@ -89,7 +80,7 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ /* Include these, so random files need not include them. */ #include "sysdep.h" /* locale independent replacement for ctype.h */ -#include "safe-ctype.h" +#include "c-ctype.h" /* Conditionalize the use of GCC's __attribute__((format)) and __builtin_expect features using macros. */ @@ -222,7 +213,7 @@ typedef double SUM_SIZE_INT; /* Convert an ASCII hex digit to the corresponding number between 0 and 15. H should be a hexadecimal digit that satisfies isxdigit; otherwise, the result is undefined. */ -#define XDIGIT_TO_NUM(h) ((h) < 'A' ? (h) - '0' : TOUPPER (h) - 'A' + 10) +#define XDIGIT_TO_NUM(h) ((h) < 'A' ? (h) - '0' : c_toupper (h) - 'A' + 10) #define X2DIGITS_TO_NUM(h1, h2) ((XDIGIT_TO_NUM (h1) << 4) + XDIGIT_TO_NUM (h2)) /* The reverse of the above: convert a number in the [0, 16) range to diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in deleted file mode 100644 index 9788f702..00000000 --- a/stamp-h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -timestamp diff --git a/tests/ChangeLog b/tests/ChangeLog index 8c059c0f..08175d18 100644 --- a/tests/ChangeLog +++ b/tests/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,10 @@ +2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues + + * WgetTest.pm.in: wget is built in the build tree. Use an + absolute path to the binary. + * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am. + * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in. + 2007-09-25 Micah Cowan * Makefile.in: Use EXEEXT instead of exeext. diff --git a/tests/Makefile.am b/tests/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45afdfa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tests/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# Makefile for `wget' utility +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, +# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with Wget. If not, see . + +# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation +# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the +# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it +# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute +# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License +# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you +# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the +# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do +# so, delete this exception statement from your version. + +# +# Version: @VERSION@ +# + +PERL = perl +PERLRUN = $(PERL) -I$(srcdir) + +.PHONY: test run-unit-tests run-px-tests + +check-local: test + +test: ../src/wget$(EXEEXT) run-unit-tests #run-px-tests + +../src/wget$(EXEEXT): + cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) + +run-unit-tests: unit-tests$(EXEEXT) + ./unit-tests$(EXEEXT) + +run-px-tests: WgetTest.pm + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-auth-basic.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-c-full.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-c-partial.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-c.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-E-k-K.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-E-k.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-ftp.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-1.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-2.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-current-HTTP-CD.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-current.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-old.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-nonexisting-quiet.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-noop.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-np.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O-nonexisting.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-Restrict-Lowercase.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-Restrict-Uppercase.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-fail.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo + $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r.px && echo && echo + +EXTRA_DIST = FTPServer.pm FTPTest.pm HTTPServer.pm HTTPTest.pm \ + Test-auth-basic.px Test-c-full.px Test-c-partial.px \ + Test-c.px Test-E-k-K.px Test-E-k.px Test-ftp.px \ + Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-1.px \ + Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-2.px \ + Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px \ + Test-N-current.px Test-N-old.px Test-nonexisting-quiet.px \ + Test-noop.px Test-np.px Test-N.px \ + Test-O-nonexisting.px Test-O.px \ + Test-Restrict-Lowercase.px Test-Restrict-Uppercase.px \ + Test--spider-fail.px Test--spider.px Test--spider-r.px + +check_PROGRAMS = unit-tests +unit_tests_SOURCES = +LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@ + +CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* diff --git a/tests/Makefile.in b/tests/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 920186ce..00000000 --- a/tests/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for `wget' utility -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, -# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with Wget. If not, see . - -# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -# so, delete this exception statement from your version. - -# -# Version: @VERSION@ -# - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -top_builddir = .. - -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -bindir = @bindir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale - -DESTDIR = - -CC = @CC@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -# The following line is losing on some versions of make! -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@ -exeext = @EXEEXT@ - -INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(srcdir)/../src - -COMPILE = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) -LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -RM = rm -f -ETAGS = etags - -# Conditional compiles -ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ -MD5_OBJ = @MD5_OBJ@ -OPIE_OBJ = @OPIE_OBJ@ -NTLM_OBJ = @NTLM_OBJ@ -SSL_OBJ = @SSL_OBJ@ -GETOPT_OBJ = @GETOPT_OBJ@ - - -all: - -.PHONY: test - -test: @top_srcdir@/src/wget run-unit-tests run-px-tests - -@top_srcdir@/src/wget: - cd @top_srcdir@ && $(MAKE) - -run-unit-tests: unit-tests$(exeext) - ./unit-tests$(exeext) - -run-px-tests: WgetTest.pm - ./Test-auth-basic.px && echo && echo - ./Test-c-full.px && echo && echo - ./Test-c-partial.px && echo && echo - ./Test-c.px && echo && echo - ./Test-E-k-K.px && echo && echo - ./Test-E-k.px && echo && echo - ./Test-ftp.px && echo && echo - ./Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-1.px && echo && echo - ./Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-2.px && echo && echo - ./Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N-current-HTTP-CD.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N-current.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo - ./Test--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N-old.px && echo && echo - ./Test-nonexisting-quiet.px && echo && echo - ./Test-noop.px && echo && echo - ./Test-np.px && echo && echo - ./Test-N.px && echo && echo - ./Test-O-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test-O--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test-O--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo - ./Test-O-nonexisting.px && echo && echo - ./Test-O.px && echo && echo - ./Test-Restrict-Lowercase.px && echo && echo - ./Test-Restrict-Uppercase.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider-fail.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider-r-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo - ./Test--spider-r.px && echo && echo - -WgetTest.pm: WgetTest.pm.in @top_srcdir@/config.status - cd @top_srcdir@ && ./config.status - -# -# Dependencies for test binary -# - -TESTOBJ = $(ALLOCA) cmpt.o connect.o convert.o cookies.o \ - ftp.o ftp-basic.o ftp-ls.o $(OPIE_OBJ) $(GETOPT_OBJ) hash.o \ - host.o html-parse.o html-url.o http.o $(NTLM_OBJ) init.o \ - log.o main.o $(MD5_OBJ) netrc.o progress.o \ - ptimer.o recur.o res.o retr.o safe-ctype.o snprintf.o \ - spider.o $(SSL_OBJ) test.o url.o utils.o version.o xmalloc.o - -# We make object files depend on every header. Rather than attempt to -# track dependencies, everything gets recompiled when a header -# changes. With a program of Wget's size this doesn't waste much -# time, and it's a lot safer than attempting to get all the -# dependencies right. - -HEADERS = ../src/config-post.h ../src/config.h \ - ../src/connect.h ../src/convert.h ../src/cookies.h \ - ../src/ftp.h ../src/gen-md5.h ../src/getopt.h \ - ../src/gnu-md5.h ../src/hash.h ../src/host.h \ - ../src/html-parse.h ../src/http-ntlm.h ../src/init.h \ - ../src/log.h ../src/mswindows.h ../src/netrc.h \ - ../src/options.h ../src/progress.h \ - ../src/ptimer.h ../src/recur.h ../src/res.h \ - ../src/retr.h ../src/safe-ctype.h ../src/spider.h \ - ../src/ssl.h ../src/sysdep.h ../src/test.h \ - ../src/url.h ../src/utils.h ../src/wget.h \ - ../src/xmalloc.h - -alloca.o: ../src/alloca.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -ccache.o: ../src/ccache.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -cmpt.o: ../src/cmpt.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -connect.o: ../src/connect.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -convert.o: ../src/convert.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -cookies.o: ../src/cookies.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -ftp-basic.o: ../src/ftp-basic.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -ftp.o: ../src/ftp.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -ftp-ls.o: ../src/ftp-ls.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -ftp-opie.o: ../src/ftp-opie.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -gen-md5.o: ../src/gen-md5.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -getopt.o: ../src/getopt.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -gnu-md5.o: ../src/gnu-md5.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -gnutls.o: ../src/gnutls.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -hash.o: ../src/hash.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -host.o: ../src/host.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -html-parse.o: ../src/html-parse.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -html-url.o: ../src/html-url.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -http.o: ../src/http.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -http-ntlm.o: ../src/http-ntlm.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -init.o: ../src/init.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -log.o: ../src/log.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -main.o: ../src/main.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -mswindows.o: ../src/mswindows.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -netrc.o: ../src/netrc.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -openssl.o: ../src/openssl.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -progress.o: ../src/progress.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -protocol.o: ../src/protocol.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -ptimer.o: ../src/ptimer.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -recur.o: ../src/recur.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -res.o: ../src/res.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -retr.o: ../src/retr.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -safe-ctype.o: ../src/safe-ctype.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -snprintf.o: ../src/snprintf.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -spider.o: ../src/spider.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -test.o: ../src/test.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -url.o: ../src/url.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -utils.o: ../src/utils.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -version.o: ../src/version.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - -xmalloc.o: ../src/xmalloc.c $(HEADERS) - $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $< - - -unit-tests$(exeext): $(TESTOBJ) - $(LINK) $(TESTOBJ) $(LIBS) - -# -# Dependencies for cleanup -# - -clean: - $(RM) *.o unit-tests$(exeext) *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* - -distclean: clean - $(RM) Makefile - -realclean: distclean - -# -# Dependencies for maintenance -# - -subdir = tests - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status - diff --git a/tests/WgetTest.pm.in b/tests/WgetTest.pm.in index a57c1bb8..915759df 100644 --- a/tests/WgetTest.pm.in +++ b/tests/WgetTest.pm.in @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ use strict; use Cwd; use File::Path; -our $WGETPATH = "@top_srcdir@/src/wget"; +our $WGETPATH = "@abs_top_builddir@/src/wget"; my @unexpected_downloads = (); diff --git a/texinfo.tex b/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80836223 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7482 @@ +% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +% +% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi +% +\def\texinfoversion{2006-10-04.17} +% +% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, +% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free +% Software Foundation, Inc. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +% your option) any later version. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +% General Public License for more details. +% +% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write +% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, +% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +% +% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing +% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without +% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) +% +% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug +% reports; you can get the latest version from: +% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or +% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex +% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). +% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out +% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. +% +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% +% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: +% tex foo.texi +% texindex foo.?? +% tex foo.texi +% tex foo.texi +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. +% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. +% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more +% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some +% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the +% full Texinfo distribution. +% +% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. + + +\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +\message{Basics,} +\chardef\other=12 + +% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. +% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. +\let\+ = \relax + +% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexcomma=\, +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexequiv=\equiv +\let\ptexexclam=\! +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote +\let\ptexgtr=> +\let\ptexhat=^ +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexindent=\indent +\let\ptexinsert=\insert +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexless=< +\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite +\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent +\let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptext=\t + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi + +% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. +\chardef\spacecat = 10 +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} + +% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. +\chardef\colonChar = `\: +\chardef\commaChar = `\, +\chardef\dashChar = `\- +\chardef\dotChar = `\. +\chardef\exclamChar= `\! +\chardef\lquoteChar= `\` +\chardef\questChar = `\? +\chardef\rquoteChar= `\' +\chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\underChar = `\_ + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +% The following is used inside several \edef's. +\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% Hyphenation fixes. +\hyphenation{ + Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script + ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps + data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script + man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm + par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces + spell-ing spell-ings + stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space + wide-spread wrap-around +} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make +% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log +% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{% + \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 + \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex + \tracingparagraphs1 + \tracingoutput1 + \tracingmacros2 + \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen + \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \tracingscantokens1 + \tracingifs1 + \tracinggroups1 + \tracingnesting2 + \tracingassigns1 + \fi + \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex + \errorcontextlines16 +}% + +% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing +% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. +% +\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} +\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} + +% For @cropmarks command. +% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +% +\newif\ifcropmarks +\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue +% +% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. +% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 +% +\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines +\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc +\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt +\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in + +% Main output routine. +\chardef\PAGE = 255 +\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} + +\newbox\headlinebox +\newbox\footlinebox + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents +% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +\def\onepageout#1{% + \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset + \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi + % + % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in + % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% + \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + % + {% + % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to + % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends + % before the \shipout runs. + % + \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if + % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. + % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: + % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} + % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; + % it needs to be + % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} + \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi + % + \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup + \hsize = \outerhsize + \vskip-\topandbottommargin + \vtop to0pt{% + \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% + \nointerlineskip + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% + }% + \vss}% + \vskip\topandbottommargin + \line\bgroup + \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. + \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi + \vbox\bgroup + \fi + % + \unvbox\headlinebox + \pagebody{#1}% + \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt + % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. + % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) + % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. + \vskip 24pt + \unvbox\footlinebox + \fi + % + \ifcropmarks + \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick + \vbox to0pt{\vss + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% + }% + \nointerlineskip + \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + }% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox + }% end of group with \indexdummies + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} +\def\parseargusing#1#2{% + \def\argtorun{#2}% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \spaceisspace + #1% + \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. +} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% + }% +} + +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} + +% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. +% +% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed +% by \finishparsearg. +% +\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% + \def\temp{#3}% + \ifx\temp\empty + % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: + \let\temp\finishparsearg + \else + \let\temp\argcheckspaces + \fi + % Put the space token in: + \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm +} + +% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so +% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. +% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, +% just before passing the control to \argtorun. +% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is +% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger +% that a pair of braces would be stripped. +% +% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. +% +\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} + +% \parseargdef\foo{...} +% is roughly equivalent to +% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} +% \def\Xfoo#1{...} +% +% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my +% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 + +\def\parseargdef#1{% + \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% +} +\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% + \def#2{\parsearg#1}% + \def#1##1% +} + +% Several utility definitions with active space: +{ + \obeyspaces + \gdef\obeyedspace{ } + + % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword + % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this + % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input + % should produce a line of output anyway. + % + \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} + + % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces + % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the + % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). + \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} +} + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: +% +% \envdef\foo{...} +% \def\Efoo{...} +% +% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the +% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also +% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks +% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be +% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. +% +% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they +% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The +% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this +% special case.) + + +% At runtime, environments start with this: +\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} +% initialize +\let\thisenv\empty + +% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': +\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} +\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} + +% Check whether we're in the right environment: +\def\checkenv#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \else + \badenverr + \fi +} + +% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: +\def\badenverr{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, + not \inenvironment\thisenv}% +} +\def\inenvironment#1{% + \ifx#1\empty + out of any environment% + \else + in environment \expandafter\string#1% + \fi +} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv +% +\parseargdef\end{% + \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname + \else + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname + \csname E#1\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + + +%% Simple single-character @ commands + +% @@ prints an @ +% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +\def\@{{\tt\char64}} + +% This is turned off because it was never documented +% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' +%% but suppressing ligatures. +%\def\`{{`}} +%\def\'{{'}} + +% Used to generate quoted braces. +\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} +\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \c +\let\dotaccent = \. +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \t +\let\ubaraccent = \b +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @/ allows a line break. +\let\/=\allowbreak + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. +% +\def\onword{on} +\def\offword{off} +% +\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing + \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can +% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it +% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an +% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The +% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit +% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). +% +\newbox\groupbox +\def\vfilllimit{0.7} +% +\envdef\group{% + \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + \startsavinginserts + % + \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts +% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) +% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space +% above. But it's pretty close. +\def\Egroup{% + % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. + \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. + \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth + \egroup % End the \vtop. + % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. + \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox + % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). + \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big + % group, force a page break. + \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight + \page + \fi + \fi + \box\groupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\parseargdef\need{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\parseargdef\need{% + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi +} + +% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). + +\let\br = \par + +% @page forces the start of a new page. +% +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount + \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} + +% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% +\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} +\def\includezzz#1{% + \pushthisfilestack + \def\thisfile{#1}% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{\input #1 }% + \expandafter + }\temp + \popthisfilestack +} +\def\filenamecatcodes{% + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \catcode`-=\other +} + +\def\pushthisfilestack{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackX{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% + \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% +} + +\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} +\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: + the stack of filenames is empty.}} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line +% outputs that line, centered. +% +\parseargdef\center{% + \ifhmode + \let\next\centerH + \else + \let\next\centerV + \fi + \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% +} +\def\centerH#1{% + {% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break + }% +} +\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\commentxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} + +\let\c=\comment + +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. +% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent +} + +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\parseargdef\exampleindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi +} + +% @firstparagraphindent WORD +% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph +% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such +% paragraphs. +% +% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling +% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. +% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. +% By default, we suppress indentation. +% +\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} +\def\insertword{insert} +% +\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\noneword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent + \else\ifx\temp\insertword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to +% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. +% +% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next +% paragraph. +% +\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% + \gdef\indent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \indent + }% + \gdef\noindent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \noindent + }% + \global\everypar = {% + \kern -\parindent + \restorefirstparagraphindent + }% +} + +\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% + \global \let \indent = \ptexindent + \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global \everypar = {}% +} + + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but +% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not +% otherwise define @\. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + $\finishmath +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + } +} + +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} +\def\minus{$-$} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm +% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, +% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do +% whichever is larger. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods + \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em + \dimen0 = \wd0 + \else + \dimen0 = 1.5em + \fi + \hbox to \dimen0{% + \hskip 0pt plus.25fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +} + +% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up +% Texinfo's parsing. +% +\let\comma = , + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \iflinks + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi + \closein 1 + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +% Called from \setfilename. +% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, +% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +\else + \ifx\pdfoutput\relax + \else + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \pdftrue + \fi + \fi +\fi + +% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, +% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to +% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be +% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. +% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html +% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX +% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do). + +% double active backslashes. +% +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active + @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% + @catcode`@\=@active + @let\=@doublebackslash} +} + +% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are +% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as +% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens. I've +% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there. +% +% #1 is the tokens to replace. +% #2 is the replacement. +% #3 is the control sequence with the string. +% +\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% + \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% + ##1% + \ifx\\##2\\% + \else + #2% + \HyReturnAfterFi{% + \HyPsdReplace##2\END + }% + \fi + }% + \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% +} +\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} + +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. +\def\backslashparens#1{% + \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply + % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. + \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% + \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% +} + +\ifpdf + \input pdfcolor + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% + % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \immediate\pdfimage + \else + \immediate\pdfximage + \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 + #1.pdf% + \else + {#1.pdf}% + \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters + % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. + \atdummies + \activebackslashdouble + \def\pdfdestname{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfdestname + \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz% + }}% + % + % used to mark target names; must be expandable. + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}% + % + \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? + \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + % + % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the + % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number + % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, + % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. + % #4 is the page number + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the + % page number. We could generate a destination for the section + % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't + % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% + \else + % Doubled backslashes in the name. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% + \fi + % + % Also double the backslashes in the display string. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% + % + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\thischapnum{##2}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% + \def\thissecnum{##2}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% + \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% + }% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% + }% + \def\thischapnum{0}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + % + % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et + % al. a second time, below. + \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \readdatafile{toc}% + % + % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. + % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of + % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. + % + % We use the node names as the destinations. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero + \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% + % + % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of + % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, + % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from + % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from + % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. + % + % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right + % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + \indexnofonts + \setupdatafile + \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + } + % + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + % make a live url in pdf output. + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not + % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context + % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one + % people have actually reported a problem with. + % + \normalturnoffactive + \def\@{@}% + \let\/=\empty + \makevalueexpandable + \leavevmode\Red + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} + \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\else + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + + +\message{fonts,} + +% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. +% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in +% italics, not bold italics. +% +\def\setfontstyle#1{% + \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. + \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font +} + +% Select #1 fonts with the current style. +% +\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} + +\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} +\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} +\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} +\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} +\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this font style. +\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} + + +% Default leading. +\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} + + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in +% Texinfo. +% +\def\definetextfontsizexi{ +% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). +\def\textnominalsize{11pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\authorrm{\secrm} +\def\authortt{\sectt} + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\def\secnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 + +% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} +\font\reducedi=cmmi10 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 + +% reset the current fonts +\textfonts +\rm +} % end of 11pt text font size definitions + + +% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with +% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU +% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the +% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. +% +\def\definetextfontsizex{% +% Text fonts (10pt). +\def\textnominalsize{10pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{1000} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\authorrm{\secrm} +\def\authortt{\sectt} + +% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\chapbf\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% Section fonts (12pt). +\def\secnominalsize{12pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\font\seci=cmmi12 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 + +% Subsection fonts (10pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000} +\font\sseci=cmmi10 +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 + +% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\reducedi=cmmi9 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 + +% reduce space between paragraphs +\divide\parskip by 2 + +% reset the current fonts +\textfonts +\rm +} % end of 10pt text font size definitions + + +% We provide the user-level command +% @fonttextsize 10 +% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. +% +\def\xword{10} +\def\xiword{11} +% +\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% + \def\textsizearg{#1}% + \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% + % + % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since + % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. + % + \begingroup \globaldefs=1 + \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex + \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi + \else + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} + \fi\fi + \endgroup +} + + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except +% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and +% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy + \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf + \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf +} + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the +% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire +% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. +% +% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in +% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% +% This all needs generalizing, badly. +% +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy + \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \def\curfontsize{text}% + \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} +\def\titlefonts{% + \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl + \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc + \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy + \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \def\curfontsize{title}% + \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy + \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \def\curfontsize{chap}% + \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy + \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \def\curfontsize{sec}% + \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy + \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \def\curfontsize{ssec}% + \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts +\def\reducedfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl + \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc + \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy + \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl + \def\curfontsize{reduced}% + \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \def\curfontsize{small}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallerfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl + \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc + \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy + \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl + \def\curfontsize{smaller}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} + +% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. +\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts + +% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample +% can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 +% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 +% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth +% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. +% +% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): +% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 +% +% I wish the USA used A4 paper. +% --karl, 24jan03. + + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\definetextfontsizexi + +% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} + +%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans +%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic + +% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction +% unless the following character is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else + \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. +% @var is set to this for defun arguments. +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want +% ttsl for book titles, do we? +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\slanted=\smartslanted +\let\var=\smartslanted +\let\dfn=\smartslanted +\let\emph=\smartitalic + +% @b, explicit bold. +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% @sansserif, explicit sans. +\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and +% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. +% +\catcode`@=11 + \def\plainfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m + \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends + } + \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 + \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends + } +\catcode`@=\other +\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default + +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \null +} +\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\keysy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% + \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% + \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt + \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% + \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% + \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} +% The old definition, with no lozenge: +%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +% @file, @option are the same as @samp. +\let\file=\samp +\let\option=\samp + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \plainfrenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. +% -- rms. +{ + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active + % + \global\def\code{\begingroup + \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active + \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft + % + \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active + \ifallowcodebreaks + \let-\codedash + \let_\codeunder + \else + \let-\realdash + \let_\realunder + \fi + \codex + } +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{% + % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ + % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) + % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us + % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. + \ifusingtt{\ifmmode + \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. + \else\normalunderscore \fi + \discretionary{}{}{}}% + {\_}% +} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., +% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in +% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in +% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. +% +\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue + +\def\keywordtrue{true} +\def\keywordfalse{false} + +\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue + \allowcodebreakstrue + \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse + \allowcodebreaksfalse + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. + +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is `distinct.' +\kbdinputstyle distinct + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} + +% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. +\let\indicateurl=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\command=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} + +% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', +% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for +% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. +%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. +% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for +% all-uppercase. +% +\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} +\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. +% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. +% +\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} +\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. +% +\def\pounds{{\it\$}} + +% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. +% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik +% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and +% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). +% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. +% +% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore +% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular +% font height. +% +% feymr - regular +% feymo - slanted +% feybr - bold +% feybo - bold slanted +% +% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. +% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. +% Hmm. +% +% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? +% Hope not. +% +% +\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} +\def\eurofont{% + % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in + % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that + % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the + % font installed. + % + % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale + % that to the current nominal size. + % + % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but + % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. + % + \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + % + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize + \else + % regular: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize + \fi + \thiseurofont +} + +% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really +% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. +% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. +% +\def\registeredsymbol{% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% + \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% + }$% +} + +% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. +% +\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} + +% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: +% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 +% so we'll define it if necessary. +% +\ifx\Orb\undefined +\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} +\fi + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the +% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. +% +\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue +\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue + +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\envdef\titlepage{% + % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. + \begingroup + \parindent=0pt \textfonts + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \let\page = \oldpage + \page + \null + }% +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are + % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. + \HEADINGSon + % + % If they want short, they certainly want long too. + \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \shortcontents + \contents + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \global\let\contents = \relax + \fi + % + \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \contents + \global\let\contents = \relax + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \fi +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: + +\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} + +\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines + \let\tt=\authortt} + +\parseargdef\title{% + \checkenv\titlepage + \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt +} + +\parseargdef\subtitle{% + \checkenv\titlepage + {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% +} + +% @author should come last, but may come many times. +% It can also be used inside @quotation. +% +\parseargdef\author{% + \def\temp{\quotation}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. + \else + \checkenv\titlepage + \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi + {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% + \fi +} + + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages +\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages +\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + +% Now make TeX use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% + \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + % + % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume + % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. + \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt + \global\advance\vsize by -12pt +} + +\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} + + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{% +\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} +\HEADINGSoff +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{% +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{% +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} +\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} + + +\message{tables,} +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if + % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no + % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would + % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this + % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert + % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. + % + \penalty 10001 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent + % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in + % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and + % eventually be printed. + \nobreak\kern-\tableindent + \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 + \unhbox0 + \nobreak\kern\dimen0 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} + +% @table, @ftable, @vtable. +\envdef\table{% + \let\itemindex\gobble + \tablecheck{table}% +} +\envdef\ftable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{ftable}% +} +\envdef\vtable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{vtable}% +} +\def\tablecheck#1{% + \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active + \endgroup + \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is + that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% + \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% + \else + \let\next\tablex + \fi + \next +} +\def\tablex#1{% + \def\itemindicate{#1}% + \parsearg\tabley +} +\def\tabley#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% + \expandafter + }\temp \endtablez +} +\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% + \aboveenvbreak + \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi + \itemmax=\tableindent + \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance \leftskip by \tableindent + \exdentamount=\tableindent + \parindent = 0pt + \parskip = \smallskipamount + \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \let\item = \internalBitem + \let\itemx = \internalBitemx +} +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} +\let\Eftable\Etable +\let\Evtable\Etable +\let\Eitemize\Etable +\let\Eenumerate\Etable + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} + +\def\doitemize#1{% + \aboveenvbreak + \itemmax=\itemindent + \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance\leftskip by \itemindent + \exdentamount=\itemindent + \parindent=0pt + \parskip=\smallskipamount + \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \def\itemcontents{#1}% + % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. + \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + \let\item=\itemizeitem +} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. +% +\def\itemizeitem{% + \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations + {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break + {% + % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a + % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have + % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero + % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the + % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there + % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much + % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least + % that's the theory. + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. + \flushcr +} + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a . + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt +% if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +% +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +% +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might +% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. +% +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% + \setuptable +} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable + \let\go = \relax + \else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions + \global\setpercenttrue + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction + \else + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a + % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction + % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so + % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. + \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else + \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% + \fi + \go +} + +% multitable-only commands. +% +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. +% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group +% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. +\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% +% +% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template +% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until +% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% + +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +% +\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. +% +\envdef\multitable{% + \vskip\parskip + \startsavinginserts + % + % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. + % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries + % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka + % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. + \def\item{\crcr}% + % + \tolerance=9500 + \hbadness=9500 + \setmultitablespacing + \parskip=\multitableparskip + \parindent=\multitableparindent + \overfullrule=0pt + \global\colcount=0 + % + \everycr = {% + \noalign{% + \global\everytab={}% + \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. + % Check for saved footnotes, etc. + \checkinserts + % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. + %\filbreak + % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the + % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the + % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + }% + }% + % + \parsearg\domultitable +} +\def\domultitable#1{% + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: + \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. + \halign\bgroup &% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \multistrut + \vtop{% + % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: + \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively + % marking characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut + }\cr +} +\def\Emultitable{% + \crcr + \egroup % end the \halign + \global\setpercentfalse +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% + \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing + % + % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in + % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on + % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. + % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +\fi +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{conditionals,} + +% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, +% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't +% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we +% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't +% attempt to close an environment group. +% +\def\makecond#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax + \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 +} +\makecond{iftex} +\makecond{ifnotdocbook} +\makecond{ifnothtml} +\makecond{ifnotinfo} +\makecond{ifnotplaintext} +\makecond{ifnotxml} + +% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. +% +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} +\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} +\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. +% +% A count to remember the depth of nesting. +\newcount\doignorecount + +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: + \obeylines + \catcode`\@ = \other + \catcode`\{ = \other + \catcode`\} = \other + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \spaceisspace + % + % Count number of #1's that we've seen. + \doignorecount = 0 + % + % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. + \dodoignore{#1}% +} + +{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. + \obeylines % + % + \gdef\dodoignore#1{% + % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. + % + % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. + \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% + \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% + % + % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a + % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for + % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) + \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext ^^M% + }% +} + +\def\doignoreyyy#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. + \let\next\doignoretextzzz + \else % Found a nested condition, ... + \advance\doignorecount by 1 + \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. + % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). + \fi + \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. +} + +% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". +% +\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% + \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. + \let\next\enddoignore + \else % Still inside a nested condition. + \advance\doignorecount by -1 + \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. + \fi + \next +} + +% Finish off ignored text. +{ \obeylines% + % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim + % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional + % would result in a blank line in the output. + \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% +} + + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. +% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. +% +\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{#2}% + \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% + \ifx\temp\empty + \next{}% + \else + \setzzz#2\endsetzzz + \fi + }% +} +% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. +\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\parseargdef\clear{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax + }% +} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} +{ + \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active + % + \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% + \let\value = \expandablevalue + % We don't want these characters active, ... + \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other + % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. + % So \let them to their normal equivalents. + \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore + } +} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). +% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since +% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the +% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain +% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work +% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. +% +\makecond{ifset} +\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} +\def\doifset#1#2{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not set, redefine \next. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the +% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, +% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. +% +\makecond{ifclear} +\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} +\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory=\comment + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. +\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. +% +\def\newindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index + \noexpand\doindex{#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} +% +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% +\def\newcodeindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% +} + + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +% +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. +% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, +% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. +% +\def\indexdummies{% + \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. + \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. + \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% + % + % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. + \let\{ = \mylbrace + \let\} = \myrbrace + % + % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is + % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts + % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, + % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput + % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput + % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that + % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it + % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that + % is still getting written without apparent harm. + % + % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to + % help-texinfo, 22may06): + % @macro funindex {WORD} + % @findex xyz + % @end macro + % ... + % @funindex commtest + % + % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. + % + % Sample whatsit resulting: + % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} + % + % So: + \let\endinput = \empty + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to +% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of +% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, +% this will be simpler. +% +\def\atdummies{% + \def\@{@@}% + \def\ {@ }% + \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd + \let\} = \rbraceatcmd + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies + \otherbackslash +} + +% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. +% +\def\commondummies{% + % + % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively + % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, + % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for + % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word + % from whatever follows. + % + % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the + % space. + % + % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and + % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then + % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). + % + \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% + \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% + \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + \definedummyletter\_% + % + % Non-English letters. + \definedummyword\AA + \definedummyword\AE + \definedummyword\L + \definedummyword\OE + \definedummyword\O + \definedummyword\aa + \definedummyword\ae + \definedummyword\l + \definedummyword\oe + \definedummyword\o + \definedummyword\ss + \definedummyword\exclamdown + \definedummyword\questiondown + \definedummyword\ordf + \definedummyword\ordm + % + % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. + \definedummyword\bf + \definedummyword\gtr + \definedummyword\hat + \definedummyword\less + \definedummyword\sf + \definedummyword\sl + \definedummyword\tclose + \definedummyword\tt + % + \definedummyword\LaTeX + \definedummyword\TeX + % + % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword\bullet + \definedummyword\comma + \definedummyword\copyright + \definedummyword\registeredsymbol + \definedummyword\dots + \definedummyword\enddots + \definedummyword\equiv + \definedummyword\error + \definedummyword\euro + \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\minus + \definedummyword\pounds + \definedummyword\point + \definedummyword\print + \definedummyword\result + \definedummyword\textdegree + % + % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. + \macrolist + % + \normalturnoffactive + % + % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any + % (non-fully-expandable) commands. + \makevalueexpandable +} + +% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. +% +\def\commondummiesnofonts{% + % Control letters and accents. + \definedummyletter\!% + \definedummyaccent\"% + \definedummyaccent\'% + \definedummyletter\*% + \definedummyaccent\,% + \definedummyletter\.% + \definedummyletter\/% + \definedummyletter\:% + \definedummyaccent\=% + \definedummyletter\?% + \definedummyaccent\^% + \definedummyaccent\`% + \definedummyaccent\~% + \definedummyword\u + \definedummyword\v + \definedummyword\H + \definedummyword\dotaccent + \definedummyword\ringaccent + \definedummyword\tieaccent + \definedummyword\ubaraccent + \definedummyword\udotaccent + \definedummyword\dotless + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \definedummyword\b + \definedummyword\i + \definedummyword\r + \definedummyword\sc + \definedummyword\t + % + % Commands that take arguments. + \definedummyword\acronym + \definedummyword\cite + \definedummyword\code + \definedummyword\command + \definedummyword\dfn + \definedummyword\emph + \definedummyword\env + \definedummyword\file + \definedummyword\kbd + \definedummyword\key + \definedummyword\math + \definedummyword\option + \definedummyword\pxref + \definedummyword\ref + \definedummyword\samp + \definedummyword\strong + \definedummyword\tie + \definedummyword\uref + \definedummyword\url + \definedummyword\var + \definedummyword\verb + \definedummyword\w + \definedummyword\xref +} + +% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index +% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all +% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string +% would be for a given command (usually its argument). +% +\def\indexnofonts{% + % Accent commands should become @asis. + \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% + % We can just ignore other control letters. + \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% + % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. + \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command + % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. + % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. + %\let\tt=\asis + % + \def\ { }% + \def\@{@}% + % how to handle braces? + \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + % + % Non-English letters. + \def\AA{AA}% + \def\AE{AE}% + \def\L{L}% + \def\OE{OE}% + \def\O{O}% + \def\aa{aa}% + \def\ae{ae}% + \def\l{l}% + \def\oe{oe}% + \def\o{o}% + \def\ss{ss}% + \def\exclamdown{!}% + \def\questiondown{?}% + \def\ordf{a}% + \def\ordm{o}% + % + \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% + \def\TeX{TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) + \def\bullet{bullet}% + \def\comma{,}% + \def\copyright{copyright}% + \def\registeredsymbol{R}% + \def\dots{...}% + \def\enddots{...}% + \def\equiv{==}% + \def\error{error}% + \def\euro{euro}% + \def\expansion{==>}% + \def\minus{-}% + \def\pounds{pounds}% + \def\point{.}% + \def\print{-|}% + \def\result{=>}% + \def\textdegree{degrees}% + % + % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). + % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. + % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up + % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry + % that starts with \. + % + % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them + % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that + % goes to end-of-line is not handled. + % + \macrolist +} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? + +% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. +% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. +\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} + +% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- +% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception +% is with most defuns, which call us directly). +% +\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + \iflinks + {% + % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). + \toks0 = {#2}% + % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% + % + \ifvmode + \dosubindsanitize + \else + \dosubindwrite + \fi + }% + \fi +} + +% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: +% +\def\dosubindwrite{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% + \fi + % + % Remember, we are within a group. + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to + % get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts + \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion + \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% + }% + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and + % the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the + % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s + % sorted result. + \edef\temp{% + \write\writeto{% + \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% Take care of unwanted page breaks: +% +% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it +% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting +% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the +% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences +% like this: +% @end defun +% @tindex whatever +% @defun ... +% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the +% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of +% the previous defun. +% +% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We +% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. +% +% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. +% +% But wait, there is a catch there: +% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not +% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts +% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual +% representation of the skip. +% +% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that +% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). +% +\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} +% +% ..., ready, GO: +% +\def\dosubindsanitize{% + % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. + \skip0 = \lastskip + \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% + \count255 = \lastpenalty + % + % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a + % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this + % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a + % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential + % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + \else + \vskip-\skip0 + \fi + % + \dosubindwrite + % + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and + % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want + % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various + % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any + % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: + % + % @deffn deffn-whatever + % @vindex index-whatever + % Description. + % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit + % and the "Description." paragraph. + \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi + \else + % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, + % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item + % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. + \nobreak\vskip\skip0 + \fi +} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \smallfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains + % \initial {@} + % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces + % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). + \catcode`\@ = 11 + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + \putwordIndexNonexistent + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + \putwordIndexIsEmpty + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +\def\initial#1{{% + % Some minor font changes for the special characters. + \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt + % + % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. + \removelastskip + % + % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + \nobreak + \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip + \penalty 0 + \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip + % + % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of + % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column + % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch + % we need before each entry, but it's better. + % + % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip + \leftline{\secbf #1}% + % Do our best not to break after the initial. + \nobreak + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip +}} + +% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and +% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index +% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +% A straightforward implementation would start like this: +% \def\entry#1#2{... +% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to +% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- +% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. +% +% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. +% --kasal, 21nov03 +\def\entry{% + \begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing + % columns. + \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % + % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): + \afterassignment\doentry + \let\temp = +} +\def\doentry{% + \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. + \noindent + \aftergroup\finishentry + % And now comes the text of the entry. +} +\def\finishentry#1{% + % #1 is the page number. + % + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#1}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd + \ % + \else + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \ \the\toksA + \else + \ #1% + \fi + \fi + \par + \endgroup +} + +% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm +\def\secondary#1#2{{% + \parfillskip=0in + \parskip=0in + \hangindent=1in + \hangafter=1 + \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + #2 + \fi + \par +}} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {% + % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In + % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal + % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this + % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. + \ifvoid\partialpage \else + \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% + \fi + % + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% + \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \vsize = 2\vsize +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \dimen@ = \vsize + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage + % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. +\def\pagesofar{% + \unvbox\partialpage + % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize + \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} +% +% All done with double columns. +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + \output = {% + % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the + % current page, no automatic page break. + \balancecolumns + % + % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, + % though, there will be another page break right after this \output + % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal + % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be + % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes + % the output somewhat more palatable.) + \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% + }% + \eject + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the + % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). + \pagegoal = \vsize +} +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. +\def\balancecolumns{% + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + % + \pagesofar +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Chapters, sections, etc. + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered +% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf +% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter +% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 +% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) +\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +% +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple +% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +% +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. +% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. +\def\thischapter{} +\def\thissection{} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% we only have subsub. +\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 +% +% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. +% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel +% +% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: +% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. +\def\chapheadtype{N} + +% Choose a heading macro +% #1 is heading type +% #2 is heading level +% #3 is text for heading +\def\genhead#1#2#3{% + % Compute the abs. sec. level: + \absseclevel=#2 + \advance\absseclevel by \secbase + % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: + \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 + \absseclevel = 0 + \else + \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 + \absseclevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % The heading type: + \def\headtype{#1}% + \if \headtype U% + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel + \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel + \fi + \else + % Check for appendix sections: + \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 + \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% + \else + \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% + \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% + \fi\fi + \fi + % Check for numbered within unnumbered: + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel + \def\headtype{U}% + \else + \chardef\unmlevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % Now print the heading: + \if \headtype U% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \if \headtype A% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#3}% + \or \seczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% an interface: +\def\numhead{\genhead N} +\def\apphead{\genhead A} +\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset +% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. +% +% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers +% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. +\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty +% +\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz#1{% + % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such + % as an @include file. + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\chapno by 1 + % + % Used for \float. + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + % + % Write the actual heading. + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% + % + % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\appendixno by 1 + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% + \message{\appendixnum}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% + % + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 + % + % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. + \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty + \resetallfloatnos + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the + % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX + % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX + % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant + % to be executed, not expanded). + % + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, + % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for + % the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}% + \message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% + % + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% + % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break + % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. + % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters + \unnmhead0{#1}% + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +} + +% @top is like @unnumbered. +\let\top\unnumbered + +% Sections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% +} +\let\appendixsec\appendixsection + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% +} + +% Subsections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +% Subsubsections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% + {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\let\section = \numberedsec +\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + + +\def\majorheading{% + {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% + \parsearg\chapheadingzzz +} + +\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% + {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}% + \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +% Chapter opening. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, +% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% +% To test against our argument. +\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} +\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +% +\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% + \pchapsepmacro + {% + \chapfonts \rm + % + % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the + % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called + % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix + % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. + \def\temptype{#2}% + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unnchap}% + \gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry + \def\toctype{omit}% + \gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \xdef\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% + % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter + % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't + % use \thissection because that changes with each section. + % + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{numchap}% + \xdef\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the + % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc + % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. + \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% + % + % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make + % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has + % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the + % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not + % being visible, for instance under high magnification. + \donoderef{#2}% + % + % Typeset the actual heading. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerparameters{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt +} + + +% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not +% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. +% +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} +% +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} +\def\CHAPFopen{% + \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen + \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + + +% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and +% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. +% +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip\subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} +\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} + + +% Print any size, any type, section title. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is +% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the +% section number. +% +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% + {% + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Insert space above the heading. + \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname + % + % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. + \def\sectionlevel{#2}% + \def\temptype{#3}% + % + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unn}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, + % and don't redefine \thissection. + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{omit}% + \let\sectionlevel=\empty + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{num}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. + \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% + % + % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). + % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. + \donoderef{#3}% + % + % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. + % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be + % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the + % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that + % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the + % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. + \nobreak + % + % Output the actual section heading. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #1}% + }% + % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. + % Don't allow stretch, though. + \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname + % + % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it + % was followed by glue. + \nobreak + % + % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that + % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a + % discardable item.) + \vskip-\parskip + % + % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > + % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after + % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: + % + % @section sec-whatever + % @deffn def-whatever + \penalty 10001 +} + + +\message{toc,} +% Table of contents. +\newwrite\tocfile + +% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. +% Called from @chapter, etc. +% +% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} +% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional +% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually +% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the +% destination to jump to. +% +% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or +% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. +% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the +% table of contents chapter openings themselves. +% +\newif\iftocfileopened +\def\omitkeyword{omit}% +% +\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% + \edef\writetoctype{#1}% + \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + % + \iflinks + {\atdummies + \edef\temp{% + \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% + \temp + }% + \fi + \fi + % + % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're + % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't + % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered + % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first + % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named + % `1', and two named `2'. + \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi +} + + +% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman +% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant +% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. +% +\def\activecatcodes{% + \catcode`\"=\active + \catcode`\$=\active + \catcode`\<=\active + \catcode`\>=\active + \catcode`\\=\active + \catcode`\^=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\|=\active + \catcode`\~=\active +} + + +% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. +\def\readtocfile{% + \setupdatafile + \activecatcodes + \input \jobname.toc +} + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\newcount\savepageno +\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 + +% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. +% +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \def\thischapter{}% + \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + % + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi +} + + +% Normal (long) toc. +\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \ifeof 1 \else + \pdfmakeoutlines + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} + +% And just the chapters. +\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\appentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf + \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} + \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \closein 1 + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % But use \hss just in case. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + % + % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange + % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and + % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 + % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters + % there are before deciding ... + \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% +} + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Chapters, in the main contents. +\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +% +% Chapters, in the short toc. +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% +} + +% Appendices, in the main contents. +% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. +% +\def\appendixbox#1{% + % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% + \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} +% +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} + +% Unnumbered chapters. +\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} + +% Sections. +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry +\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% Subsections. +\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +% Same as \defaultparindent. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. +\let\tocentry = \entry + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} + + +\message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{% + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + +\envdef\tex{% + \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 + \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie + \catcode `\%=14 + \catcode `\+=\other + \catcode `\"=\other + \catcode `\|=\other + \catcode `\<=\other + \catcode `\>=\other + \escapechar=`\\ + % + \let\b=\ptexb + \let\bullet=\ptexbullet + \let\c=\ptexc + \let\,=\ptexcomma + \let\.=\ptexdot + \let\dots=\ptexdots + \let\equiv=\ptexequiv + \let\!=\ptexexclam + \let\i=\ptexi + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \let\{=\ptexlbrace + \let\+=\tabalign + \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\*=\ptexstar + \let\t=\ptext + \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing + % + \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% + \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% + \def\@{@}% +} +% There is no need to define \Etex. + +% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. +% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak + % or better ... + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will +% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around +% environment contents. +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\envdef\cartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. + \startsavinginserts + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either + % side, and for 6pt waste from + % each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \kern3pt + \hsize=\cartinner + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip + \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. +} +\def\Ecartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup + \checkinserts +} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + \parindent = 0pt + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent +} + +% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. +% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. +% This affects the following displayed environments: +% @example, @display, @format, @lisp +% +\def\smallword{small} +\def\nosmallword{nosmall} +\let\SETdispenvsize\relax +\def\setnormaldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} +\def\setsmalldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword + \else + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} + +% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. +% Let's do it by one command: +\def\makedispenv #1#2{ + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak + \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak +} + +% Define two synonyms: +\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ + \makedispenv{#1}{#3} + \makedispenv{#2}{#3} +} + +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. +% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +% +\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% + \nonfillstart + \tt\quoteexpand + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return +} +% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. +% +\makedispenv {display}{% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\makedispenv{format}{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. +\envdef\flushleft{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak + +% @flushright. +% +\envdef\flushright{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak + + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since +% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and +% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. +% +\envdef\quotation{% + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \parsearg\quotationlabel +} + +% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're +% doing normal filling. +% +\def\Equotation{% + \par + \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + % indent a bit. + \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% + \fi + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} + +% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. +\def\quotationlabel#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + {\bf #1: }% + \fi +} + + +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} +% If we want to allow any as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets +% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a +% verbatim line. +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% + \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% +} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} +% +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 +% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font +\begingroup + \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} +\endgroup +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} + +% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right +% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote +% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it +% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least +% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the +% regular 0x27. +% +\def\codequoteright{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + '% + \else + \char'15 + \fi +} +% +% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. +% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like +% the code environments to do likewise. +% +\def\codequoteleft{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + `% + \else + \char'22 + \fi +} +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen0 by\tabw + \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + }% + } + \catcode`\'=\active + \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}% + % + \catcode`\`=\active + \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}% + % + \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}% +\endgroup + +% start the verbatim environment. +\def\setupverbatim{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabexpand + \quoteexpand + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \obeylines % + % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end + % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank + % line in the output. + \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% + % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but + % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. +\endgroup +% +\envdef\verbatim{% + \setupverbatim\doverbatim +} +\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak + + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \setupverbatim + \input #1 + \afterenvbreak + }% +} + +% @copying ... @end copying. +% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. +% +% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. +% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the +% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done +% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source +% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as +% possible is very desirable. +% +\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} +\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +% +\def\insertcopying{% + \begingroup + \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page + \scanexp\copyingtext + \endgroup +} + +\message{defuns,} +% @defun etc. + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt + +% Start the processing of @deffn: +\def\startdefun{% + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + \medbreak + \else + % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, + % which is there to keep the function description together with its + % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a + % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted + % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow + % a break between a section heading and a defun. + % + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi + % + % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. + % But do insert the glue. + \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint + \fi + % + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent +} + +\def\dodefunx#1{% + % First, check whether we are in the right environment: + \checkenv#1% + % + % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. + % It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi + % + % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: + \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% +} +\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} + +% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} +% +\def\printdefunline#1#2{% + \begingroup + % call \deffnheader: + #1#2 \endheader + % common ending: + \interlinepenalty = 10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \endgraf + \nobreak\vskip -\parskip + \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, + % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. + \checkparencounts + \endgroup +} + +\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} + +% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; +% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. +% +\def\makedefun#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun + \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun + \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% + \temp +} + +% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader +% +% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. +% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. +% +\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% + \envdef#1{% + \startdefun + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% + }% + \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% + \def#3% +} + +%%% Untyped functions: + +% @deffn category name args +\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} + +% @deffn category class name args +\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \defopon {category on}class name args +\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args +% +\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% + % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} + +%%% Typed functions: + +% @deftypefn category type name args +\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} + +% @deftypeop category class type name args +\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args +\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args +% +\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +%%% Typed variables: + +% @deftypevr category type var args +\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} + +% @deftypecv category class type var args +\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args +\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args +% +\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +%%% Untyped variables: + +% @defvr category var args +\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } + +% @defcv category class var args +\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \defcvof {category of}class var args +\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } + +%%% Type: +% @deftp category name args +\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% + \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% +} + +% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: +\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } +\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } +\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } +\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} + +% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% #1 is the category, such as "Function". +% #2 is the return type, if any. +% #3 is the function name. +% +% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. +% +\def\defname#1#2#3{% + % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + % + % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line + % just below it. + \def\temp{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} + % + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, + % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: + \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % The continuations: + \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent + % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) + \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the type name to the right margin. + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{% + \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize + % \hsize has to be shortened this way: + \kern\leftskip + % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. + }% + % + % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + {% + % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: + % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. + % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's + % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in + % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. + % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. + % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no + % one has made identifiers using them :). + \df \tt + \def\temp{#2}% return value type + \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + #3% output function name + }% + {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm + % + \boldbrax + % arguments will be output next, if any. +} + +% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using +% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in +% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very +% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. +% +\def\defunargs#1{% + % use sl by default (not ttsl), + % tt for the names. + \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 + % + % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we + % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. + \let\var=\ttslanted + #1% + \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 +} + +% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. +% +\def\activeparens{% + \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active + \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active + \catcode`\&=\active +} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +{ + \activeparens + \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen + \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + \global\let& = \& + + \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} + \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} +} + +\newcount\parencount + +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\newif\ifampseen +\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} + +\def\parenfont{% + \ifampseen + % At the first level, print parens in roman, + % otherwise use the default font. + \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi + \else + % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than + % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . + \sf + \fi +} +\def\infirstlevel#1{% + \ifampseen + \ifnum\parencount=1 + #1% + \fi + \fi +} +\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} + +\def\opnr{% + \global\advance\parencount by 1 + {\parenfont(}% + \infirstlevel \bfafterword +} +\def\clnr{% + {\parenfont)}% + \infirstlevel \sl + \global\advance\parencount by -1 +} + +\newcount\brackcount +\def\lbrb{% + \global\advance\brackcount by 1 + {\bf[}% +} +\def\rbrb{% + {\bf]}% + \global\advance\brackcount by -1 +} + +\def\checkparencounts{% + \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi + \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi +} +\def\badparencount{% + \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% + \global\parencount=0 +} +\def\badbrackcount{% + \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% + \global\brackcount=0 +} + + +\message{macros,} +% @macro. + +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. +\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scantokens#1{% + \toks0={#1}% + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \input \jobname.tmp + } +\fi + +\def\scanmacro#1{% + \begingroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active + % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had + % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears + % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ + % ... and \example + \spaceisspace + % + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX + % --kasal, 29nov03 + \scantokens{#1\endinput}% + \endgroup +} + +\def\scanexp#1{% + \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% + \temp +} + +\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters +\newtoks\macname % Macro name +\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? + +% List of all defined macros in the form +% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... +% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split +% if there is a need. +\def\macrolist{} + +% Add the macro to \macrolist +\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} +\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% +} + +% Utility routines. +% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, +% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname +% (except of course we have to play expansion games). +% +\def\cslet#1#2{% + \expandafter\let + \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname#2\endcsname +} + +% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. +% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} +\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} +\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} +\def\unbrace#1{#1} +\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} +} + +% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% +\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% +\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% +\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% +} + +% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where +% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. + +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. + +\def\scanctxt{% + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\~=\other +} + +\def\scanargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other +} + +\def\macrobodyctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \usembodybackslash +} + +\def\macroargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other +} + +% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% where N is the macro parameter number. +% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so +% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. + +{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active + @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} + @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} +} +\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} + +\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} + +\def\macroxxx#1{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments + \paramno=0% + \else + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \fi + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname + \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \fi} + +\parseargdef\unmacro{% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax + \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo + \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% + \endgroup + \else + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% + \fi +} + +% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any +% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. +% +\def\unmacrodo#1{% + \ifx #1\relax + % remove this + \else + \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% + \fi +} + +% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a +% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} +\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} +\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} + +% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist +% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah +% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). + +% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. +% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something +% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine +% it to # just before using the token list produced. +% +% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before +% the macro is used. + +\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx + \advance\paramno by 1% + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% + \fi\next} + +% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. +% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) + +\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% + +% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and +% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. +% Much magic with \expandafter here. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +\def\defmacro{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifrecursive + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + +% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a +% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole +% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence +% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) +\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} +\def\braceorlinexxx{% + \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else + \expandafter\parsearg + \fi \macnamexxx} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% + {% + \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty + \addtomacrolist{#1}% + \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% + }% + \next +} + + +\message{cross references,} + +\newwrite\auxfile + +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is relatively simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in +% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and +% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: +% @node foo , bar , ... +% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. +% +\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} +% +% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: +% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs +\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} +\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} + +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\empty + +% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the +% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). +% +\def\donoderef#1{% + \ifx\lastnode\empty\else + \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% + \global\let\lastnode=\empty + \fi +} + +% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. +% +\newcount\savesfregister +% +\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} + +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an +% anchor), which consists of three parts: +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, +% or the anchor name. +% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or +% empty for anchors. +% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. +% +% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of +% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: +% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. +% +\def\setref#1#2{% + \pdfmkdest{#1}% + \iflinks + {% + \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them + \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% + \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef + ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef + }% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% + \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% + \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. + \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout + }% + \fi +} + +% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is +% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed +% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed +% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % Make link in pdf output. + \ifpdf + \leavevmode + \getfilename{#4}% + {\turnoffactive + % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% + % + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% + \else + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% + \fi + }% + \linkcolor + \fi + % + % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" + % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the + % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. + {% + % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to + % include an _ in the xref name, etc. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle + \csname XR#1-title\endcsname + }% + \iffloat\Xthisreftitle + % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, + % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". + \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt + \refx{#1-snt}{}% + \else + \printedrefname + \fi + % + % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % "in MANUALNAME". + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \fi + \else + % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + }% + % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. + \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname + % + % But we always want a comma and a space: + ,\space + % + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref +% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, +% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly +% one that Bob is working on :). +% +\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} + +% Things referred to by \setref. +% +\def\Ynothing{} +\def\Yomitfromtoc{} +\def\Ynumbered{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\Yappendix{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie + @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. +% +\def\refx#1#2{% + {% + \indexnofonts + \otherbackslash + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX + \csname XR#1\endcsname + }% + \ifx\thisrefX\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright + \iflinks + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \thisrefX + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's +% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid +% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. +% +\def\xrdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. + % + % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? + \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname + % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist + \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname + % + % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? + \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax + \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do + \else + % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. + \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% + \fi + % + % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, + % for later use in \listoffloats. + \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% + \fi +} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +% +\def\tryauxfile{% + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \readdatafile{aux}% + \global\havexrefstrue + \fi + \closein 1 +} + +\def\setupdatafile{% + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\^^A=\other + \catcode`\^^B=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\^^K=\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\^^N=\other + \catcode`\^^P=\other + \catcode`\^^Q=\other + \catcode`\^^R=\other + \catcode`\^^S=\other + \catcode`\^^T=\other + \catcode`\^^U=\other + \catcode`\^^V=\other + \catcode`\^^W=\other + \catcode`\^^X=\other + \catcode`\^^Z=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't + % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, + % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ + % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat + % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first + % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could + % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. + % + % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: + % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter + % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. + % + \catcode`\^=\other + % + % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % + % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ + % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than + % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ + % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* + % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that + % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for + % now. --karl, 15jan04. + \catcode`\\=\other + % + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. + {% + \count1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count1=\other + \advance\count1 by 1 + \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi + }% + }% + % + % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\@=0 +} + +\def\readdatafile#1{% +\begingroup + \setupdatafile + \input\jobname.#1 +\endgroup} + +\message{insertions,} +% including footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \dofootnote +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses +% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +\gdef\dofootnote{% + \insert\footins\bgroup + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \hsize=\pagewidth + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + \smallfonts \rm + % + % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears + % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use + % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote + % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). + \let\noindent = \relax + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the + % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. + \everypar = {\hang}% + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create +% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion +% would be lost. +% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. +% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. + +% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. +% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled +% out prematurely. +% +\def\startsavinginserts{% + \ifx \insert\ptexinsert + \let\insert\saveinsert + \else + \let\checkinserts\relax + \fi +} + +% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and +% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. +% +\def\saveinsert#1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% + \afterassignment\next + % swallow the left brace + \let\temp = +} +\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} +\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} + +\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} + +\def\placesaveins#1{% + \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname + {\box#1}% +} + +% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: +{ + \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) + \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} +} + +% initialization: +\def\newsaveins #1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% + \next +} +\def\newsaveinsX #1{% + \csname newbox\endcsname #1% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts + \checksaveins #1}% +} + +% initialize: +\let\checkinserts\empty +\newsaveins\footins +\newsaveins\margin + + +% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. +% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +% +% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image +% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get +% undone and the next image would fail. +\openin 1 = epsf.tex +\ifeof 1 \else + % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in + % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). + \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex +\fi +\closein 1 +% +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. +\newif\ifwarnednoepsf +\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get + it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} +% +\def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue + \fi + \else + \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish + \fi +} +% +% Arguments to @image: +% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. +% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. +% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. +% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +\newif\ifimagevmode +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \imagevmodetrue + \nobreak\bigskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \line\bgroup + \fi + % + % Output the image. + \ifpdf + \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi + % + \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image +\endgroup} + + +% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, +% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the +% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. +% +\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} + +% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. +\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} + +% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically +% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, +% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. +% +% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to +% be referable. +% +% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It +% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). +% +% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each +% chapter-level command. +\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty +% +\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% + \let\thiscaption=\empty + \let\thisshortcaption=\empty + % + % don't lose footnotes inside @float. + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an + % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \startsavinginserts + % + % We can't be used inside a paragraph. + \par + % + \vtop\bgroup + \def\floattype{#1}% + \def\floatlabel{#2}% + \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. + % + \ifx\floattype\empty + \let\safefloattype=\empty + \else + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + \fi + % + % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, + % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) + % + \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname + \global\advance\floatno by 1 + % + {% + % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the + % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float + % labels (which have a completely different output format) from + % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the + % lists of floats. + % + \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% + }% + \fi + % + % start with \parskip glue, I guess. + \vskip\parskip + % + % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. + \restorefirstparagraphindent +} + +% we have these possibilities: +% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap +% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 +% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap +% @float Foo & no caption: Foo +% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap +% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 +% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap +% @float & no caption: +% +\def\Efloat{% + \let\floatident = \empty + % + % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. + \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi + % + % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% + \fi + % the number. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + \fi + % + % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in + % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. + \let\captionline = \floatident + % + \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else + \ifx\floatident\empty \else + \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between + \fi + % + % caption text. + \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% + \fi + % + % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. + % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. + \ifx\captionline\empty \else + \vskip.5\parskip + \captionline + % + % Space below caption. + \vskip\parskip + \fi + % + % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this + % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as + % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short + % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. + {% + \atdummies + % + % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M + % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so + % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. + \scanexp{% + \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% + \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty + \thiscaption + \else + \thisshortcaption + \fi + }% + }% + \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident + \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% + }% + \fi + \egroup % end of \vtop + % + % place the captured inserts + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning + % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly + % float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \checkinserts +} + +% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. +% +\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% +} + +% @caption, @shortcaption +% +\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} +\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} +\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} +\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} + +% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are +% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. +\def\getfloatno#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % Haven't seen this figure type before. + \csname newcount\endcsname #1% + % + % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. + \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos + \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% + \fi + \let\floatno#1% +} + +% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref +% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we +% first read the @float command. +% +\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + +% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can +% distinguish floats from other xref types. +\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} + +% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional +% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic +% \thissection value which we \setref above. +% +\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} +% +% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the +% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. +% +\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \def\iffloattype{#2}% + \ifx\temp\floatmagic +} + +% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. +% +\parseargdef\listoffloats{% + \def\floattype{#1}% floattype + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + % + % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. + \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax + \ifhavexrefs + % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. + \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% + \fi + \else + \begingroup + \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc + \let\do=\listoffloatsdo + \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the +% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the +% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which +% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. +% +% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since +% they won't appear in the aux file). +% +\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} +\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% + % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just + % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the + % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link + % in pdf output. + \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% + % + % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. + \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% + \writeentry +}} + +\message{localization,} +% and i18n. + +% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after +% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything +% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. +% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% +\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \else + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup +} +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory +should work if nowhere else does.} + + +% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most +% likely, but for now just recognize it. +\let\documentencoding = \comment + + +% Page size parameters. +% +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness = 10000 + +% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 2000 + +% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. +% +\def\setemergencystretch{% + \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% + \else + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize + \fi +} + +% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; +% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; +% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. +% +% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define +% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. +% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \voffset = #3\relax + \topskip = #6\relax + \splittopskip = \topskip + % + \vsize = #1\relax + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \outervsize = \vsize + \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin + \pageheight = \vsize + % + \hsize = #2\relax + \outerhsize = \hsize + \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \pagewidth = \hsize + % + \normaloffset = #4\relax + \bindingoffset = #5\relax + % + \ifpdf + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + \fi + % + \setleading{\textleading} + % + \parindent = \defaultparindent + \setemergencystretch +} + +% @letterpaper (the default). +\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. + \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + {11in}{8.5in}% +}} + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. +\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + {9.25in}{7in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .5cm +}} + +% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. +% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) +\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% + {-.2in}{-.4in}% + {0pt}{14pt}% + {9in}{6in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.25in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .4cm +}} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 + % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. + % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust + % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then + % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in + % your texinfo source file like this: + % @tex + % \global\normaloffset = -6mm + % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm + % @end tex + \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 5mm +}} + +% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. +% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. +% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. +\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt + \textleading = 12.5pt + % + \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% + {210mm}{148mm}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \tolerance = 800 + \hfuzz = 1.2pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 2mm + \tableindent = 12mm +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% + {\voffset}{4.6mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. +\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% + {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] +% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, +% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. +% +\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi + \globaldefs = 1 + % + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{\textleading}% + % + \dimen0 = #1 + \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + % + \dimen2 = \hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% + {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% +}} + +% Set default to letter. +% +\letterpaper + + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt +% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt\char126}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +\let\realunder=_ +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt\char124}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after +% parsing them. +\def\turnoffactive{% + \normalturnoffactive + \otherbackslash +} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, +% as in \char`\\. +\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ +\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work + +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and +% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} + +% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash +% in fixed width font. +\catcode`\\=\active +@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} +% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: +% @let \ = @normalbackslash + +% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. +% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with +% catcode other. +@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} +@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} + +% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of +% the literal character `\'. +% +@def@normalturnoffactive{% + @let\=@normalbackslash + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let~=@normaltilde + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let+=@normalplus + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @unsepspaces +} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other + + +@c Local variables: +@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +@c time-stamp-end: "}" +@c End: + +@c vim:sw=2: + +@ignore + arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 +@end ignore diff --git a/util/Makefile.am b/util/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83c79d27 --- /dev/null +++ b/util/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Makefile for `wget' utility +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation +# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the +# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it +# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute +# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License +# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you +# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the +# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do +# so, delete this exception statement from your version. + +# +# Version: @VERSION@ +# + +EXTRA_DIST = dist-wget download.html download-netscape.html \ + rmold.pl update_po_files.sh wget.spec diff --git a/util/Makefile.in b/util/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index a4681f4d..00000000 --- a/util/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for `wget' utility -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . - -# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -# so, delete this exception statement from your version. - -# -# Version: @VERSION@ -# - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -top_builddir = .. - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -RM = rm -f - -all: - -clean: - -distclean: clean - $(RM) Makefile - -realclean: distclean - diff --git a/windows/ChangeLog b/windows/ChangeLog index 9ca9c8ce..f6a089c4 100644 --- a/windows/ChangeLog +++ b/windows/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,12 @@ +2007-10-15 Gisle Vanem + + * config-compiler.h: Adjust for OpenWacom 1.7's _Bool fix. + +2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues + + * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am. + * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in. + 2007-09-24 Christopher Lewis * config-compiler.h: Fix compiler warnings related to diff --git a/windows/Makefile.am b/windows/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..914bbb74 --- /dev/null +++ b/windows/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# Makefile for `wget' utility +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation +# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the +# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it +# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute +# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License +# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you +# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the +# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do +# so, delete this exception statement from your version. + +# +# Version: @VERSION@ +# + +# This file is just a stub, so that the build subprocess in `windows' +# succeeds. This directory is not used under Unix builds, normally +# affected by Makefile.in. + +EXTRA_DIST = config-compiler.h config.h Makefile.doc \ + Makefile.src Makefile.src.bor Makefile.src.mingw \ + Makefile.top Makefile.top.bor Makefile.top.mingw diff --git a/windows/Makefile.in b/windows/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index d6b591d9..00000000 --- a/windows/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for `wget' utility -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . - -# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation -# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the -# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it -# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute -# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License -# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you -# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the -# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do -# so, delete this exception statement from your version. - -# -# Version: @VERSION@ -# - -# This file is just a stub, so that the build subprocess in `windows' -# succeeds. This directory is not used under Unix builds, normally -# affected by Makefile.in. - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -top_builddir = .. - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = @srcdir@ - -RM = rm -f - -all: - -clean: - -distclean: clean - $(RM) Makefile - -realclean: distclean - diff --git a/windows/config-compiler.h b/windows/config-compiler.h index cfef180f..6a73c189 100644 --- a/windows/config-compiler.h +++ b/windows/config-compiler.h @@ -205,8 +205,13 @@ so, delete this exception statement from your version. */ #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 #define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 -/* Watcom 1.6 do have , but definition of '_Bool' is missing! */ -/* #define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1 */ +/* OpenWatcom 1.6 do have , but definition of '_Bool' is missing! */ +/* This was fixed in OpenWatcom 1.7 */ +#if __WATCOMC__ >= 1270 +#define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1 +#define HAVE__BOOL 1 +#endif + #define HAVE_STRTOLL 1 #define HAVE_UINT32_T 1 #undef HAVE_UTIME_H